System Administration Guide

Transcription

1 System Administration Guide 1. Access Commander 7. System Profile 2. Getting Started 8. User Monitor 3. System Utilities 9. User Profile 4. Facility Info Appendix A: JPAS Data Import/ Refresh Configuration 5. Reminder Setup Appendix B: Notification Configuration 6. Report Profile

2 Chapter 1 Main Menu Access Commander In This Chapter 99 Software Features and Benefits 99 Module Descriptions 99 Contact Information Contents Contents Overview Access Commander Features and Benefits Comprehensive, Integrated, and Accurate System Administration System Administration Modules Adhoc Query Adhoc Report Facility Info Reminder Setup Report Profile Report Upload System Profile User Monitor User Profile Main Menu Modules Contract Administration Document Management Incoming Visit Request Information Systems International Incoming VAL International Outgoing VAL International Visitor Control Inventory Management Outgoing Visit Request Personnel Management Property Management Secured Area Management Training & Conferences Visitor Control Your Comments Are Welcome World Wide Web Support Access Commander 1-1

3 Overview Back to this Overview Access Commander is a web-based security accountability software developed to provide Facility Security Officers (FSO) and Special Security Officers (SSO) with a system that automates most of their responsibilities. In developing this software, MathCraft, Inc. kept the FSO/SSO in mind throughout the design process. We developed a single tool that automatically streamlines many of your most important security functions. One of our most important objectives was to design a software tool that is complete in content, and easy to use and learn. 1-2 Access Commander

4 Back to this Access Commander WE Features and Benefits Access Commander Features and Benefits Access Commander offers a wide range of features and benefits. Listed below are the highlights of these offerings. Comprehensive, Integrated, and Accurate Improves accountability of classified assets. Simplifies mundane security administration functions. Maximizes corporate information sharing. Real time access to corporate information. Can be segmented to support individual facilities as necessary. Custom management reports generated in real-time. Complete audit trail of system transactions, providing the system administrator the ability to audit all transactions of each authorized user. Includes more than 140 commonly used standard reports. First-rate ad-hoc report writer that allows customized report design, with the user choosing the format and data to be included. Data Encryption. Located on your corporate server, behind your firewall. Accessible over the Web only by authorized personnel. Enhanced visitor registration processing. With ViSi Commander, the system permits the pre-registration of visitors, and check-in of visitors with driver license, passport, and any government issued identification. Access Commander 1-3

5 Access Commander WE Features and Benefits Back to this Total Compliance The comprehensive tool for all FSOs and SSOs. Tracks all day-to-day requirements and assures conformance to regulations. Eliminates security violations. Provides real-time centralized view of security resources required to meet National Industrial Security Programs Operation Manual (NISPOM) requirements as well as Defense Security Services (DSS), SAP/SAR and SCI requirements. Convenient and Cost Effective Can be set up in your organization large or small in a matter of hours. Interfaces with PeopleSoft, SAP, MS SQL Server, LDAP and WebLogic. Web-based interface offers a single point of installation and upgrade, reducing cost of ownership. Platform independent will run on Windows, Linux, Unix and Mac OS environments. Reminder screen that provides a to do list of past due and upcoming events. Reminders are very important to managing events and following specific actions. Reminders integrate notification, allowing controlled notification of desired reminders to be sent to anyone on your allowed list. Scalable - can be used stand-alone or by hundreds of users. Easy to use navigation. Supports all browsers. 1-4 Access Commander

6 Back to this System Administration System Administration The System Administration section contains all the utilities to manage and optimize Access Commander operations. The System Administration modules, accessed from the System Administration menu screen, include: ADHOC Query ADHOC Report Facility Info Reminder Setup Report Profile Report Upload System Profile User Monitor User Profile Information regarding these modules, including step-by-step How To s, can be found in this System Administrator Guide. Figure 1-1. The System Administration menu screen. g g The Report Upload and ADHOC Report modules are not available on the AC cloud environment. Additional system administration utilities, accessed from the System Admin menu link, include: DSS Office Management (covered in Chapter 4, Facility Info) Maintain Sequences (covered in Chapter 3, System Utilities) Maintain Skills (covered in Chapter 3, System Utilities) Access Commander 1-5

7 System Administration Back to this Fix/Reset Data (covered in Chapter 3, System Utilities) Set SQL Log Level (covered in Chapter 3, System Utilities) Batch Load Photos/Scanned Documents (covered in Chapter 3, System Utilities) (This utility is not available in the AC cloud environment) JPAS Import/Refresh (covered in Appendix A, JPAS Data Import/Refresh Configuration) Figure 1-2. The System Admin menu link options. System Administration Modules Adhoc Query The Adhoc Query module is used by DBAs and other authorized users to: Design and run custom queries that include fields that aren t available on the various Access Commander Search screens This module is covered in Chapter 4 Adhoc Query, in the Access Commander User s Manual. 1-6 Access Commander

8 Back to this System Administration Adhoc Report g g The ADHOC Report module is not available on the AC cloud environment. The Adhoc Report module is used by DBAs and other authorized users to: Design and easily build reports that include any set of data elements within Access Commander. Reports are designed using Microsoft Access, with tables being automatically loaded with the fields within the Access Commander modules. This module is covered in Chapter 5 Adhoc Report, in the Access Commander User s Manual. Facility Info The Facility Info module is used by Database Administrators (DBAs) and other authorized users to maintain the records of cleared facilities. Easily tracked within this module are: Facility Verification Facility Inspection Access Commander uses the data stored in the Facility Info module to process: Visit Requests Document Transmittals Contracts DD254 transactions This module is covered in Chapter 4 Facility Info, in this manual. Reminder Setup The Reminder Setup module is used by DBAs to: Adjust the time period in which reminder messages are generated to users (default = 5 days) Determine which reminder tasks will appear on the Reminder Listing screen during system logon This module is covered in Chapter 5 Reminder Setup, in this manual. Report Profile The Report Profile module is used by DBAs to: Add new reports to the system Access Commander 1-7

9 System Administration Back to this Modify existing reports This module is covered in Chapter 6 Report Profile, in this manual. Report Upload g g The Report Upload module is not available on the AC cloud environment. The Report Upload module is used by DBAs to: Upload new or modified reports to the system (they display in the Report Profile module on the corresponding Report Profile Detail Listing screen) Roll back an existing report to its previous version This module is covered in Chapter 3 System Utilities, in this manual. System Profile The System Profile module is used by DBAs to: Customize the system values in the drop-down list boxes that display on Access Commander screens Define global system settings (e.g., facility ID segmentation) This module is covered in Chapter 7 System Profile, in this manual. User Monitor The User Monitor module is used by DBAs to: View a list of Access Commander users logged into the system Log a user off of the system, when necessary This module is covered in Chapter 8 User Monitor, in this manual. User Profile The User Profile module is used by DBAs to: Assign users and grant/modify their permissions to system functions Remove users from the system Designate the facilities to which users have access (applies only when facility ID segmentation is active) This module is covered in Chapter 9 User Profile, in this manual. 1-8 Access Commander

10 Back to this Main Menu Modules Main Menu Modules Access Commander divides its associated functions into modules to simplify the management of information. Information regarding these Main Menu modules, including step-by-step How To s, can be found in the Access Commander User s Manual. Figure 1-3. The Main Menu screen. Contract Administration The Contract Administration module provides the functionality to track all classified contracts awarded to an organization. This module also tracks the following data associated with each contract: Subcontractors Personnel Property Documents DD254s Associated Documents In addition, reports are available to support Defense Security Service (DSS) inspections. Access Commander 1-9

11 Main Menu Modules Back to this Document Management The Document Management module tracks classified documents within an organization. This comprehensive module includes tools to manage: Bar-Code Scanning Keyword Searching Document Transmittals Document Incorporations Document Destruction Document Revisions Document Copies Working Papers Inventory Control Custodian Management Periodic Document Declassification (Executive Order 12958) Incoming Visit Request The Incoming Visit Request module manages visit request activity for visitors to the facility. Access Commander provides an easy-to-use screen to assign and reas sign visitors to each visit. Information Systems The Information Systems module tracks classified computer systems. This comprehensive module tracks the following activities associated with a system: Hardware SSP Information Software Users Seal logs Certification Test Guide (Part 1 and 2) Reviewers Associated Documents Contracts International Incoming VAL The International Incoming VAL module is used to input and maintain all international incoming visit request records Access Commander

12 Back to this Main Menu Modules This module s features include: Visitor assignment tracking Amendment Associated documents Export to PDF and Microsoft Word formats International Outgoing VAL The International Outgoing VAL module is used to input and maintain all international incoming visit request records. This module s features include: Recurring, One Time and Emergency visit types NATO and Non-NATO Contractor, Government and Dual VAL types Built-in workflow with corresponding role-based permissions Visit request cloning Visit Authorization Letters (VALs) for employees Export request data to Excel Recurring visit amendment Print and export the RFV International Visitor Control The International Visitor Control module tracks all international visitors to a classified facility. The International Visitor Control module s features include tools for tracking: Security clearance level Visit authorizations Visit history VAL and non-val visits Associated documents Inventory Management The Inventory Management module provides advanced inventory capability. Its features include: Handheld wireless barcode scanning of property and documents Downloading of scanned data into the system to permit generation of various exception reports Access Commander 1-11

13 Main Menu Modules Back to this Outgoing Visit Request The Outgoing Visit Request module tracks all employee visit requests. Access Commander provides an easy-to-use screen to assign and unassign person nel to each visit authorization letter. This module s features include: Visit Authorization Letters (VALs) for employees VALs can be ed and exported in PDF and Microsoft Word formats All customer templates are supported Personnel Management The Personnel Management module stores information of all cleared personnel as required by NISPOM. It tracks information including: Clearances from multiple agencies (e.g., DOD, DOE, DOJ, DHS, Treasury) Background Investigations / Reinvestigations Security Clearances and Special Access Violations Visit Authorizations Foreign Travel Special Programs Tracking Assigned Documents Assigned Property Courier Management Training Photo Capture and Electronic Signature Associated Documents Skills Property Management The Property Management module is the inventory control subsystem that tracks all assigned properties and equipment (e.g., access keys, notebook PCs, cellular phones) that require accountability. The Property Management mod ule assigns equipment to employees to track items within their control. Tools included in this module provide the functionality to manage assets, including but not limited to: Bar-Code Scanning Containers/Safes 1-12 Access Commander

14 Back to this Main Menu Modules SCIFs Alarms Billets Employee/Visitor Property Assignment Inventory Control Inventory Reports Secured Area Management The Secured Area Management stores all information related to secured areas. The following secured area information can be tracked: Accreditation history Industry partners Waiver history Facility inspection Facility associated documents Secured area inspections Alarm/Access control Equipment Amenities Training & Conferences The Training & Conferences module tracks visitors and employees attending training classes, meetings, or conferences. The Training & Conferences module: Is loosely designed to adapt to an organization s specific tracking needs Captures registrations and attendance specific to Security Classes and Annual Indoctrination Briefings Visitor Control The Visitor Control module tracks all visitors to a classified facility. The Visitor Control module s features include tools for tracking: Visitor Check-In/Check-Out Security Clearances and Special Accesses Clearances from Multiple Agencies (e.g., DOD, DOE, DOJ, DHS, Treasury) Foreign Travel Training Access Commander 1-13

15 Main Menu Modules Back to this Violations Background Investigations/Reinvestigations Visit Authorizations Tracking Assigned Documents Assigned Property Special Programs Tracking Photo Capture Visit History Visitor Badges Access List Associated Documents 1-14 Access Commander

16 Back to this Contact Us/Support Your Comments Are Welcome We value and appreciate your comments as an Access Commander user. Your opinions are the most valuable and important input we receive. Have an idea for a new feature you would like to include in future upgrades, and/or enhancement to the software or documentation? We encourage you to contact us! us at: info@accesscommander.com World Wide Web Visit us at our website: Support For technical support, support@mathcraft.com. Access Commander 1-15

17

18 Chapter 2 Main Menu Getting Started In This Chapter 99 System Installation 99 Facility Information Registration 99 System Setup Requirements 99 System Access How To s 99 System Administration Menu Screen 99 System Admin Menu Link (System Utilities) Contents What You Need To Know Installation Facility Information Registration Password Protection Customizing System Profile User Profile Setup Backup and Restore Database Files Running Access Commander Log On to Access Commander Create a Short Cut Icon Log Off of Access Commander Main Menu Screen Accessing Main Menu Screen System Administration Menu Screen Accessing System Administration Menu Screen System Admin Menu Link - System Utilities Getting Started 2-1

19 What You Need to Know Back to this What You Need To Know Once Access Commander has been installed successfully, the following procedures must be performed to ensure proper operation of the software: Facility Information Registration Password Protection Customizing System Profile User Profile Setup (assign User IDs, passwords, and set user permissions) Please refer to the Access Commander Installation Guide for instructions to complete the three phases of installation: Phase 1 - Pre-Installation 1. Ensure that the server meets minimum hardware and software requirements 2. Configure the MS SQL Server according to the instructions in the guide Phase 2 - Installation 1. Install the A/C Database 2. Install the A/CWeb Application, Reports and JBOSS Web Server 3. Request a Permanent License Phase 3 - System Configuration and Customization 1. Update the Default Personnel Record 2. Update the Default Facility Record 3. Update the Default User Profile 4. Configure System Parameters 5. Customize Drop-Down List Boxes 6. Enter Additional Facilities 7. Add Users 8. Load the Logo 9. Checklist of additional system configuration/customization Installation An installation CD is supplied along with the software. It will be customized for your installation profile. If you cannot locate the CD, contact us at support@mathcraft.com. Facility Information Registration The first task for the DBA after successful logon is to update the default facility and personnel information in the system. This is important because all the reports and system permissions depend on this information for trouble free operation. For new installation, the default facility ID 2-2 Getting Started

20 Back to this What You Need To Know is Unknown. Use the instructions in the Update Facility section of Chapter 3, Facility Info, to update this record to reflect your correct facility information. The default user in the Personnel Management module must be updated to the name of the actual DBA. Refer to the Update Employee section of the Personnel Management chapter in the Access Commander User s Manual to reflect the DBA s information. Password Protection Password protection is an important means of guarding against unauthorized access to information in Access Commander. A password is required in order to log on to Access Commander. For initial log on, the DBA assigns a password to the users. The software prompts for a new password at initial logon to the system based on the system settings. A reminder message will periodically remind the user to change the password. A valid password must have: at least 6 characters The DBA has the authority to enforce password complexity rules. If the password complexity rule is active (this is configured by a System Administrator in the System Profile module), the following criteria are also required for a password to be valid: an uppercase letter (A Z), a lower case letter (a z), a special character (!@#$%^&*_, etc.), and a digit (0 9). Refer to Chapter 6,System Profile for more information. The steps for changing a password can be found in the Password Maintenance section of Chapter 2, Getting Started in the Access Commander User s Manual. Customizing System Profile The values in the pick list or drop-down list boxes are customizable to the facility s specifications in the System Profile module. It is the responsibility of the DBA to tailor these values in cooperation with the system users to meet the facility s requirements. Use the instructions in Chapter 6, System Profile to update the values. User Profile Setup It is the responsibility of the DBA to assign user: IDs Access Commander WE System Administration Guide Getting Started 2-3

21 What You Need to Know Back to this Passwords Permissions Use the instructions in Chapter 8, User Profile to set up user profiles. Backup and Restore Database Files Daily backup of the database file is strongly advised to minimize inadvertent or catastrophic loss of data. MathCraft recommends that the company s computer support staff be consulted for the backup procedure being used. The computer support staff should also be contacted if the database file has to be restored as well. 2-4 Getting Started

22 Back to this Running Access Commander Running Access Commander Access Commander is a web-based software activated by the browser (such as MS Internet Explorer or Netscape ) or through a shortcut icon. Contact the computer support staff for the URL to the Access Commander computer. The URL should be name, where machine_ name is the name of the host computer created by the computer support staff. Log On to Access Commander 1. Double click the Access Commander short cut icon on the desktop. If an icon is not available, type your local Access Commander URL in the browser and press <Enter> or click the Go button. The Log On screen displays. Figure 2-1. The Log On screen. g g You may want to add the address to your Favorites list (Favorites menu, Add to Favorites menu option) or create a short cut icon for your desktop. (Need help? See Create a Shortcut Icon, in this chapter.) 2. In the User Name field, enter your assigned user name. 3. In the Password field, type your assigned password. 4. Click the Logon button. The Reminder Listing screen displays automatically every day on first logon if there are any pending reminder items for you, or the Main Menu displays. Create a Short Cut Icon 1. On your desktop screen, click the right mouse button to display the shortcut menu. 2. Move the cursor to New and click Shortcut. The Create Shortcut window opens. 3. In the Type the location of the item field, type in the URL for Access Commander. 4. Click the Next button. The Select a Title for the Program window displays. 5. Type Access Commander in the field. Access Commander WE System Administration Guide Getting Started 2-5

23 Running Access Commander Back to this 6. Click the Finish button. The short cut icon displays on your desktop. Log Off of Access Commander Figure 2-2. The Log Off link. 1. Click the Log Off link on the menu bar at the top of the screen. The Log On screen displays. 2-6 Getting Started

24 Back to this Main Menu Screen Main Menu Screen The Main Menu screen displays the modules most often used by Security Administrators. For a summary of each module s functionality, see Main Menu Modules in Chapter 1, Access Commander. Figure 2-3. The Main Menu screen. Accessing Main Menu Screen The Main Menu screen displays after logging in, unless the Reminder Listing screen displays. g g The Reminder Listing screen displays automatically every day on first logon if there are any pending reminder items for you. The Main Menu screen can be accessed from the following Access Commander screens using the Main Menu link: Reminder Listing screen System Administration menu screen Module s Search screen Module s Listing screen Access Commander WE System Administration Guide Getting Started 2-7

25 Main Menu Screen Back to this Module s Info screen Module s Reports screen To use the Main Menu link: Figure 2-4. The Main Menu link on the Reminder Listing screen. 1. Click the Main Menu link (as shown in Figure 2-4) on the Search, Listing, Info, Reports, Reminder Listing, or System Administration menu screen. The Main Menu screen displays. 2-8 Getting Started

26 Back to this System Administration Menu Screen System Administration Menu Screen The System Administration menu screen displays the modules primarily used by System Administrators. Figure 2-5. The System Administration menu screen. The following System Administration modules are included in this guide: Facility Info (Chapter 4) Reminder Setup (Chapter 5) Report Profile (Chapter 6) System Profile (Chapter 7) User Monitor (Chapter 8) User Profile (Chapter 9) The following modules, for which the icons display on the System Administration menu screen, are covered in the Access Commander User s Manual: Adhoc Query (Chapter 4) Adhoc Report (Chapter 5) Accessing System Administration Menu Screen The System Administration menu screen can be accessed from most Access Commander screens using the System Admin link: Reminder Listing screen Main Menu screen Module s Search screen Getting Started 2-9

27 System Administration Menu Screen Back to this Module s Listing screen Module s Info screen Module s Reports screen To use the System Admin link: Figure 2-6. The System Admin link on the Reminder Listing Screen. 1. Click the System Admin link (as shown in Figure 2-6) on the Search, Listing, Info, Reports, Reminder Listing, or Main Menu screen. The System Administration menu screen displays Getting Started

28 Back to this System Admin Link - System Utilities System Admin Menu Link - System Utilities In addition to the functionality available in the modules on the System Admin menu, there are several system utilities that are accessed from the System Admin menu bar link (shown in Figure 2-7). The utilities are also available via the System Profile icon on the System Administration menu (shown in Figure 2-8). The system utility options are: Reminder/ Notification Setup (covered in Chapter 5, Reminder Setup) Maintain Sequence(s) (covered in Chapter 3, System Utilities) Maintain Skill(s) (covered in Chapter 3, System Utilities) HRDW Load - Approve Changes (covered in Chapter 3, System Utilities) Fix/Reset Data (covered in Chapter 3, System Utilities) Set SQL Log Level (covered in Chapter 3, System Utilities) Batch Load Photos/Scanned Documents (covered in Chapter 3, System Utilities) JPAS Import/Refresh (covered in Appendix A, JPAS Data Import/Refresh Configuration) Figure 2-7. The System Admin menu bar link options. Getting Started 2-11

29 System Admin Link-System Utilities Back to this Figure 2-8. The System Profile icon system utilities options. Additional System Administration How To s covered in Chapter 3, System Utilities, are: Customizing Info screen fields Configuring Employee Generated VAL Request Configuring unlimited read-only system access 2-12 Getting Started

30 Chapter 3 Main Menu System Utilities In This Chapter 99 Batch Load Photos/Scanned Documents 99 Customize Info Screen Fields 99 Employee Generated VAL Request 99 Fix/Reset Data 99 Report Upload and Rollback 99 Maintain Number/Code Sequences 99 Maintain Skills 99 Set SQL Log Level 99 Unlimited Read-Only System Access Contents Overview Batch Upload Scanned Photos/Documents Overview Batch Upload Screen Upload Batch Scanned Photos/Documents Customize Info Screen Fields Overview Show/Hide Screen Accessing Show/Hide Screen Hide Info Screen Fields Make an Info Screen Field Required Format Info Screen Field Text Customize an Info Screen Field s Name Restore Default Field Settings Employee Generated VAL Request Overview Set Up Employee Generated VAL Request Fix/Reset Data Overview Fix/Reset Data/App Server Screen Resetting Screen Reset Counts Screen Reset Next Values for Sequences Screen Fix Clearances and/or Accesses Reset Counts Reset Next Values for Sequences Report Upload Overview System Utilities 3-1

31 Contents Back to this Report Management Screen Upload a New Report Roll Back a Report Maintaining Number/Code Sequences Overview Maintain Sequence(s) Search Screen Accessing Maintain Sequence(s) Search Screen Sequence Listing Screen Accessing Sequence Listing Screen Sequence Info Screen Accessing Sequence Info Screen - Add New Accessing Sequence Info Screen - Update Accessing Sequence Info Screen - View Sequence Info Screen - Data Fields Sequence Info Screen Command Modules Containing Generated Sequence Numbers Add a New Sequence Update a Sequence Delete a Sequence View (Read-Only) a Sequence Maintain Skills Overview Skill Category Search Screen Accessing Skill Category Search Screen Skill Category Listing Screen Skill Category Info Screen Accessing Skill Category Info Screen - Add New Accessing Skill Category Info Screen - Update Accessing Skill Category Info Screen - View Skill Category Info Screen Commands Skill Info Screen Accessing Skill Info Screen - Add New Accessing Skill Info Screen - Update Accessing Skill Info Screen - View Skill Category How To s Add a New Skill Category Update a Skill Category Delete a Skill Category View (Read-Only) a Skill Category Skill How To s Add a New Skill to a Category Update a Skill within a Category Delete a Skill from a Category View (Read-Only) a Skill within a Category Set SQL Log Level Overview Set SQL Log Level Screen Set the SQL Log Level Shared User System Access Unlimited Read-Only System Access Configure Unlimited Read-Only System Access System Utilities

32 Back to this Overview Overview In addition to the functionality available in the modules on the System Admin menu, there are several system utilities that are accessed from the System Admin link. In addition to accessing the System Administration modules, the following utility options are included: Maintain Sequence(s) Maintain Skills Fix/Reset Data Set SQL Log Level Batch Load Photos/Scanned Documents Figure 3-1. The System Admin link options. Also covered in this chapter is: Customizing Info screen fields Configuring Employee Generated VAL Request Configuring Shared User system access Configuring Unlimited Read-Only system access System Utilities 3-3

33 Batch Upload Scanned Photos/Documents Back to this Batch Upload Scanned Photos/Documents How To s In This Section 99 Upload Batch Photos/Scanned Documents Overview The System Administrator uses the Batch Load Photos/Scanned Documents System Admin menu link option to access the Upload Scanned Documents screen. Figure 3-2. The Batch Load Photos/Scanned Documents option. Batch Upload Screen The Batch Upload screen displays when you click the: Batch Load Photos/Scanned Documents option on the System Admin link 3-4 System Utilities

34 Back to this Batch Upload Scanned Photos/Documents Figure 3-3. The Upload Scanned Documents screen. Upload Batch Scanned Photos/Documents To upload batch scanned documents and/or photos: Batch Upload screen, Upload button To use the Upload button: 1. Place the cursor on the System Admin link. The options display. 2. Click the Batch Load Photos/Scanned Documents option. The Batch Upload screen displays. 3. Select the applicable category for the upload from the Batch Load Type drop-down list. System Utilities 3-5

35 Batch Upload Scanned Photos/Documents Back to this 4. Enter the path to the folder you are uploading in the Enter Upload Batch field (e.g., C:/BatchUpload). 5. Click the Upload button. The batch uploads. g g If the upload was not successful, check the files to ensure that the correct naming convention was used as detailed on the Batch Upload screen. 6. To upload another batch, repeat from step 3 above. 7. To return to the Main Menu, click the Return button. The Main Menu displays. 3-6 System Utilities

36 Back to this Customize Info Screen Fields Customize Info Screen Fields How To s In This Section 99 Hide/Show Fields 99 Make Selected Fields Required Fields 99 Format Input Text 99 Customize Field Names 99 Restore Default Field Settings Overview Access Commander provides the functionality to customize the fields on module Info screens. For users with System Administrator access, the Set Up Screen Fields link displays on applicable Info screens when the Info screen is accessed in Add New or Update mode. When the link is clicked, the Show/Hide screen displays, giving the SA the option to: Hide a field - the field does not display on the Info screen Designate a field as required and, conversely, as not being required Rename a field Change field formatting - Capitalize the entire field name, or capitalize the first character of each word in its title Show/Hide Screen The Show/Hide screen displays when you click the: Set Up Screen Fields link on the corresponding Info screen in Add New or Update mode System Utilities 3-7

37 Customize Info Screen Fields Back to this Figure 3-4. The Personnel Info Show/Hide screen. The Show/Hide screen is used to customize the applicable fields on a module s Info screen. The screen displays the fields on the Info screen ordered by tabs, and in the order they appear on the tabs. Accessing Show/Hide Screen To access the Show/Hide screen for an Info screen: Corresponding Info screen in Add New or Update mode, Set Up Screen Fields link To use the Set Up Screen Fields link: Figure 3-5. The Set Up Screen Fields link. 3-8 System Utilities

38 Back to this Customize Info Screen Fields 1. Access the module s Info screen for which the fields are being customized. 2. Click the Setup Screen Fields link in the upper right-hand corner. The Info screen s Show/Hide screen displays. Hide Info Screen Fields When the Hide checkbox is checked, that field will always be invisible on the Info screen. If you also check that field s Except in Update checkbox, the field is only hidden when the field is not updateable (View mode, or the user doesn t have update access to the facility). System default required fields (they display in red and the Required checkbox is checked/protected on the Show/Hide screen) cannot be completely hidden. They can only be hidden when not updateable. To hide fields: Show/Hide screen, Hide column checkbox (Except in Update column checkbox, when applicable) To use the Hide column checkbox: 1. Access the Show/Hide screen from the applicable module s Info screen (in Add New or Update mode). (Need help? See Accessing Show/Hide Screen in this section). 2. Click the Hide checkbox to hide a field on the corresponding Info screen. A checkmark displays in the checkbox. g g For some fields, a checkmark automatically displays in the Except in Update checkbox when the Hide checkbox is clicked. If this the case, the checkbox in the Except in Update checkbox can not be removed. 3. Click the Except in Update checkbox to hide the field in Add New and View mode, but display the field when in Update mode. 4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 as applicable. 5. Click the Submit button. The message, New rules successfully saved! displays. 6. Click the OK button. The Info screen displays. The change(s) made display on the Info screen. System Utilities 3-9

39 Customize Info Screen Fields Back to this Make an Info Screen Field Required g g Fields that are required by default can not be selected to no longer be required. These default required fields display in red, and the checkbox in the Required field is checked/protected on the Show/Hide screen. To make a field a required field: Show/Hide screen, Required? column checkbox To use the Required? column checkbox: 1. Access the Show/Hide screen from the applicable module s Info screen (in Add New or Update mode). (Need help? See Accessing Show/Hide Screen in this section). 2. Click the Required? checkbox to change the field to a required field on the corresponding Info screen. A checkmark displays in the checkbox. g g If a field s checkbox is greyed out, that field can not be made a required field. If a field s checkbox is greyed out and has a checkmark, that field must remain a required field. 3. Repeat step 2 as applicable. 4. Click the Submit button. The message, New rules successfully saved! displays. 5. Click the OK button. The Info screen displays. The change(s) made display on the Info screen. Format Info Screen Field Text To change the format of a field s input text: Show/Hide screen, Format Input Text drop-down listbox To use the Format Input Text drop-down listbox: 1. Access the Show/Hide screen from the applicable module s Info screen (in Add New or Update mode). (Need help? See Accessing Show/Hide Screen in this section). 2. For the field, select the desired formatting option in the Format Input Text drop-down listbox. This automatically formats text input by a user as specified. The default format options are: Capitalize the whole field Capitalize 1st character of each word g g If the drop-down listbox in the Format Input Text column does not display for a field, this customization option does not apply for that particular field. A checkmark displays in the checkbox. 3. Repeat step 2 as applicable System Utilities

40 Back to this Customize Info Screen Fields 4. Click the Submit button. The message, New rules successfully saved! displays. 5. Click the OK button. The Info screen displays. The change(s) made display on the Info screen. Customize an Info Screen Field s Name To change the name of a field: Show/Hide screen, Customized Field Name textbox To use the Customized Field Name text box: 1. Access the Show/Hide screen from the applicable module s Info screen (in Add New or Update mode). (Need help? See Accessing Show/Hide Screen in this section). 2. For the field, type the desired field name in the Customized Field Name field. 3. Repeat step 2 as applicable. 4. Click the Submit button. The message, New rules successfully saved! displays. 5. Click the OK button. The Info screen displays. The change(s) made display on the Info screen. Restore Default Field Settings To restore the default settings for all fields: Show/Hide screen, Reset to Defaults button To use the Reset to Defaults button: 1. Access the Show/Hide screen from the applicable module s Info screen (in Add New or Update mode). (Need help? See Accessing Show/Hide Screen in this section). 2. Click the Reset to Defaults button. The message, Successfully restored to defaults! displays. 3. Click the OK button. The Info screen displays. The fields display in their default settings on the Info screen. System Utilities 3-11

41 Employee Generated VAL Request Back to this Employee Generated VAL Request How To In This Section 99 Set up Employee Generated VAL Request Overview The Employee Generated VAL Request utility in Access Commander gives employees a separate utility that allows them to submit their outgoing visit requests. Security Administrators can search for all pending request in the Outgoing Visit Request module and either approve or reject the requests. Employees login to or ip/accmdrweb/jsp/evlogin.jsp to access the In/Out Visit Request Logon screen. Figure 3-6. The In/Out Visit Request Log On screen. System Administrator sets up which Authentication field/type in the Enterprise Authentication system profile. See Chapter 7, Table 7-49 Enterprise Authentication. Figure 3-7. The Enterprise Authentication Profile on the Profile Header Listing screen System Utilities

42 Back to this Employee Generated VAL Request Figure 3-8. The Profile Detail Listing screen for Enterprise Authentication. Set Up Employee Generated VAL Request 1. Place the link for employees to access the In/Out Visit Request Log On screen on you company intranet. The link should be either: or 2. Access the Enterprise Authentication system profile and set up the authentication method used to validate employees. All employees who have a record in Personnel Management module will then be able to log in on the In/Out Visit Request Log On screen. For example, if SSN4 is the value for the Authentication type to be used, the employee needs to enter his or her last name as the User ID and the last four digits of his/or her Social Security Number. System Utilities 3-13

43 Fix/Reset Data Back to this Fix/Reset Data How To s In This Section 99 Reset Next Values for Record Keys 99 Reset Counts Overview The System Administrator uses the Fix/Reset Data System Admin menu link option to access the: Fix options (e.g., Fix Clearance(s) in Personnel Listing) when the clearances and accesses are incorrect on the Personnel, Document, and Property Listing screens. Reset Counts options (e.g., Reset Counts in Contracts) when the counts for assignments are incorrect. Reset Next Values for Record Keys option when a user receives the duplicate key error message when trying to add a new record. Periodically the NextID keys (for EMID, DOCID, EQUITEMID, etc.) are out of sequence. The Fix options are used to reset the keys. Figure 3-9. The Fix/Reset Data option System Utilities

44 Back to this Fix/Reset Data Fix/Reset Data/App Server Screen The Fix/Reset Data/App Server screen displays when you click the: Fix/Reset Data option on the System Admin link This screen displays the links to: Fix clearances Fix accesses Reset Counts Reset Next Values for Record Keys Figure The Fix/Reset Data/App Server screen. System Utilities 3-15

45 Fix/Reset Data Back to this Resetting Screen The Resetting screen displays when you click one of the: Fix options on the Fix/Reset Data/App Server screen Figure The Resetting screen example. Reset Counts Screen The Reset Counts screen displays when you click one of the: Reset Counts options on the Fix/Reset Data/App Server screen Figure The Reset Counts screen example. Reset Next Values for Sequences Screen The Reset Next Values for Sequences screen displays when you click the: Reset Next Values for Record Keys option on the Fix/Reset Data/App Server screen 3-16 System Utilities

46 Back to this Fix/Reset Data Figure The Reset Next Values for Sequences screen. Fix Clearances and/or Accesses To fix clearances and/or accesses: Fix/Reset Data/App Server screen, applicable Fix option To use the Fix option: 1. Place the cursor on the System Admin link. The options display. 2. Click the Fix/Reset Data option. The Fix/Reset Data/App Server screen displays. 3. Click the applicable Fix option (e.g., Fix Clearance(s) in Personnel Listing). The Resetting screen displays (e.g., Resetting Clearance(s) in Personnel Listing Screen) with a confirmation message (e.g., Reset Clearance(s) in Personnel Listing Screen Successfully Done.) The Continue link displays. 4. Click the Continue link. The Main Menu screen displays. Reset Counts To reset counts: Fix/Reset Data/App Server screen, applicable Reset Counts option To use the Fix option: 1. Place the cursor on the System Admin link. The options display. 2. Click the Fix/Reset Data option. The Fix/Reset Data/App Server screen displays. System Utilities 3-17

47 Fix/Reset Data Back to this 3. Click the applicable Reset Counts option (e.g., Reset Counts in Contracts). The Reset Counts screen displays (e.g., Reset Counts in Contracts) with a confirmation message (e.g., Reset Counts in Contracts Successfully Done. Please wait.) The Continue link displays. 4. Click the Continue link. The Main Menu screen displays. Reset Next Values for Sequences To reset the next values for sequences: Fix/Reset Data/App Server screen, applicable Reset Next Values for Record Keys option To use the Reset Next Values for Record Keys option: 1. Place the cursor on the System Admin link. The options display. 2. Click the Fix/Reset Data option. The Fix/Reset Data/App Server screen displays. 3. Click the applicable Reset Next Values for Record Keys option. The Reset Next Values for Sequences screen displays with the confirmation message, Reset Next Values for Sequences Successfully Done. Please wait. The Continue link displays. 4. Click the Continue link. The Main Menu screen displays System Utilities

48 Back to this Report Upload and Rollback Report Upload How To s In This Section 99 Upload a New Report 99 Roll Back a Report Overview The System Administrator uses the Report Upload System Admin menu icon to access the Report Management screen. Figure Report Upload on the System Administration menu. Report Management Screen The Report Management screen displays when you click the: Report Upload icon on the System Administration menu This screen displays the fields to: System Utilities 3-19

49 Report Upload and Rollback Back to this Upload new reports Roll back reports to the previous version Figure The Report Management screen. Upload a New Report To upload a new or modified report file: Report Management screen, Upload button To use the Upload button: 1. Click the Report Upload icon on the System Administration menu. The Report Management screen displays. 2. Click the Browse button, locate and select the report file provided by MathCraft. 3. Select the report file to upload. The file name displays in the Select File field. 4. Click the Upload button. The file uploads and the message, Report Upload Successful! displays. The file will display in the Report Profile module on the corresponding Report Profile Detail Listing screen. 5. Click the Return button. The Main Menu screen displays. 6. To complete the process, access the Report Profile module. See Chapter 6, Report Profile for the steps to add the report to the corresponding module System Utilities

50 Back to this Report Upload and Rollback Roll Back a Report To return to the previous version of a report file: Report Management screen, Rollback button To use the Rollback button: 1. Click the Report Upload icon on the System Administration menu. The Report Management screen displays. 2. Enter the file name of the file to roll back in the Report File Name field. The name must be exact of an error message will display stating that the file could not be found. 3. Click the Rollback button. The file uploads and the message, [File Name] was successfully rolled back to the previous version displays. The previous version of the report will display on the corresponding Reports screen. 4. Click the Return button. The Main Menu screen displays. System Utilities 3-21

51 Maintaining Number/Code Sequences Back to this Maintaining Number/Code Sequences How To s In This Section 99 Add a New Sequence 99 Update a Sequence 99 Delete a Sequence 99 View (Read-Only) a Sequence Overview Access Commander provides the functionality for users to easily generate numbers and codes in applicable modules using predetermined sequence numbers and patterns. The sequence icon displays on applicable Info screens when the Info screen is accessed in Add New mode. See Table 3 3 in this section for a list of Info screens in Access Commander that display the sequence icon. Figure The sequence icon and menu on the Property Info screen. Existing sequences display in a menu that displays when the cursor is placed on the sequence icon. Clicking on the desired sequence populates the corresponding field on the Info screen. After the Add button is clicked, the number or code displays, based on the next number for the chosen sequence. Numbers and codes can also be entered manually. Only users for whom the Maintain Sequence(s) checkbox is checked (Maintain Sequence(s) section) on the Assign User s Security screen can maintain sequences. See Table 9-26 in Chapter 9, User Profile for more information System Utilities

52 Back to this Maintaining Number/Code Sequences Figure The Maintain Sequence(s) permission on the Assign User s Security screen. Users with Maintain Sequence(s) permission can: Add new sequences Update existing sequences (only the Last Number Used field should be updated) Delete existing sequences Maintain Sequence(s) Search Screen The Maintain Sequence(s) Search screen displays when you click the: Maintain Sequence(s) option on the System Admin link The Maintain Sequence(s) Search screen is used to select the sequence type that needs to be updated or to which a new sequence is being added. Figure The Maintain Sequence(s) Search screen. g g The Maintain Sequence(s) option displays only for users for whom the Maintain Sequence(s) checkbox is checked (Maintain Sequence(s) section) on the Assign User s Security screen. See Table 9-26 in Chapter 9, User Profile for more information. System Utilities 3-23

53 Maintaining Number/Code Sequences Back to this Accessing Maintain Sequence(s) Search Screen To access the Maintain Sequence(s) Search screen: System Admin link, Maintain Sequence(s) option To use the Maintain Sequence(s) option: Figure The Maintain Sequence(s) option on the System Admin link. 1. Place the cursor on the System Admin link. The options display. 2. Click the Maintain Sequence(s) option. The Maintain Sequence(s) Search screen displays. Sequence Listing Screen The Sequence Listing screen displays when you click the: Find button on the Maintain Sequence(s) Search screen Cancel, Done, or Exit button on the Sequence Info screen The Sequence Listing displays the: Results of your search on the Maintain Sequence(s) Search screen + Add New link View, Update, and Delete buttons 3-24 System Utilities

54 Back to this Maintaining Number/Code Sequences Figure The Sequence Listing screen. Accessing Sequence Listing Screen To access the Sequence Listing screen: Maintain Sequence(s) Search screen, Find button To use the Find button: 1. Access the Maintain Sequence(s) Search screen. (Need help? See Accessing Maintain Sequence(s) Search Screen in this chapter.) 2. Select the Sequence Type and/or Facility Code, as applicable. 3. Click the Find button. The Sequence Listing screen displays the sequences that match the search criteria. Sequence Info Screen The Sequence Info screen displays when you click the: + Add New link, View button, or Update button on the Sequence Listing screen + Add New link on the Maintain Sequence(s) Search screen The Sequence Info screen is used to: Add a new sequence when in Add New mode Modify an existing sequence when in Update mode View an existing sequence when in View (read-only) mode System Utilities 3-25

55 Maintaining Number/Code Sequences Back to this Figure The Sequence Info screen in Add New mode. When in Add New mode, the Sequence Info screen displays the Add and Cancel buttons, as shown in Figure Figure The Sequence Info screen in Update mode. When in Update mode, the Sequence Info screen displays the Update and Cancel buttons, as shown in Figure System Utilities

56 Back to this Maintaining Number/Code Sequences Figure The Sequence Info screen in View mode. When in View mode, the Sequence Info screen displays the Exit button and all fields are read-only, as shown in Figure Accessing Sequence Info Screen - Add New To access the Sequence Info screen in Add New mode: Sequence Listing or Maintain Sequence(s) Search screen, + Add New link To use the + Add New link: 1. Access the Maintain Sequence(s) Search or Sequence Listing screen. (Need help? See Maintain Sequence(s) Search Screen or Accessing Sequence Listing Screen in this chapter.) 2. Click the + Add New link. The Sequence Info screen displays in Add New mode. Accessing Sequence Info Screen - Update To access the Sequence Info screen in Update mode: Sequence Listing screen, Update button To use the Update button: 1. Access the Sequence Listing screen. (Need help? See Accessing Sequence Listing Screen in this chapter.) 2. Click the Update button in the column next to the sequence. The Sequence Info screen displays in Update mode. System Utilities 3-27

57 Maintaining Number/Code Sequences Back to this Accessing Sequence Info Screen - View To access the Sequence Info screen in View mode: Sequence Listing screen, View button To use the View button: 1. Access the Sequence Listing screen. (Need help? See Accessing Sequence Listing Screen in this chapter.) 2. Click the View button in the column next to the sequence. The Sequence Info screen displays in View (read-only) mode. Sequence Info Screen - Data Fields The data fields on the Sequence Info screen are listed in Table 3-1. Table 3-1. Sequence Info screen data fields. Field Name Sequence Format REQUIRED. Explanation Enter the format for the sequence. This format displays in the sequence list for user selection. The format of a sequence can consist of a combination of all alphanumeric keys and special characters. The # (pound sign) represents the maximum number generated. For example: DOC-02-#### has 4 decimal places. The system will generate DOC through DOC maximum. DOC-02-## has 2 decimal places. The system will generate DOC through DOC Sequence Type Last # Used The pound sign can be inserted any place in the pattern. For example: Beginning: ###-02-DOD Middle: 02-#####-PPP End: DOC-02-#### Select the sequence type. The sequence types are designated in the Sequence Type profile elements. See Table in Chapter 7, System Profile, for more information. REQUIRED. Default is 0. Description Facility Code Disabled? Enter the desired starting number, if different from default. Enter a description for the sequence. The description displays on the Sequence Listing screen. Users do not see this description. REQUIRED. Select the applicable Facility Code. Click to disable the sequence System Utilities

58 Back to this Maintaining Number/Code Sequences Sequence Info Screen Command One command is available on the Sequence Info screen, as described in Table 3-2. Table 3-2. Sequence Info screen command. Command Back to Sequence Listing Functionality Return to the Sequence Listing screen without saving the new sequence or changes made to an existing sequence. Modules Containing Generated Sequence Numbers There are four modules within Access Commander that contain numbers that can be configured to generate sequentially. These modules, the numbers that are generated, the screen on which they are located, and the field names are listed in Table 3-3. Table 3-3. Modules that contain generated sequenced numbers. Module Document Management Document Management Number or Code Generated Document Control Number Document Destruction Certificate Number Screen Field Document Info (Document tab) Control # (1) Document Destruction Info (Destruction Certificate Info tab) Certificate # Document Management NOTE: This number can be generated on two screens. Document Transmittal Certificate Number NOTE: This number can be generated on two screens. (2) Document Listing-Assign to New Destruction Certificate (1) Document Transmittal Info (2) Document Listing-Assign to New Transmittal Certificate Certificate # Property Item Number Property Info (Property tab) Safe/Item# Management Facility Info Facility Code Facility Info (Physical Address tab) Facility Code Training & Conferences Conference Number Training/Conference Info (Training & Conference tab) Conference # Add a New Sequence To add a sequence: Sequence Listing screen, + Add New link System Utilities 3-29

59 Maintaining Number/Code Sequences Back to this To use the + Add New link: 1. Access the Sequence Listing screen. (Need help? See Accessing Sequence Listing Screen in this chapter.) 2. Click the + Add New link. The corresponding Sequence Info screen displays. 3. Enter the format in the Format field, complete the other required field(s), select the Sequence Type if desired, and enter the Description if desired. 4. Click the Add button. The screen refreshes. The message, The information has been added. and the Done button display. 5. Click the Done button. The Sequence Listing screen displays. The new sequence displays highlighted (in black) and its checkbox is checked. 6. To add another sequence, repeat from step 4 above. Update a Sequence g g Only the Last Number Used field should be updated. Do not modify the pattern itself; create a new sequence if necessary. To update an existing sequence: Sequence Listing screen, Update button To use the Update button: 1. Access the Sequence Listing screen. (Need help? See Accessing Sequence Listing Screen in this chapter.) 2. Click the Update button in the column next to the desired sequence. The Sequence Info screen displays. 3. Update only the Last Number Used field. 4. Click the Update button. The screen refreshes. The message, The information has been updated. and the Done button display. 5. Click the Done button. The Sequence Listing screen displays. The updated format displays highlighted (in black) and its checkbox is checked. 6. To update another format, repeat from step 4 above System Utilities

60 Back to this Maintaining Number/Code Sequences Delete a Sequence To delete an existing sequence: Sequence Listing screen, Delete button To use the Delete button: 1. Access the Sequence Listing screen. (Need help? See Accessing Sequence Listing Screen in this chapter.) 2. Click the Delete button in the column next to the desired sequence. The Sequence(s) Delete Confirmation screen displays. 3. Click the Go button (the Yes, delete command is the default). The Sequence Listing screen displays. The deleted sequence no longer displays. 4. To delete another sequence, repeat from step 2 above. View (Read-Only) a Sequence All sequence fields are displayed on the Sequence Listing screen columns. You can also view them on the Sequence Info screen by following the steps below. To view a sequence on the Sequence Info screen: Sequence Listing screen, View button To use the View button: 1. Access the Sequence Listing screen. (Need help? See Accessing Sequence Listing Screen in this chapter.) 2. Click the View button in the column next to the desired sequence. The Sequence Info screen displays. 3. View the information. 4. Click the Exit button. The Sequence Listing screen displays. The viewed sequence displays highlighted (in black) and its checkbox is checked. 5. To view another format, repeat from step 2 above. System Utilities 3-31

61 Maintain Skills Back to this Maintain Skills How To s In This Section 99 Skill Category How To s 99 Skill How To s Overview Access Commander provides the functionality for users to assign skills to personnel records. System Administrators maintain the list of skills. Figure The Skills section on the Others tab, Personnel Info screen. Skill Category Search Screen The Skill Category Search screen displays when you click the: Maintain Skill(s) option on the System Admin link The Skill Category Search screen is used to select the sequence type that needs to be updated or to which a new sequence is being added. A new skill category can also be added from this screen using the + Add New link System Utilities

62 Back to this Maintain Skills Figure The Skill Category Search screen. Accessing Skill Category Search Screen To access the Skill Category Search screen: System Admin link, Maintain Skill(s) option To use the Maintain Skill(s) option: Figure The Maintain Skill(s) option on the System Admin link. 1. Place the cursor on the System Admin link. The options display. 2. Click the Maintain Sequence(s) option. The Maintain Sequence(s) Search screen displays. System Utilities 3-33

63 Maintain Skills Back to this Skill Category Listing Screen The Skill Category Listing screen displays when you click the: Find button on the Skill Category Search screen The Skill Category Listing displays the: Results of your search on the Skill Category Search screen + Add New link View, Update, and Delete buttons Figure The Skill Category Listing screen. Skill Category Info Screen The Skill Category Info screen displays when you click the: + Add New link, View button, or Update button on the Skill Category Listing screen + Add New link on the Skill Category Search screen The Skill Category Info screen is used to: Add a new skill category when in Add New mode Modify an existing skill category when in Update mode View an existing skill category when in View (read-only) mode When in Add New mode, the Skill Category Info screen displays the Add and Cancel buttons, as shown in Figure System Utilities

64 Back to this Maintain Skills Figure The Skill Category Info screen in Add New mode. When in Update mode, the Skill Category Info screen displays the Update and Cancel buttons, and has two tabs, as shown in Figures 3-29 and 3-30: Category Skills Figure The Skill Category Info screen, Category tab, in Update mode. Figure The Skill Category Info screen, Skills tab, in Update mode. System Utilities 3-35

65 Maintain Skills Back to this When in View mode, the Skill Category Info screen displays the Exit button and all fields are readonly, as shown in Figure Figure The Skill Category Info screen in View mode. Accessing Skill Category Info Screen - Add New To access the Skill Category Info screen in Add New mode: Skill Category Listing or Skill Category Search screen, + Add New link To use the + Add New link: 1. Access the Skill Category Search or Skill Category Listing screen. (Need help? See Accessing Skill Category Search Screen or Accessing Skill Category Listing Screen in this chapter.) 2. Click the + Add New link. The Skill Category Info screen displays in Add New mode. Accessing Skill Category Info Screen - Update To access the Skill Category Info screen in Update mode: Skill Category Listing screen, Update button To use the Update button: 1. Access the Skill Category Listing screen. (Need help? See Accessing Skill Category Listing Screen in this chapter.) 2. Click the Update button in the column next to the sequence. The Skill Category Info screen displays in Update mode System Utilities

66 Back to this Maintain Skills Accessing Skill Category Info Screen - View To access the Skill Category Info screen in View mode: Skill Category Listing screen, View button To use the View button: 1. Access the Skill Category Listing screen. (Need help? See Accessing Skill Category Listing Screen in this chapter.) 2. Click the View button in the column next to the sequence. The Skill Category Info screen displays in View (read-only) mode. Skill Category Info Screen Commands Two commands are available on the Skill Category Info screen, as described in Table 3-4. Table 3-4. Sequence Info screen commands. Command Back to Skill Category Listing Back to System Admin Menu Functionality Return to the Skill Category Listing screen without saving the new category or changes made to an existing category. Return to the System Admin menu screen without saving the new category or changes made to an existing category. Skill Info Screen The Skill Info screen displays when you click the: + Add New link, View button, or Update button on the Skills tab The Skill Info screen is used to: Add a new skill to a category when in Add New mode Modify an existing skill within a category when in Update mode View an existing skill within a category when in View (read-only) mode Delete a skill from a category When in Add New mode, the Skill Info screen displays the Add and Cancel buttons, as shown in Figure System Utilities 3-37

67 Maintain Skills Back to this Figure The Skill Info screen in View mode. When in Update mode, the Skill Info screen displays the Update and Cancel buttons, as shown in Figure Figure The Skill Info screen in Update mode. When in View mode, the Skill Info screen displays the Exit button and all fields are read-only, as shown in Figure Figure The Skill Info screen in View mode System Utilities

68 Back to this Maintain Skills Accessing Skill Info Screen - Add New To access the Skill Info screen in Add New mode: Skill Category Info screen, Skills tab, + Add New link To use the + Add New link: 1. Access the Skill Category Info screen in Update mode. (Need help? See Accessing Skill Category Info Screen in this chapter.) 2. Click the Skills tab. The Skills tab displays with any existing skills and the +Add New link. 3. Click the + Add New link. The Skill Info screen displays in Add New mode. Accessing Skill Info Screen - Update To access the Skill Info screen in Update mode: Skill Category Info screen, Skills tab, Update button To use the Update button: 1. Access the Skill Category Info screen in Update mode. (Need help? See Accessing Skill Category Info Screen in this chapter.) 2. Click the Skills tab. The Skills tab displays with any existing skills. 3. Click the Update button in the column next to the skill. The Skill Info screen displays in Update mode. Accessing Skill Info Screen - View To access the Skill Info screen in View mode: Skill Category Info screen, Skills tab, View button To use the View button: 1. Access the Skill Category Info screen in Update mode. (Need help? See Accessing Skill Category Info Screen in this chapter.) 2. Click the Skills tab. The Skills tab displays with any existing skills. 3. Click the View button in the column next to the skill. The Skill Info screen displays in View (read-only) mode. System Utilities 3-39

69 Maintain Skills Back to this Skill Category How To s How To s In This Section 99 Add a New Skill Category 99 Update a Skill Category 99 Delete a Skill Category 99 View (Read-Only) a Skill Category Add a New Skill Category To add a skill category: Skill Category Listing screen, + Add New link To use the + Add New link: 1. Access the Skill Category Listing screen. (Need help? See Accessing Skill Category Listing Screen in this chapter.) 2. Click the + Add New link. The Skill Category Info screen displays. 3. Enter the skill category name in the Skill Category. 4. Click the Add button. The screen refreshes. The message, The information has been added., the Re-Edit This Record, and the Done button display. g g Click the Re-Edit This Record link to have access to the following tab: Skill(s) 5. Click the Done button. The Skill Category Listing screen displays. The new sequence displays highlighted (in black) and its checkbox is checked. 6. To add another sequence, repeat from step 4 above. Update a Skill Category g g Only the Last Number Used field should be updated. Do not modify the pattern itself; create a new sequence if necessary. To update an existing skill category: 3-40 System Utilities

70 Back to this Maintain Skills Skill Category Listing screen, Update button To use the Update button: 1. Access the Skill Category Listing screen. (Need help? See Accessing Skill Category Listing Screen in this chapter.) 2. Click the Update button in the column next to the desired category. The Skill Category Info screen displays. 3. Update only the Last Number Used field. 4. Click the Update button. The screen refreshes. The message, The information has been updated. and the Done button display. 5. Click the Done button. The Skill Category Listing screen displays. The updated format displays highlighted (in black) and its checkbox is checked. 6. To update another format, repeat from step 4 above. Delete a Skill Category To delete an existing skill category: Skill Category Listing screen, Delete button To use the Delete button: 1. Access the Skill Category Listing screen. (Need help? See Accessing Sequence Listing Screen in this chapter.) 2. Click the Delete button in the column next to the desired sequence. The Skill Category(s) Delete Confirmation screen displays. 3. Click the Go button (the Yes, delete command is the default). The Skill Category Listing screen displays. The deleted sequence no longer displays. 4. To delete another sequence, repeat from step 2 above. View (Read-Only) a Skill Category All sequence fields are displayed on the Skill Category Listing screen columns. You can also view them on the Skill Category Info screen by following the steps below. To view a skill category on the Skill Category Info screen: Skill Category Listing screen, View button System Utilities 3-41

71 Maintain Skills Back to this To use the View button: 1. Access the Skill Category Listing screen. (Need help? See Accessing Skill Category Listing Screen in this chapter.) 2. Click the View button in the column next to the desired sequence. The Skill Category Info screen displays. 3. View the information. 4. Click the Exit button. The Skill Category Listing screen displays. The viewed sequence displays highlighted (in black) and its checkbox is checked. 5. To view another format, repeat from step 2 above System Utilities

72 Back to this Skill How To s Skill How To s How To s In This Section 99 Add a New Skill to a Category 99 Update a Skill within a Category 99 Delete a Skill from a Category 99 View (Read-Only) a Skill within a Category Add a New Skill to a Category To add a skill to a category: Skill Category Info screen, Skill tab, + Add New link To use the + Add New link: 1. Access the Skill Category Info screen. (Need help? See Accessing Skill Category Info Screen in this chapter.) 2. Click the Skills tab. The Skills tab displays with any existing skills and the +Add New link. 3. Click the + Add New link. The Skill Info screen displays. 4. Enter the code to be used for the skill in the Skill Code field. 5. Enter a description for the skill in the Description field. 6. Click the Add button. The screen refreshes. The message, The information has been added. displays. 7. Click the Done button. The Skill Category Info screen, Skills tab, displays. The new skill displays on the tab. 8. To add another skill to the category, repeat from step 4 above. Update a Skill within a Category To update an existing skill within a category: Skill Category Info screen, Skill tab, Update button To use the Update button: 1. Access the Skill Category Info screen. (Need help? See Accessing Skill Category Info Screen in this chapter.) System Utilities 3-43

73 Skill How To s Back to this 2. Click the Skills tab. The Skills tab displays with any existing skills and the +Add New link. 3. Click the Update button in the column next to the desired skill. The Skill Info screen displays. 4. Update the fields as needed. 5. Click the Update button. The screen refreshes. The message, The information has been updated. and the Done button display. 6. Click the Done button. The Skill Category Info screen, Skills tab, displays. The skill s updated information displays in the corresponding column(s). 7. To update another skill, repeat from step 3 above. Delete a Skill from a Category To delete a skill from a category: Skill Category Info screen, Skill tab, Delete button To use the Delete button: 1. Access the Skill Category Info screen. (Need help? See Accessing Skill Category Info Screen in this chapter.) 2. Click the Skills tab. The Skills tab displays with any existing skills and the +Add New link. 3. Click the Delete button in the column next to the desired skill. The Skill Info screen displays with the Delete and Cancel buttons. 4. Click the Delete button. The Skill Category Info screen, Skills tab, displays. The deleted skill no longer displays. 5. To delete another sequence, repeat from step 3 above. View (Read-Only) a Skill within a Category All skill fields are displayed on the Skill Category Info, Skill tab columns. You can also view them on the Skill Info screen by following the steps below. To view a skill on the Skill Info screen: Skill Category Info screen, Skill tab, View button To use the View button: 1. Access the Skill Category Info screen. (Need help? See Accessing Skill Category Info Screen in this chapter.) 3-44 System Utilities

74 Back to this Skill How To s 2. Click the Skills tab. The Skills tab displays with the skills within the category. 3. Click the View button in the column next to the desired skill. The Skill Info screen displays in View mode. 4. View the information. 5. Click the Exit button. The Skill Category Info screen, Skills tab, displays. 6. To view another skill, repeat from step 3 above. System Utilities 3-45

75 Set SQL Log Level Back to this Set SQL Log Level How To s In This Section 99 Set the Database SQL Statements Log Level Overview The System Administrator (SA) uses the Set SQL Log Level System Admin menu link option to access the Set SQL Log Level screen. On this screen the SA can select the level at which the database SQL statements will be logged in Access Commander. Figure The Set SQL Log Level option System Utilities

76 Back to this Set SQL Log Level Set SQL Log Level Screen The Set SQL Log Level screen displays when you click the: Set SQL Log Level option on the System Admin link Figure The Set SQL Log Level screen. The SQL log file is stored under c:\temp. Set the SQL Log Level To set the SQL log level: Set SQL Log Level screen, applicable Level drop-down list box To use the Level drop-down list box: 1. Place the cursor on the System Admin link. The options display. 2. Click the Set SQL Log Level option. The Set SQL Log Level screen displays. 3. Click the arrow for the Level drop-down list box field. The list box values display. 4. Select the applicable log level: Log All - Access Commander will log as much information as possible of all the database activities from Access Commander Log SQL Statement Only - Access Commander will log all the SQL statements sent from Access Commander to the database Disable the Log - Access Commander will not log any database activities 5. Click Apply. The Main Menu screen displays. System Utilities 3-47

77 Shared User System Access Back to this Shared User System Access This option is available for web portal administrator use. It configures the user as A/C View Only for all web portal users and is intended for enterprise A/C use. Shared User system access if configured on the User Info screen in the User Profile module by checking the Shared User checkbox. Figure The Shared User checkbox on the User Info screen System Utilities

78 Back to this Unlimited Read-Only System Access Unlimited Read-Only System Access System Administrators can add as many Access Commander read-only users as they wish without worrying about the license count to be used by these read-only users. Users logged in as Read-Only users display in the Active User Listing section in the User Monitor module as a Y in the R/O (Read-Only) column. Users are configured as read-only on the User Info screen in the User Profile module by being given a designated Assigned UserID. Configure Unlimited Read-Only System Access To configure a user as a read-only user: User Info screen, Assigned UserID field and Assign User s Security screen, View checkbox(es) To use the Assigned UserID field: 1. Access a user s User Info screen. (Need help? See Chapter 9, User Profile in this guide.) 2. In the Assigned User ID field, enter, ro_user_##. The first user should be 01, with additional read-only users being given the next available sequential number (e.g., ro_user_01, ro_user_02, ro_user_03) 3. Complete the other fields on the screen. (Need help? See Chapter 9, User Profile in this guide.) 4. Access the Assign User s Security screen. (Need help? See Chapter 9, User Profile in this guide.) 5. Check the View checkbox for applicable module(s). (Need help? See Chapter 9, User Profile in this guide.) 6. Click the Save & Return button. The user has been set up as a read-only user. When the user signs in, all modules to which he or she was not given View access will be greyed out on Main Menu screen. System Utilities 3-49

79

80 Chapter 4 Main Menu Facility Info In This Chapter 99 Module Overview 99 Facility Info Screens 99 Basic How To s 99 How To s By Tab 99 Defense Security Service (DSS) Office How To s Contents Overview Facility Access - New User Host Facilities Ignore Safe Checkbox Facility ID Segmentation Facility Search Screen Overview Accessing Facility Search Screen Facility Quick Search Facility Listing Screen Overview Accessing Facility Listing Screen Facility Info Screen Overview Accessing Facility Info Screen - Add New Accessing Facility Info Screen - Update Accessing Facility Info Screen - View Facility Info Screen Commands Facility Info Screen Tabs - Data Fields Facility Activity Info Screen Accessing Facility Activity Info Screen Facility Reports Screen Overview Accessing Facility Reports Screen Basic Facility Info How To s Search Facility Records Add a Facility Record Update a Facility Record Delete Facility Record View (Read-Only) a Facility Record Change a Facility s Status Copy Physical Address to the Classified Address View a Facility Record s Activities Export Data for Records on the Facility Listing Screen to Excel Physical/Mailing Address Tab Facility Info Screen Facility Info 4-1

81 Contents Back to this Cognizant/Remark Tab Facility Info Screen Granted By Address Tab Facility Info Screen Classified Address Tab Facility Info Screen Verification/Inspection/Assoc. Doc. Tab Facility Info Screen Verification(s) Overview Facility Verification Screen Facility Selection (Search) Screen Facility Selection (Listing) Screen Add a Facility Verification Record Update a Facility Verification Record Delete a Facility Verification Record View (Read-Only) Facility Verification Records Inspection(s) Overview Inspection Info Screen Add a Facility Inspection Record Update a Facility Inspection Record Delete a Facility Inspection Record View (Read-Only) a Facility Inspection Record Associated Documents Overview Upload Facility Associated Doc Screen Upload Associated Documents Remove Associated Documents View (Read-Only) Associated Documents Download Associated Documents Defense Security Service (DSS) Offices Overview DSS Office Search Screen Accessing DSS Office Search Screen DSS Office Listing Screen Accessing DSS Office Listing Screen DSS Office Info Screen Accessing DSS Office Info Screen - Add New Accessing DSS Office Info Screen - Update Accessing DSS Office Info Screen - View DSS Office Info Screen Command DSS Office Info Screen - Data Fields Search DSS Office Records Add a DSS Office Record Update a DSS Office Record Delete a DSS Office Record View (Read-Only) a DSS Office Record Notification Info Tab Facility Info Screen Reminder/ Notification(s) Facility Setup Overview Set Up a Facility for Reminder/ Notification Next Step to Complete Reminder/ Notification Setup Facility Info

82 Back to this Overview Overview The Facility Info module within Access Commander is used by System Administrators (SAs) and other authorized users to input and maintain all facility records. Within this module facility records can be: Added Updated Deleted Viewed Changed from Active to Inactive status, and vice versa The following can be assigned to and unassigned from a facility: Facility Accesses Safeguard Accesses The following activities associated with a facility can be tracked: Verification History Inspection History Additional functionality includes: Associated Documents Preformatted reports, including address labels Access Commander uses the data stored in the Facility Info module to process: Visit Requests Document Transmittals Contracts DD254 Transactions Users with System Administration access can additionally: Add new host facilities (System Administrators can only add new customer facilities if given permission) Change customer facilities to host facilities, and vice versa Turn off the check for a container safe when assigning documents to custodians for selected host facilities Configure Notification for a facility This chapter also covers how Defense Security Service (DSS) offices are: Added Updated Deleted Viewed Facility Info 4-3

83 Facility Access - New User Back to this Facility Access - New User When a new user is assigned, facility accesses are added using the following algorithm: If the user is a System Administrator, he/she will have Update access to all facilities If the user is not a System Administrator, but the Access Commander system profile parameter Set Employment Facility Updatable When Assign User(s) is set to Y (see Table 7-4. Access Commander System Parameters in Chapter 7, System Profile), then he/she will have Update access to his/her own employment facility (in employee record). Figure 4-1. The Set Employment Facility Updatable When Assign User(s) parameter. g g Based on customer requirements, changes may have been made to these rules. For more information about granting users facility accesses, see: Chapter 9, User Profile, Facility Access section 4-4 Facility Info

84 Back to this Host Facilities Host Facilities Only users with System Administrator access to the Access Commander system can add new host facilities. The Customer Facility checkbox is checked by default on the Facility Info screen, Physical/ Mailing Address tab. System Administrators can uncheck the box to designate that the new facility being added is a host, rather than customer, facility. Figure 4-2. The Customer Facility checkbox on the Physical/Mailing Address tab. When a new host facility is added: All System Administrators are given Update access to the newly added host facility Depending on customer requirements, all non-system Administrators may also be given View access to the newly added host facility When a host facility is updated: If the facility code is changed, all accesses assigned to the old facility are transferred to the new one If the host facility is changed to a customer facility, all accesses assigned to users will be removed for the facility When a host facility is deleted: All accesses assigned to users for the facility are removed When a customer facility is updated: If the customer facility is changed to a host facility, the accesses to the facility are added to the users as a newly inserted host facility Users with System Administrator can turn off the check for a container safe when assigning documents to custodians for selected host facilities. See the Ignore Safe Checkbox section in this chapter for more information. Facility Info 4-5

85 Ignore Safe Checkbox Back to this Ignore Safe Checkbox The Ignore Safe checkbox on the Facility Info screen can be used to turn off the check for a container safe when assigning documents to custodians for selected host facilities. Only users with System Administrator access to the Access Commander system can check the box. The Ignore Safe checkbox is not checked by default on the Facility Info screen, Physical/Mailing Address tab. Figure 4-3. The Ignore Safe checkbox on the Facility Info screen, Physical/Mailing Address tab. When the checkbox is checked: A facility default safe is created (i.e., [FACILITY CODE]-DEF-SAFE) All the employees under the facility are assigned to the default safe All the employees who are not under the facility, but their clearances are held there, are assigned to the default safe Any new employee added under the facility are assigned to the default safe Any new clearance added for the facility is assigned to the default safe 4-6 Facility Info

86 Back to this Facility ID Segmentation Facility ID Segmentation Upon installation of the system, the default setting is for the data in the system to be segmented by Facility Code. Facility ID segmentation gives the capability to limit, on an individual basis, a user s permission to perform many system functions for only those facilities to which he/she has access, such as document destruction. It is set in the System Profile module (System Profile Listing screen, Access Commander System Parameters profile, Force CageCode Segmentation parameter). See Table 7-4 in Chapter 7, System Profile, for more information. Figure 4-4. The Force CageCode Segmentation parameter on the Profile Detail Listing screen. When left active, the facilities to which the user has View or Update access is designated in the User Profile module. See the Facility Access section in Chapter 8, User Profile, for more information. Facility Info 4-7

87 Facility Search Screen Back to this Facility Search Screen Overview The Facility Search screen contains the fields that can be filled in and/or selected as search criteria. This allows you to narrow down the search for a specific facility record or group of facility records. Figure 4-5. The Facility Search screen. Accessing Facility Search Screen Depending on where you are in Access Commander, there are four ways to access the Facility Search screen: System Administration menu screen, Facility Info icon System Administration menu screen, Facility Info icon, Facility Search option Facility Listing or Facility Info screen, Search link System Admin link, Facility Management option 4-8 Facility Info

88 Back to this Facility Search Screen To use the Facility Info icon: 1. Access the System Administration menu screen. (Need help? See Accessing System Administration Menu Screen in Chapter 2.) 2. Click the Facility Info icon. The Facility Search screen displays. To use the Facility Search option: 1. Access the System Administration menu screen. (Need help? See Accessing System Administration Menu Screen in Chapter 2.) 2. Place the cursor on the Facility Info icon. The Facility Info pop-up menu displays. 3. Click the Facility Search option. The Facility Search screen displays. To use the Search link: 1. Access the Facility Listing or Facility Info screen. (Need help? See Accessing Facility Listing Screen or Accessing Facility Info Screen in this chapter.) 2. Click the Search link. The Facility Search screen displays. To use the Facility Management option: 1. Place the cursor on the System Admin link. The options display. 2. Click the Facility Management option. The Facility Search screen displays. For more information about searching, see Searching in Chapter 2, Getting Started. Facility Quick Search The Quick Search menu bar link includes three facility search options: Facility Code Organization City Facility Info 4-9

89 Facility Search Screen Back to this Figure 4-6. Facility Quick Search options. For more information about using the Quick Search menu bar link, see Searching in Chapter 2, Getting Started Facility Info

90 Back to this Facility Listing Screen Facility Listing Screen Overview The Facility Listing screen: displays the results of your search on the Facility Search screen. Records are displayed in table format. The columns in the table display key data for each record (e.g., Facility Code, Security POC, Clearance). Figure 4-7. The Facility Listing screen. Accessing Facility Listing Screen To access the Facility Listing screen: Facility Search screen, Find Facilities button To use the Find Facilities button: 1. Access the Facility Search screen. (Need help? See Accessing Facility Search Screen in this chapter.) 2. Enter search criteria to narrow down the search for the specific facility record or group of facility records. 3. Click the Find Facilities button. The Facility Listing screen displays with the results of your search. If no records are found matching the entered search criteria, a blank Facility Listing screen displays. Facility Info 4-11

91 Facility Info Screen Back to this Facility Info Screen Overview The Facility Info screen is used to: Add new facility records to the system when in Add New mode Modify existing facility records when in Update mode View existing facility records when in View (read-only) mode Figure 4-8. The Facility Info screen in Add New mode. When in Add New mode, the Facility Info screen displays the Add and Cancel buttons, and has the following tabs, as shown in Figure 4-8: Physical/Mailing Address Cognizant/Remark Granted By Address Classified Address 4-12 Facility Info

92 Back to this Facility Info Screen Figure 4-9. The Facility Info screen in Update mode. When in Update mode, the Facility Info screen displays the Update and Cancel buttons, and has the following tabs, as shown in Figure 4-9: Physical/Mailing Address Cognizant/Remark Granted By Address Classified Address Verification/Inspection/Assoc. Docs. Notification Info (for Host facilities) Facility Info 4-13

93 Facility Info Screen Back to this Figure The Facility Info screen in View mode. When in View mode, the Facility Info screen displays the Exit button and all fields are read-only, as shown in Figure Accessing Facility Info Screen - Add New Depending on where you are in the Access Commander system, there are two ways to access the Facility Info screen in Add New mode: System Administration menu screen, Facility Info icon, Add New option Facility Search or Facility Listing screen, Add New link To use the Add New option: 1. Access the System Administration menu screen. (Need help? See Accessing System Administration Menu Screen in Chapter 2.) 2. Place the cursor on the Facility Info icon. A pop-up menu displays Facility Info

94 Back to this Facility Info Screen 3. Click the Add New option. The Facility Info screen, Physical/Mailing Address tab, displays in Add New mode. To use the Add New link: 1. Access the Facility Search or Facility Listing screen. (Need help? See Accessing Facility Search Screen or Accessing Facility Listing Screen in this chapter.) 2. Click the Add New link. The Facility Info screen, Physical/Mailing Address tab, displays in Add New mode. Accessing Facility Info Screen - Update To access the Facility Info screen in Update mode: Facility Listing screen, Update button To use the Update button: 1. Access the Facility Search screen. (Need help? See Accessing Facility Search Screen in this chapter.) 2. Enter the search criteria. 3. Click the Find Facilities button. The Facility Listing screen displays with the results of your search. g g If no records are found matching the entered search criteria, a blank Facility Listing screen displays. If this is the case, click the Search link and search again. (Need help? See Searching in Chapter 3.) 4. Click the Update button in the column next to the facility s name. The Facility Info screen, Physical/Mailing Address tab, displays in Update mode. Accessing Facility Info Screen - View To access the Facility Info screen in View mode: Facility Listing screen, View button To use the View button: 1. Access the Facility Search screen. (Need help? See Accessing Facility Search Screen in this chapter.) 2. Enter the search criteria. 3. Click the Find button. The Facility Listing screen displays with the results of your search. g g If no records are found matching the entered search criteria, a blank Facility Listing screen displays. If this is the case, click the Search link and search again. 4. Click the View button in the column next to the facility s name. The Facility Info screen, Physical/Mailing Address tab, displays in View (read-only) mode. Facility Info 4-15

95 Facility Info Screen Back to this Facility Info Screen Commands There is one command on the Facility Info screen. Table 4-1. Command on the Facility Info screen. Command Screen Accessed Use the command to Back to Facility Listing Facility Listing return to the facility listing screen. g g New records and changes to fields will not be saved when you use this command. Facility Info Screen Tabs - Data Fields The data fields on the Facility Info screen (in Update mode) are listed in the following tables. They are organized by tab, as they display on the screen from left to right (see Figure 4-8). Table 4-2. Facility Info, Physical/Mailing Address tab data fields. g g The fields on this tab can be customized by a System Administrator. A field can be renamed, designated as required or not required, and be hidden from view. The table lists the default fields, which may differ from what you see on this tab. Field Name Physical/Mailing ADDRESS TAB: Facility Code Facility Type Customer Facility Status Change Date Clearance Clearance Date Facility Access(es) Verification Date Expiration Date Safeguard Safeguard Date Safeguard Access(es) Organization Division Physical Address 1 Address 2 Explanation REQUIRED. Enter the code of the facility. Select the facility type. Click to check/uncheck, as appropriate. When checked, designates the facility as a customer facility. When not checked, designates the facility as a host facility. Select the status of the facility. Enter the date the record changed. Click to select the type of clearance of the facility. Enter the clearance date. Click the down arrow and click the checkbox(es) for the facility s access(es). Enter the PIC verification date of the facility. REMINDER. Enter the date PIC verification expires. Select the safeguard level of the facility. Enter the date of the safeguard issued to the facility. Click the down arrow and click the checkbox(es) for the facility s safeguard access(es). REQUIRED. Enter the name of the organization to occupy the facility. Enter the division within the company or agency. Enter the first line of the facility s physical address. Enter the second line of the facility s physical address, if applicable Facility Info

96 Back to this Facility Info Screen City State/Province Zip/Post Code Country Field Name Mailing Address 1 Address 2 City State/Province Zip/Post Code Country Security POC Phone Fax Enter the city of the facility s physical address. Explanation Enter the two-character state abbreviation, or the province, of the facility s physical address. Enter the five-digit and +4 zip code, or the post code, of the facility s physical address. Select the country of the facility s physical address. Enter the first line of the facility s mailing address. Enter the second line of the facility s mailing address, if applicable. Enter the city of the facility s mailing address. Enter the two-character state abbreviation, or the province, of the facility s mailing address. Enter the five-digit and +4 zip code, or the post code, of the facility s mailing address. Select the country of the facility s mailing address. Enter the name of the security Point Of Contact (POC) for the facility. Enter the security POC s phone number. Enter the security POC s fax number. Enter the security POC s . 2 Enter the name of the second security Point Of Contact (POC) for the facility. Phone Fax Enter the second security POC s phone number. Enter the second security POC s fax number. Enter the second security POC s . 3 Enter the name of the third security Point Of Contact (POC) for the facility. Phone Fax VAL Sec POC Phone Fax VAL Tech POC Phone Fax Ignore Safe when assigning document(s) to custodian(s) Enter the third security POC s phone number. Enter the third security POC s fax number. Enter the third security POC s . Enter the name of the VAL security Point Of Contact (POC) for the facility. Enter the VAL security POC s phone number. Enter the VAL security POC s fax number. Enter the VAL security POC s . Enter the name of the VAL technical Point Of Contact (POC) for the facility. Enter the VAL technical POC s phone number. Enter the VAL technical POC s fax number. Enter the VAL technical POC s . Click to check/uncheck, as appropriate. When not checked, documents cannot be assigned to a custodian who is not assigned to the required safe. When checked: A facility default safe is created (i.e., [CAGECODE]-DEF-SAFE All the employees under the facility are assigned to the default safe All the employees who are not under the facility, but their clearances are held there, are assigned to the default safe Any new employee added under the facility are assigned to the default safe Any new clearance added for the facility is assigned to the default safe Facility Info 4-17

97 Facility Info Screen Back to this Table 4-3. Facility Info, Cognizant/Remark tab data fields. g g The fields on this tab can be customized by a System Administrator. A field can be renamed, designated as required or not required, and be hidden from view. The table lists the default fields, which may differ from what you see on this tab. Field Name COGNIZANT/REMARK TAB: Office Address 1 Address 2 City State Zip Phone Fax Remarks Explanation Click the Office button to display the DSS Office Listing screen and select the correct office. PROTECTED. Populates the first line of the COG office s address after the office is selected. PROTECTED. Populates the second line of the COG office s address after the office is selected. PROTECTED. Populates the city of the COG office s address after the office is selected. PROTECTED. Populates the state of the COG office s address after the office is selected. PROTECTED. Populates the zip code of the COG office s address after the office is selected. PROTECTED. Populates the COG office s phone number after the office is selected. PROTECTED. Populates the COG office s fax number after the office is selected. Enter a comment for the COG office. Table 4-4. Facility Info, Granted By Address tab data fields. g g The fields on this tab can be customized by a System Administrator. A field can be renamed, designated as required or not required, and be hidden from view. The table lists the default fields, which may differ from what you see on this tab. Field Name GRANTED BY ADDRESS TAB: Organization Division Address 1 Address 2 City State/Province Zip/Post Code Country Attention Phone Fax Explanation Enter the name of the Granted By organization. Enter the name of the Granted By division. Enter the first line of the Granted By organization s address. Enter the second line of the Granted By organization s address, if applicable. Enter the city of the Granted By organization s address. Enter the two-character state abbreviation, or the province, of the Granted By organization s address. Enter the five-digit and +4 zip code, or the post code, of the facility s mailing address. Select the country of the Granted By organization s address. Enter the name of the Granted By organization s contact for attention. Enter the phone number of the Granted By organization s contact. Enter the fax number of the Granted By organization. Table 4-5. Facility Info, Classified Address tab data fields. g g The fields on this tab can be customized by a System Administrator. A field can be renamed, designated as required or not required, and be hidden from view. The table lists the default fields, which may differ from what you see on this tab Facility Info

98 Back to this Facility Info Screen Field Name CLASSIFIED ADDRESS TAB: Organization Division Address 1 Address 2 City State/Province Zip/Post Code Country Attention Phone Fax Explanation Enter the name of the facility s classified address organization. Enter the name of the facility s classified address division. Enter the first line of the facility s classified address. Enter the second line of the facility s classified address, if applicable. Enter the city of the facility s classified address. Enter the two-character state abbreviation, or the province, of the facility s classified address. Enter the five-digit and +4 zip code, or the post code, of the facility s classified address. Select the country of the facility s classified address. Enter the name of the facility s classified address contact for attention. Enter the phone number of the facility s classified address contact. Enter the fax number of the facility s classified address. Enter the address of the facility s classified address contact. Table 4-6. Facility Info, Verification/Inspection/Assoc. Doc. tab data fields. g g Refer to Table 4-8, Facility Verification screen data fields. and Table 4-9, Inspection Info screen data fields. for more information. Field Name VERIFICATION/INSPECTION/ASSOC. DOC. TAB: Verification(s) Section Inspection(s) Section Associated Doc(s) Section Explanation Click the + New button to add new verification records. Maintain existing verification records using the View, Update and Delete buttons. Click the + New button to add new inspection records. Maintain existing inspection records using the View, Update and Delete buttons. Click the Upload Associated Doc. link to associate documents to the contract. Click the Remove (-) button to delete the associated document. Use the File Description link to view and download/save the associated document. Table 4-7. Facility Info, Notification Info tab data fields. g g The fields on this tab can be customized by a System Administrator. A field can be renamed, designated as required or not required, and be hidden from view. The table lists the default fields, which may differ from what you see on this tab. Field Name NOTIFICATION INFO TAB: Address Display Name User Name Explanation Enter the address to which the notifications will be sent for the facility. Enter the name to display in the From field in the receivers In Box. Enter the userid of the account to be used to login into the SMTP server if the server requires authentication. If authentication is not needed, leave the field blank. Facility Info 4-19

99 Facility Info Screen Back to this Password Field Name Explanation Enter the password of the account to be used to login into the SMTP server. If authentication is not needed, leave the field blank. Password Again If a password was entered in the Password field, enter the same password again in this field for confirmation. SMTP Server Name/IP Enter the DNS SMTP server name or server IP address. Server Port Enter the SMTP port to be used by the server (typically 25). Enable SSL Check if your server requires secured SSL protocol. Enable Notification Check to activate notification for this facility. Notify Employees Check to send the corresponding notification to the employee(s) involved in the notification. For example, Sam Smith s VAL to visit Company XYZ expires in 20 days. If this checkbox is checked, Sam Smith will receive the notification. Customized Fields System Administrators can add up to 5 data entry fields on this tab Facility Info

100 Back to this Facility Activity Info Screen Facility Activity Info Screen The Facility Activity Info screen displays the pertinent data that needs to be tracked for the selected record, as well as the user who performed the action. Figure The Facility Activity Info screen. Accessing Facility Activity Info Screen To access the Facility Activity Info screen: Facility Info screen, Activities link To use the Activities link: 1. Access the Facility Info screen. (Need help? See Accessing Facility Info Screen in this chapter.) 2. Click the Activities link. The Facility Activity Info window displays. 3. Click the Close link to close the window. The Facility Info screen displays. Facility Info 4-21

101 Facility Reports Screen Back to this Facility Reports Screen Overview The Facility Reports screen displays the preformatted reports available for the Facility Info module. Reports can be customized as specified and requested by your employer. Figure The Facility Reports screen. The records upon which the selected report is based is determined by: Records displaying on the Facility Listing screen. In other words, those records that matched the search criteria entered on the Facility Search screen during the most recently completed search. For example, a user may want to include only active facilities, so he/she would complete a search for facilities with Active facility status. Then on the Facility Reports screen, the Row(s) in List radio button is selected. In some cases you may need to complete a search prior to running a report to ensure that the appropriate records are included for the specific report. If you need to include all records in the system, you will do so by selecting the All radio button on the Facility Reports screen, in which case it doesn t make a difference what search was last completed. Records selected on the Facility Listing screen. To include only a single facility record or specific facility record in a report, check that record s Select checkbox(es) on the Facility Listing screen. Then select the Selected Row(s) radio button on the Facility Reports screen to include only the selected records in the report. Radio button selected on the Facility Reports screen. Depending on the report selected, the applicable button(s) display: Selected Row(s), Row(s) in List, and All Facility Info

102 Back to this Facility Reports Screen For more information about generating reports, see Generating Reports in Chapter 3, Global How To s in the User s Manual. Accessing Facility Reports Screen Depending on where you are in Access Commander, there are two ways to access the Facility Reports screen: Facility Listing screen, Reports link Facility Info screen, Reports link To use the Reports link: 1. Access the Facility Listing or Facility Info screen. (Need help? See Accessing Facility Listing Screen or Accessing Facility Info Screen in this chapter.) 2. Click the Reports link. The Facility Reports screen displays. Facility Info 4-23

103 Basic Facility Info How To s Back to this Basic Facility Info How To s In This Section 99 Search Facility Records 99 Add a Facility Record 99 Update a Facility Record 99 Delete a Facility Record 99 View a Facility Record 99 Change a Facility s Status 99 Copy Physical Address to the Classified Address 99 View a Facility Record s Activities 99 Export Data for Records on the Facility Listing Screen to Excel Search Facility Records Depending on where you are in Access Commander, there are four ways to search for facility records: System Admin menu screen, Facility Info icon System Admin menu screen, Facility Info icon, Facility Search option Facility Listing or Facility Info screen, Search link System Admin link, Facility Management option To use the Facility Info icon: Figure The Facility Info icon. 1. Access the System Administration menu screen. (Need help? See Accessing System Administration Menu Screen in Chapter 2.) 2. Click the Facility Info icon. The Facility Search screen displays. 3. Enter the search criteria. 4. Click the Find Facilities button. The Facility Listing screen displays the records that match the search criteria. If no records are found matching the entered search criteria, a blank Facility Listing screen displays. 5. To search for another facility record, click the Search link on the Facility Listing screen Facility Info

104 Back to this Basic Facility Info How To s To use the Facility Search option: Figure The Facility Search option. 1. Access the System Administration menu screen. (Need help? See Accessing System Administration Menu Screen in Chapter 2.) 2. Place the cursor on the Facility Info icon. The Facility Info pop-up menu displays. 3. Click the Facility Search option. The Facility Search screen displays. 4. Enter the search criteria. 5. Click the Find Facilities button. The Facility Listing screen displays the records that match the search criteria. If no records are found matching the entered search criteria, a blank Facility Listing screen displays. 6. To search for another facility record, click the Search link on the Facility Listing screen. To use the Search link: Figure The Search link. 1. Access the Facility Listing or Facility Info screen. (Need help? See Accessing Facility Listing Screen or Accessing Facility Info Screen in this chapter.) 2. Click the Search link. The Facility Search screen displays. 3. Enter the search criteria. 4. Click the Find Facilities button. The Facility Listing screen displays the records that match the search criteria. If no records are found matching the entered search criteria, a blank Facility Listing screen displays. 5. To search for another facility record, click the Search link on the Facility Listing screen. Facility Info 4-25

105 Basic Facility Info How To s Back to this To use the Facility Management option: Figure The Facility Management option. 1. Place the cursor on the System Admin link on the Search, Listing, Info, Reports, or Main Menu screen. The options display. 2. Click the Facility Management option. The Facility Search screen displays. 3. Enter the search criteria. 4. Click the Find button. The Facility Listing screen displays the records that match the search criteria. If no records are found matching the entered search criteria, a blank Facility Listing screen displays. 5. To search for another facility record, click the Search link on the Facility Listing screen. Add a Facility Record g g It is always best practice to search for a facility before adding a new one to prevent duplicate facility records. There are two ways to add a new facility record: System Administration menu screen, Facility Info icon, Add New Facility option Facility Listing or Facility Search screen, + Add New link To use the Add New Facility option: Figure The Add New Facility option. 1. Access the System Administration menu screen. (Need help? See Accessing System Administration Menu Screen in Chapter 2.) 2. Place the cursor on the Facility Info icon. The Facility Info pop-up menu displays. 3. Click the Add New Facility option. A blank Facility Info screen, Physical/Mailing Address tab displays Facility Info

106 Back to this Basic Facility Info How To s 4. Complete the required fields (indicated in red), and additional fields as needed, on all 4 tabs: Physical/Mailing Address Cognizant/Remark Granted By Address Classified Address 5. Click the Add button. The message, The information has been added. and the Done button display. 6. Click the Done button. The Facility Listing screen displays. The new facility record displays highlighted (in black) and its checkbox is checked. 7. To add another facility record, click the + Add New link on the Facility Listing screen. To use the + Add New link: Figure The + Add New link. 1. Access the Facility Listing screen. (Need help? See Accessing Facility Listing Screen in this chapter.) 2. Click the + Add New link. A blank Facility Info screen displays. 3. Complete the required fields (indicated in red), and additional fields as needed, on all 4 tabs: Physical/Mailing Address Cognizant/Remark Granted By Address Classified Address 4. Click the Add button. The message, The information has been added. and the Done button display. 5. Click the Done button. 6. The Facility Listing screen displays. The new facility record displays highlighted (in black) and its checkbox is checked. 7. To add another facility record, click the + Add New link on the Facility Listing screen. Update a Facility Record To update a facility record: Facility Listing screen, Update button Facility Info 4-27

107 Basic Facility Info How To s Back to this To use the Update button: Figure The Update button. 1. Access the Facility Listing screen. (Need help? See Accessing Facility Listing Screen in this chapter.) 2. Click the Update button in the column next to the facility record. The Facility Info screen, Physical/Mailing Address tab displays. 3. Complete the updates on all 5 tabs: Physical/Mailing Address Cognizant/Remark Granted by Address Classified Address Verification/Inspection/Assoc. Doc. Notification Info (if facility is a Host facility) 4. Click the Update button. The message, The information has been updated. and the Done button display. 5. Click the Done button. The Facility Listing screen displays. The updated record displays highlighted (in black) and its checkbox is checked. 6. To update another facility record, repeat from step 2 above. Delete Facility Record Deleting facility records must be done with care. Once a facility record is deleted it cannot be restored. Follow your employer s guidelines when using the Delete button. To delete a facility record: Facility Listing screen, Delete button To use the Delete button: Figure The Delete button. 1. Access the Facility Listing screen. (Need help? See Accessing Facility Listing Screen in this chapter.) 4-28 Facility Info

108 Back to this Basic Facility Info How To s 2. Click the Delete button in the column next to the facility record. g g If the facility record cannot be deleted, the following message displays: Unable to delete Facility: XXX. There is/are Visit(s), Contract(s), Operating Facility(ies), Transmittal Certificate(s), Sub Contract(s), Employee(s)/Visitor(s) assigned to it.. The Facility Listing Delete Confirmation screen displays. 3. Click the Go button (the Yes, delete command is the default). The message, The selected record(s) was/were successfully deleted. displays. 4. Click the OK button. The Facility Listing screen displays. The facility record no longer displays. 5. To delete another facility record, repeat from step 2 above. View (Read-Only) a Facility Record To view all of a facility record s data: Facility Listing screen, View button To use the View button: Figure The View button. 1. Access the Facility Listing screen. (Need help? See Accessing Facility Listing Screen in this chapter.) 2. Click the View button in the column next to the facility record. The Facility Info screen, Physical/Mailing Address tab displays. 3. View the information on all 5 tabs: Physical/Mailing Address Cognizant/Remark Granted by Address Classified Address Verification/Inspection/Assoc. Doc. 4. Click the Exit button. The Facility Listing screen displays. The viewed record displays highlighted (in black) and its checkbox is checked. 5. To view another facility record, repeat from step 2 above. Facility Info 4-29

109 Basic Facility Info How To s Back to this Change a Facility s Status To change a facility s status: Facility Info screen, Physical/Mailing Address tab, Status field To use the Status field: Figure The Status field. 1. Access the Facility Listing screen. (Need help? See Accessing Facility Listing Screen in this chapter.) 2. Click the Update button in the column next to the facility record. The Facility Info screen, Physical/Mailing Address tab displays. 3. Click the down arrow button for the Status field. The Status list box displays. 4. Click the desired status. The list box closes and the selected status displays in the Status field. 5. Click the Update button. The message, The information has been updated. and the Done button display. 6. Click the Done button. The Facility Listing screen displays. The updated record displays highlighted (in black) and its checkbox is checked. The current status displays in the Status column. 7. To change another facility s status, repeat from step 2 above. Copy Physical Address to the Classified Address To copy the information from the Physical/Mailing Address tab to the Classified Address tab: Facility Info screen, from any tab, Copy Physical to Classified button 4-30 Facility Info

110 Back to this Basic Facility Info How To s To use the Copy Physical to Classified button: Figure The Copy Physical to Classified Button. 1. Access the Facility Listing screen. (Need help? See Accessing Facility Listing Screen in this chapter.) 2. Click the Update button in the column next to the facility record. The Facility Info screen, Physical/Mailing Address tab displays. 3. Click the Copy Physical to Classified button. The Facility Info screen, Classified Address tab displays. The fields are populated with the information copied from the Physical/Mailing Address tab. 4. Click the Update button. The message, The information has been added. and the Done button display. 5. Click the Done button. The Facility Listing screen displays. The updated facility record displays highlighted (in black) and its checkbox is checked. View a Facility Record s Activities To view the activities for a facility record: Facility Info screen, Activities link To use the Activities link: Figure The Activities link. 1. Access the Facility Listing screen. (Need help? See Accessing Facility Listing Screen in this chapter.) 2. Click the Update button in the column next to the document record. The Facility Info screen, Physical/Mailing Address tab displays. 3. Click the Activities link. The Facility Activity Info screen displays. 4. When done viewing the information, click the Close link. The Facility Info screen displays. The updated record displays highlighted (in black) and its checkbox is checked. Facility Info 4-31

111 Basic Facility Info How To s Back to this 5. To view the activities for facility contract record, repeat from step 1 above. Export Data for Records on the Facility Listing Screen to Excel To export the data for records to Excel: Facility Listing screen, Export to Excel button To use the Export to Excel button: Figure The Export to Excel button. 1. Access the Facility Search screen and enter search criteria to narrow down the search to include the records for which to export data to Excel. (Need help? See Search Facility Records in this chapter.) 2. Click the Find button. The Facility Listing screen displays the records that match the search criteria. 3. Click the Export to Excel link. The spreadsheet generates. A window displays asking if you wish to Open, Save or Save as the spreadsheet. 4. Select Open, Save or Save as as applicable. 5. Work with the Excel spreadsheet as applicable. 6. Return to the Facility Listing screen. The Facility Listing screen displays with the results from your earlier search. 7. To generate an excel spreadsheet for another set of records, repeat from step 1 above Facility Info

112 Back to this Physical/Mailing Address Tab-Facility Info Screen Physical/Mailing Address Tab Facility Info Screen Figure The Physical/Mailing Address tab of the Facility Info screen (in Update mode). The Physical/Mailing Address tab of the Facility Info screen displays when in Add New, Update, or View mode. It displays only data fields (no sections): Physical Address specific fields (e.g., Facility Code, Facility Access(es), Safeguard Access(es), Organization) For a list and description of the data fields, see Table 4-2. Facility Info 4-33

113 Cognizant/Remark Tab-Facility Info Screen Back to this Cognizant/Remark Tab Facility Info Screen Figure The Cognizant/Remark tab of the Facility Info screen (in Update mode). The Cognizant/Remark Address tab of the Facility Info screen displays when in Add New, Update, or View mode. It displays only data fields (no sections) grouped by: Office and address fields Remarks text box For a list and description of the data fields, see Table Facility Info

114 Back to this Granted By Address Tab-Facility Info Screen Granted By Address Tab Facility Info Screen Figure The Granted By Address tab of the Facility Info screen (in Update mode). The Granted By Address tab of the Facility Info screen displays when in Add New, Update, or View mode. It displays only data fields (no sections): Granted By Address related fields (e.g., Organization, Division, Address1) For a list and description of the data fields, see Table 4-4. Facility Info 4-35

115 Classified Address Tab-Facility Info Screen Back to this Classified Address Tab Facility Info Screen Figure The Classified Address tab of the Facility Info screen (in Update mode). The Classified Address tab of the Facility Info screen displays when in Add New, Update, or View mode. It displays only data fields (no sections): Classified Address specific fields (e.g., Organization, Division, Address1) For a list and description of the data fields, see Table Facility Info

116 Back to this Verification/Inspection/Assoc. Doc. Tab-Facility Info Screen Verification/Inspection/Assoc. Doc. Tab Facility Info Screen Figure The Verification/Inspection/Assoc. Doc. tab of the Facility Info screen. The Verification/Inspection/Assoc. Doc. tab of the Facility Info screen displays when in Update or View mode. It displays three sections: Verification(s) Inspection(s) Associated Doc(s) For a list and description of the data fields on the Info screens that corresponds to the sections on this tab, see: Facility Verification screen, Table 4-8 Facility Inspection Info screen, Table 4-9 For the How To s that correspond to the Associated Doc(s) section, see Associated Documents. Facility Info 4-37

117 Verification(s) Back to this Verification(s) How To s In This Section 99 Add a Facility Verification Record 99 Update a Facility Verification Record 99 Delete a Facility Verification Record 99 View a (Read-Only) Facility Verification Record Overview The Verification(s) section in the Facility Info module provides a way for you to track verification history of a facility, especially during document transmittal. A facility verification record can be viewed, updated, added, and deleted using the: Verification(s) section on the Verification/Inspection/Assoc. Doc. tab on the Facility Info screen (in Update mode). Figure Verification(s) section on the Verification/Inspection/Assoc. Doc. tab. Facility Verification Screen The Facility Verification screen displays when the + New, Update, View and Delete buttons are clicked in the Verification(s) section Facility Info

118 Back to this Verification(s) Figure Facility Verification screen. Table 4-8 lists and describes the data fields on the Facility Verification screen. Table 4-8. Facility Verification screen data fields. Field Name Verified Date Facility Code Verified By Verified Facility Code Location Phone Ext Expiration Date Remarks Explanation REQUIRED. Click to enter the verified date. Enter the facility code. REQUIRED. Enter the name of the person that verified the facility. REQUIRED. Enter the verified facility code. Click the field name to display the Facility Selection (Search) screen. Enter the location. Enter the phone number. Enter the phone extension number. REQUIRED. REMINDER. Click to enter the expiration date. Enter any remarks. Facility Selection (Search) Screen The Facility Selection (Search) screen displays when you click the: Verified Facility Code field name on the Facility Verification screen This search criteria for the desired facility are entered on this screen. Facility Info 4-39

119 Verification(s) Back to this Figure The Facility Selection (Search) Screen Facility Selection (Listing) Screen The Facility Selection (Listing) screen displays the result of your search on the Facility Selection (Search) screen. It displays when you click the Find button on the Facility Selection (Search) screen The facility being assigned as the verified facility is selected on this screen. Figure Facility Selection (Listing) Screen Add a Facility Verification Record To add a verification record: Facility Info screen, Verification/Inspection/Assoc. Doc. tab, + New button in Verification(s) section To use the + New button: 1. Access the Facility Listing screen. (Need help? See Accessing Facility Listing Screen in this chapter.) 2. Click the Update button in the column next to the facility record. The Facility Info screen, Physical/Mailing Address tab displays Facility Info

120 Back to this Verification(s) 3. Click the Verification/Inspection/Assoc. Doc. tab. The screen refreshes and the sections on the Verification/Inspection/Assoc. Doc. tab display. 4. Click the + New button in the Verification(s) section. The Facility Verification screen displays. 5. Complete the required fields (indicated in red), and additional fields as needed. If you do not know the verifying facility code, click the field name to search for and select the correct code. 6. Click the Add button. The message, The information has been added. and the Done button display. 7. Click the Done button. The Facility Info screen, Verification/Inspection/Assoc. Doc. tab displays. In the Verification(s) section, the new verification record displays in the list. 8. To add another verification record, repeat from step 4 above. 9. To return to the Facility Listing screen, click the Update button. The message, The information has been updated. and the Done button display. 10. Click the Done button. The Facility Listing screen displays. The updated facility record displays highlighted (in black) and its checkbox is checked. 11. To add another verification record, repeat from step 2 above. Update a Facility Verification Record To update a verification record: Facility Info screen, Verification/Inspection/Assoc. Doc. tab, Update button in Verification(s) section To use the Update button: 1. Access the Facility Listing screen. (Need help? See Accessing Facility Listing Screen in this chapter.) 2. Click the Update button in the column next to the facility record. The Facility Info screen, Physical/Mailing Address tab displays. 3. Click the Verification/Inspection/Assoc. Doc. tab. The screen refreshes and the sections on the Verification/Inspection/Assoc. Doc. tab display. 4. Click the Update button for the verification record in the Verification(s) section. The Facility Verification screen displays. 5. Complete the needed updates. 6. Click the Update button. The message, The information has been updated. and the Done button display. 7. Click the Done button. The Facility Info screen, Verification/Inspection/Assoc. Doc. tab displays. In the Verification(s) section, the updated information for the verification displays in the columns, as applicable. Facility Info 4-41

121 Verification(s) Back to this 8. To update another verification record, repeat from step 4 above. 9. To return to the Facility Listing screen, click the Update button. The message, The information has been updated. and the Done button display. 10. Click the Done button. The Facility Listing screen displays. The updated facility record displays highlighted (in black) and its checkbox is checked. 11. To update another facility verification record, repeat from step 2 above. Delete a Facility Verification Record Deleting a verification(s) must be done with care. Once verification is deleted it cannot be restored. Follow your employer s guidelines when using this command. To delete a verification record: Facility Info screen, Verification/Inspection/Assoc. Doc. tab, Delete button in Verification(s) section To use the Delete button: 1. Access the Facility Listing screen. (Need help? See Accessing Facility Listing Screen in this chapter.) 2. Click the Update button in the column next to the facility record. The Facility Info screen, Physical/Mailing Address tab displays. 3. Click the Verification/Inspection/Assoc. Doc. tab. The screen refreshes and the sections on the Verification/Inspection/Assoc. Doc. tab display. 4. Click the Delete button for the verification record in the Verification(s) section. The Facility Verification screen displays. 5. Click the Delete button. The Facility Info screen, Verification/Inspection/Assoc. Doc. tab displays. The verification record no longer displays in the Verification(s) section. 6. To delete another verification record, repeat from step 4 above. 7. To return to the Facility Listing screen, click the Update button. The message, The information has been updated. and the Done button display. 8. Click the Done button. The Facility Listing screen displays. The updated facility record displays highlighted (in black) and its checkbox is checked. 9. To delete another facility verification record, repeat from step 2 above Facility Info

122 Back to this Verification(s) View (Read-Only) Facility Verification Records Some verification fields are displayed in the Verification(s) section on the Verification/Inspection/ Assoc. Doc. tab on the Facility Info screen. To view all fields follow the steps below. To view all of verification record(s) fields on the Verification Info screen: Facility Info screen, Verification/Inspection/Assoc. Doc. tab, View button in Verification(s) section To use the View button: 1. Access the Facility Listing screen. (Need help? See Accessing Facility Listing Screen in this chapter.) 2. Click the View button in the column next to the facility record. The Facility Info screen, Physical/Mailing Address tab displays. 3. Click the Verification/Inspection/Assoc. Doc. tab. The screen refreshes and the sections on the Verification/Inspection/Assoc. Doc. tab display. 4. Click the View button in the column next to the verification record. The Facility Verification Info screen displays. 5. View the information. 6. Click the Exit button. The Facility Info screen, Verification/Inspection/Assoc. Doc. tab displays. 7. To view another verification record, repeat from step 4 above. 8. To return to the Facility Listing screen, click the Exit button. The Facility Listing screen displays. The viewed record displays highlighted (in black) and its checkbox is checked. 9. To view another facility verification record, repeat from step 2 above. Facility Info 4-43

123 Inspection(s) Back to this Inspection(s) How To s In This Section 99 Add a Facility Inspection Record 99 Update a Facility Inspection Record 99 Delete a Facility Inspection Record 99 View (Read-Only) a Facility Inspection Record Overview The Inspection(s) section in the Facility Info module provides a way for you to track facility inspection(s) by the cognizant security office. A facility inspection record can be added, Updated, deleted and viewed using the: Inspection(s) section on the Verification/Inspection/Assoc. Doc. tab on the Facility Info screen (in Update mode). Figure Inspection(s) section on the Verification/Inspection/Assoc. Doc. tab. Inspection Info Screen The Facility Inspection Info screen displays when the + New, Update, View and Delete buttons are clicked in the Inspection section Facility Info

124 Back to this Inspection(s) Figure Facility Inspection Info screen. Table 4-9 lists and describes the data fields on the Facility Inspection Info screen. Table 4-9. Facility Inspection Info screen data fields. Field Name Inspection Date Inspector Inspection Type Inspection Organization Rating Rating (new format) FSO Next Inspection Date Remarks Explanation REQUIRED. Click the calendar button to select the inspection date, or enter it in MMDDYY format. REQUIRED. Enter the inspector s name. Select the inspection type. Select the inspection organization. Select the rating. Enter the rating (new format), if applicable. Enter the FSO s name. REQUIRED. Click the calendar button to select the next inspection date, or enter it in MMDDYY format. Enter any remarks. Add a Facility Inspection Record To add an inspection record: Facility Info screen, Verification/Inspection/Assoc. Doc. tab, + New button in Inspection(s) section Facility Info 4-45

125 Inspection(s) Back to this To use the + New button: 1. Access the Facility Listing screen. (Need help? See Accessing Facility Listing Screen in this chapter.) 2. Click the Update button in the column next to the facility record. The Facility Info screen, Physical/Mailing Address tab displays. 3. Click the Verification/Inspection/Assoc. Doc. tab. The screen refreshes and the sections on the Verification/Inspection/Assoc. Doc. tab display. 4. Click the + New button in the Inspection(s) section. The Facility Inspection Info screen displays. 5. Complete the required fields (indicated in red), and additional fields, as needed. 6. Click the Add button. The message, The information has been added. and the Done button display. 7. Click the Done button. The Facility Info screen, Verification/Inspection/Assoc. Doc. tab displays. In the Inspection(s) section, the new inspection record displays in the list. 8. To add another inspection, repeat from step 4 above. 9. To return to the Facility Listing screen, click the Update button. The message, The information has been updated. and the Done button display. 10. Click the Done button. The Facility Listing screen displays. The updated facility record displays highlighted (in black) and its checkbox is checked. Update a Facility Inspection Record To update an inspection record: Facility Info screen, Verification/Inspection/Assoc. Doc. tab, Update button in Inspection(s) section To use the Update button: 1. Access the Facility Listing screen. (Need help? See Accessing Facility Listing Screen in this chapter.) 2. Click the Update button in the column next to the facility record. The Facility Info screen, Physical/Mailing Address tab displays. 3. Click the Verification/Inspection/Assoc. Doc. tab. The screen refreshes and the sections on the Verification/Inspection/Assoc. Doc. tab display. 4. Click the Update button for the inspection record in the Inspection(s) section. The Facility Inspection Info screen displays. 5. Complete the needed updates. 6. Click the Update button. The message, The information has been updated. and the Done button display Facility Info

126 Back to this Inspection(s) 7. Click the Done button. The Facility Info screen, Verification/Inspection/Assoc. Doc. tab displays. In the Inspection(s) section, the updated information for the inspection displays in the columns, as applicable. 8. To update another inspection, repeat from step 4 above. 9. To return to the Facility Listing screen, click the Update button. The message, The information has been updated. and the Done button display. 10. Click the Done button. The Facility Listing screen displays. The updated facility record displays highlighted (in black) and its checkbox is checked. Delete a Facility Inspection Record Deleting inspection(s) must be done with care. Once an inspection is deleted it cannot be restored. Follow your employer s guidelines when using this command. To delete an inspection record: Facility Info screen, Verification/Inspection/Assoc. Doc. tab, Delete button in Inspection(s) section To use the Delete button: 1. Access the Facility Listing screen. (Need help? See Accessing Facility Listing Screen in this chapter.) 2. Click the Update button in the column next to the facility record. The Facility Info screen, Physical/Mailing Address tab displays. 3. Click the Verification/Inspection/Assoc. Doc. tab. The screen refreshes and the sections on the Verification/Inspection/Assoc. Doc. tab display. 4. Click the Delete button for the inspection record in the Inspection(s) section. The Facility Inspection Info screen displays. 5. Click the Delete button. The Facility Info screen, Verification/Inspection/Assoc. Doc. tab displays. The inspection record no longer displays in the Inspection(s) section. 6. To delete another inspection record, repeat from step 4 above. 7. To return to the Facility Listing screen, click the Update button. The message, The information has been updated. and the Done button display. 8. Click the Done button. The Facility Listing screen displays. The updated facility record displays highlighted (in black) and its checkbox is checked. Facility Info 4-47

127 Inspection(s) Back to this View (Read-Only) a Facility Inspection Record Some inspection information fields are displayed in the Inspection(s) section on the Verification/ Inspection/Assoc. Doc. tab on the Facility Info screen. To view all fields, follow the steps below. To view all of an inspection record s fields on the Inspection Info screen: Facility Info screen, Verification/Inspection/Assoc. Doc. tab, View button in Inspection(s) section To use the View button: 1. Access the Facility Listing screen. (Need help? See Accessing Facility Listing Screen in this chapter.) 2. Click the View button in the column next to the facility record. The Facility Info screen, Physical/Mailing Address tab displays. 3. Click the Verification/Inspection/Assoc. Doc. tab. The screen refreshes and the sections on the Verification/Inspection/Assoc. Doc. tab display. 4. Click the View button in the column next to the inspection record. The Facility Inspection Info screen displays. 5. View the information. 6. Click the Exit button. The Facility Info screen, Verification/Inspection/Assoc. Doc. tab displays. 7. To view another inspection record, repeat from step 4 above. 8. To return to the Facility Listing screen, click the Exit button. The Facility Listing screen displays. The viewed record displays highlighted (in black) and its checkbox is checked Facility Info

128 Back to this Associated Documents Associated Documents How To s In This Section 99 Upload Associated Documents 99 Remove Associated Documents 99 View (Read-Only) Associated Documents 99 Download Associated Documents Overview Access Commander provides tracking of associated document(s) for a facility record within the Facility Info module. Associated documents are viewed, uploaded, and removed using the: Associated Doc(s) section, Verification/Inspection/Assoc. Doc. tab on the Facility Info screen (in Update mode) Figure Associated Doc(s) section on the Verification/Inspection/Assoc. Doc. tab. Upload Facility Associated Doc Screen The Upload Facility Associated Doc screen displays when you click the Upload Associated Doc. link. Figure The Upload Facility Associated Doc screen. Facility Info 4-49

129 Associated Documents Back to this Upload Associated Documents To upload an associated document to a facility within the Facility Info module: Facility Info screen, Verification/Inspection/Assoc. Doc. tab, Upload Associated Doc. link To use the Upload Associated Doc. link: 1. Access the Facility Listing screen. (Need help? See Accessing Facility Listing Screen in this chapter.) 2. Click the Update button in the column next to the facility. The Facility Info screen, Physical/Mailing Address tab displays. 3. Click the Verification/Inspection/Assoc. Doc. tab. The Facility Info screen refreshes. The Associated Doc(s) section displays. 4. Click the Upload Associated Doc. link in the Associated Doc(s) section. The Upload Facility Associated Doc screen displays. 5. Enter a description of the document being associated in the File Description field. 6. Click the Browse button to select the file path to the document to be associated. Depending on the software loaded on your computer, a browse window opens. 7. Locate the file that is being associated, and select it. The Upload Other screen displays with the selected file s path in the Select File field. 8. Click the Upload button. The Facility Info screen, Verification/Inspection/Assoc. Doc. tab displays. The new associated document displays in the list. g g This is a read-only document that cannot be modified. 9. To add another associated document, repeat from step 4 above. 10. To return to the Facility Listing screen, click the Update button. The message, The information has been updated. and the Done button display. 11. Click the Done button. The Facility Listing screen displays. The updated facility record displays highlighted (in black) and its checkbox is checked. 12. To upload an associated document for another facility, repeat from step 2 above. Remove Associated Documents Removing an associated document must be done with care. Once an associated document is removed it cannot be restored. Follow your employer s guidelines when using this command. To remove an associated document record: Facility Info screen, Verification/Inspection/Assoc. Doc. tab, Associated Doc(s) section, button in the Remove? column 4-50 Facility Info

130 Back to this Associated Documents To use the Remove (-) button: 1. Access the Facility Listing screen. (Need help? See Accessing Facility Listing Screen in this chapter.) 2. Click the Update button in the column next to the facility. The Facility Info screen, Physical/Mailing Address tab displays. 3. Click the Verification/Inspection/Assoc. Doc. tab. The Facility Info screen refreshes. The Associated Doc(s) section displays. 4. In the Associated Doc(s) section, click the - button in the Remove? column next to the file description that s being removed. The message, The file is successfully removed. displays. 5. Click the OK button. The Facility Info screen, Verification/Inspection/Associated Doc. tab displays. The document no longer displays in the Associated Doc(s) section. 6. To delete another associated document, repeat from step 4 above. 7. To return to the Facility Listing screen, click the Update button. The message, The information has been updated. and the Done button display. 8. Click the Done button. The Facility Listing screen displays. The updated facility record displays highlighted (in black) and its checkbox is checked. 9. To remove an associated document for another facility, repeat from step 2 above. View (Read-Only) Associated Documents All associated document fields are displayed in the Associated Doc(s) section on the Verification/ Inspection/Assoc. Doc. tab on the Facility Info screen. To view the actual associated document, follow the steps below. To view an associated document: Facility Info screen, Verification/Inspection/Assoc. Doc. tab, File Description column in Associated Doc(s) section, file description link To use the file description link: 1. Access the Facility Listing screen. (Need help? See Accessing Facility Listing Screen in this chapter.) 2. Click the View button in the column next to the facility. The Facility Info screen, Physical/Mailing Address tab displays. 3. Click the Verification/Inspection/Assoc. Doc. tab. The Facility Info screen refreshes. The fields and the Associated Doc(s) section on the Verification/ Inspection/Assoc. Doc. tab display. A list of all documents associated with the facility record displays in the Associated Doc(s) section. 4. To view an associated document, click its file description in the File Description column. The File Download window opens. Facility Info 4-51

131 Associated Documents Back to this 5. Click the Open button. The document displays. 6. Close the window when you re finished viewing the document. 7. Return to the Facility Info screen, Verification/Inspection/Assoc. Doc. tab. 8. To view another associated document, repeat from step 4 above. 9. To return to the Facility Listing screen, click the Exit button. The Facility Listing screen displays. The viewed facility record displays highlighted (in black) and its checkbox is checked. 10. To view an associated document for another facility, repeat from step 2 above. Download Associated Documents To download an associated document: Facility Info screen, Verification/Inspection/Assoc. Doc. tab, File Description column in Associated Doc(s) section, file description link To use the file description link: 1. Access the Facility Listing screen. (Need help? See Accessing Facility Listing Screen in this chapter.) 2. Click the Update button in the column next to the facility. The Facility Info screen, Physical/Mailing Address tab displays. 3. Click the Verification/Inspection/Assoc. Doc. tab. The Facility Info screen refreshes. The fields and the Associated Doc(s) section on the Verification/ Inspection/Assoc. Doc. tab display. 4. Click the file description in the File Description column of the associated document in the Associated Doc(s) section. The File Download window opens. 5. Click the Save button. A window opens with options for what to do with the file. 6. Click the Save As option. The Save As window displays. 7. Change the file name, if needed. 8. Navigate to and select the location to which the document should be saved. 9. Click the Save button. The file is saved to the designated location. 10. Return to the Facility Info screen, Verification/Inspection/Assoc. Doc. tab. 11. To view another associated document, repeat from step 4 above. 12. To return to the Facility Listing screen, click the Update button. The message, The information has been updated. and the Done button display Facility Info

132 Back to this Associated Documents 13. Click the Done button. The Facility Listing screen displays. The updated facility record displays highlighted (in black) and its checkbox is checked. 14. To download an associated document for another facility, repeat from step 2 above. Facility Info 4-53

133 Defense Security Service (DSS) Offices Back to this Defense Security Service (DSS) Offices How To s In This Section 99 Search DSS Office Records 99 Add a DSS Office Record 99 Update a DSS Office Record 99 Delete a DSS Office Record 99 View (Read-Only) a DSS Office Record Overview Access Commander provides comprehensive Defense Security Service (DSS) office tracking capabilities within the Facility Info module. DSS offices are viewed, updated, added, and deleted using the: + Add New, View, Update and Delete buttons on the DSS Office Listing screen The Facility Info icon pop-up menu on the System Administration menu screen displays the following DSS office option, as shown in Figure 4-39: DSS Office Search Figure The DSS Office Search option on the Facility Info icon pop-up menu. The System Admin link on the Search, Listing, Info, Reports screens and the Main Menu screen includes the following DSS office option, as shown in Figure 4-40: DSS Office Management Figure The DSS Office Management option on the System Admin link Facility Info

134 Back to this Defense Security Service DSS Office Search Screen The DSS Office Search screen displays when you click the: DSS Office Search option from the DSS Office Info icon pop-up menu Search link on the DSS Office Listing or DSS Office Info screen DSS Office Management option from the System Admin link The DSS Office Search screen contains the fields that can be filled in and/or selected as search criteria. This allows you to narrow down the search for a specific DSS office record or group of DSS office records. Figure The DSS Office Search screen. Accessing DSS Office Search Screen Depending on where you are in Access Commander, there are three ways to access the DSS Office Search screen: System Administration menu screen, Facility Info icon, DSS Office Search option DSS Office Listing or DSS Office Info screen, Search link System Admin link, DSS Office Management option To use the DSS Office Search option: 1. Access the System Administration menu screen. (Need help? See Accessing System Administration Menu Screen in Chapter 2.) 2. Place the cursor on the Facility Info icon. The Facility Info pop-up menu displays. 3. Click the DSS Office Search option. The DSS Office Search screen displays. Facility Info 4-55

135 Defense Security Service (DSS) Offices Back to this To use the Search link: 1. Access the DSS Office Listing or DSS Office Info screen. (Need help? See Accessing DSS Office Listing Screen or Accessing DSS Office Info Screen in this section.) 2. Click the Search link. The DSS Office Search screen displays. To use the DSS Office Management option: 1. Place the cursor on the System Admin link on the Search, Listing, Info, Reports, or Main Menu screen. The options display. 2. Click the DSS Office Management option. The DSS Office Search screen displays. For more information about searching, see Searching in Chapter 2, Getting Started. DSS Office Listing Screen The DSS Office Listing screen displays the results of your search on the DSS Office Search screen. It displays when you click the: DSS Office Search option from the DSS Office Info icon pop-up menu Search link on the DSS Office Listing or DSS Office Info screen DSS Office Management option from the System Admin link Records are displayed in table format. The columns in the table display key data for each record (e.g., Office, Address, Phone). Figure The DSS Office Listing screen Facility Info

136 Back to this Defense Security Service Accessing DSS Office Listing Screen To access the DSS Office Listing screen: DSS Office Search screen, Find button To use the Find button: 1. Access the DSS Office Search screen. (Need help? See Accessing DSS Office Search Screen in this section.) 2. Enter search criteria to narrow down the search for the specific DSS office record or group of DSS office records. 3. Click the Find button. The DSS Office Listing screen displays with the results of your search. If no records are found matching the entered search criteria, a blank DSS Office Listing screen displays. DSS Office Info Screen The DSS Office Info screen displays when you click the: + Add New, View, and Update buttons on the DSS Office Listing screen The DSS Office Info screen is used to: Add new DSS office records to the system when in Add New mode Modify existing DSS office records when in Update mode View existing DSS office records when in View (read-only) mode When in Add New mode, the DSS Office Info screen displays the Add and Cancel buttons, as shown in Figure Figure The DSS Office Info screen in Add New mode. Facility Info 4-57

137 Defense Security Service (DSS) Offices Back to this When in Update mode, the DSS Office Info screen displays the Update and Cancel buttons, as shown in Figure Figure The DSS Office Info screen in Update mode. When in View mode, the DSS Office Info screen displays the Exit button and all fields are read-only, as shown in Figure Figure The DSS Office Info screen in View mode. Accessing DSS Office Info Screen - Add New To access the DSS Office Info screen in Add New mode: DSS Office Search or DSS Office Listing screen, Add New link 4-58 Facility Info

138 Back to this Defense Security Service To use the Add New link: 1. Access the DSS Office Search or DSS Office Listing screen. (Need help? See Accessing DSS Office Search Screen or Accessing DSS Office Listing Screen in this section.) 2. Click the Add New link. The DSS Office Info screen displays in Add New mode. Accessing DSS Office Info Screen - Update To access the DSS Office Info screen in Update mode: DSS Office Listing screen, Update button To use the Update button: 1. Access the DSS Office Listing screen. (Need help? See Accessing DSS Office Listing Screen in this section.) 2. Click the Update button in the column next to the office s name. The DSS Office Info screen displays in Update mode. Accessing DSS Office Info Screen - View To access the DSS Office Info screen in View mode: DSS Office Listing screen, View button To use the View button: 1. Access the DSS Office Listing screen. (Need help? See Accessing DSS Office Listing Screen in this section.) 2. Click the View button in the column next to the DSS office s name. The DSS Office Info screen displays in View (read-only) mode. DSS Office Info Screen Command There is one command on the DSS Office Info screen. Table Command on the DSS Office Info screen. Command Screen Accessed Use the command to Back to DSS Office Listing DSS Office Listing return to the DSS Office Listing screen. g g New records and changes to fields will not be saved when you use this command. Facility Info 4-59

139 Defense Security Service (DSS) Offices Back to this DSS Office Info Screen - Data Fields The data fields on the DSS Office Info screen are listed and described in Table Table DSS Office Info screen data fields. g g The fields on this screen can be customized by a System Administrator. A field can be renamed, designated as required or not required, and be hidden from view. The table lists the default fields, which may differ from what you see on this tab. Field Name Office Address 1 Address 2 City State Zip Phone Fax Explanation REQUIRED. Enter the DSS office name. REQUIRED. Enter the DSS address. Enter additional address information, if applicable. REQUIRED. Enter the city. REQUIRED. Enter the state. REQUIRED. Enter the zip code. REQUIRED. Enter the phone number. Enter the fax number. Search DSS Office Records Depending on where you are in Access Commander, there are three ways to search for DSS office records: System Admin menu screen, Facility Info icon, DSS Office Search option DSS Office Listing or DSS Office Info screen, Search link System Admin link, DSS Office Management option To use the DSS Office Search option: Figure The DSS Office Search option. 1. Access the System Administration menu screen. (Need help? See Accessing System Administration Menu Screen in Chapter 2.) 2. Place the cursor on the Facility Info icon. The Facility Info pop-up menu displays Facility Info

140 Back to this Defense Security Service 3. Click the DSS Office Search option. The DSS Office Search screen displays. 4. Enter the search criteria. (Need help? See Searching in Chapter 3, Global How To s in the User s Manual.) 5. Click the Find button. The DSS Office Listing screen displays the records that match the search criteria. If no records are found matching the entered search criteria, a blank DSS Office Listing screen displays. 6. To search for another DSS office record, click the Search link on the DSS Office Listing screen. To use the Search link: Figure The Search link. 1. Access the DSS Office Listing or DSS Office Info screen. (Need help? See Accessing DSS Office Listing Screen or Accessing DSS Office Info Screen in this section.) 2. Click the Search link. The DSS Office Search screen displays. 3. Enter the search criteria. (Need help? See Searching in Chapter 3, Global How To s in the User s Manual.) 4. Click the Find button. The DSS Office Listing screen displays the records that match the search criteria. If no records are found matching the entered search criteria, a blank DSS Office Listing screen displays. 5. To search for another facility record, click the Search link on the DSS Office Listing screen. To use the DSS Office Management option: Figure The DSS Office Management option. 1. Place the cursor on the System Admin link on the Search, Listing, Info, Reports, or Main Menu screen. The options display. 2. Click the DSS Office Management option. The DSS Office Search screen displays. 3. Enter the search criteria. (Need help? See Searching in Chapter 3, Global How To s in the User s Manual.) 4. Click the Find button. The DSS Office Listing screen displays the records that match the search criteria. If no records are found matching the entered search criteria, a blank DSS Office Listing screen displays. 5. To search for another facility record, click the Search link on the DSS Office Listing screen. Facility Info 4-61

141 Defense Security Service (DSS) Offices Back to this Add a DSS Office Record g g It is always best practice to search for a DSS office before adding a new one to prevent duplicate office records. To add a new DSS office record: DSS Office Listing or DSS Office Search screen, + Add New link To use the + Add New link: Figure The + Add New link. 1. Access the DSS Office Search or DSS Office Listing screen. (Need help? See Accessing DSS Office Search Screen or Accessing DSS Office Listing Screen in this section.) 2. Click the + Add New link. The DSS Office Info screen displays in Add New mode. 3. Complete the required fields (indicated in red), and additional fields as needed. 4. Click the Add button. The message, The information has been updated., the Re-Edit this Record link and the Done button display. 5. Click the Done button. The DSS Office Listing screen displays. The new DSS office record displays highlighted (in black) and its checkbox is checked. 6. To add another DSS office record, click the + Add New link on the DSS Office Listing screen. Update a DSS Office Record To update a DSS office record: DSS Office Listing screen, Update button To use the Update button: Figure The Update button. 1. Access the DSS Office Listing screen. (Need help? See Accessing DSS Office Listing Screen in this chapter.) 4-62 Facility Info

142 Back to this Defense Security Service 2. Click the Update button in the column next to the office s name. The DSS Office Info screen displays. 3. Complete the updates as needed. 4. Click the Update button. The message, The information has been updated., the Re-Edit this Record link and the Done button display. 5. Click the Done button. The DSS Office Listing screen displays. The updated record displays highlighted (in black) and its checkbox is checked. 6. To update another office record, repeat from step 2 above. Delete a DSS Office Record Deleting DSS office records must be done with care. Once a DSS office record is deleted it cannot be restored. Follow your employer s guidelines when using the Delete button. To delete a DSS office record: DSS Office Listing screen, Delete button To use the Delete button: Figure The Delete button. 1. Access the DSS Office Listing screen. (Need help? See Accessing DSS Office Listing Screen in this section.) 2. Click the Delete button in the column next to the DSS office record. The DSS Office Listing Delete Confirmation screen displays. 3. Click the Go button (the Yes, delete command is the default). The message, The selected record(s) was/were successfully deleted. displays. 4. Click the OK button. The DSS Office Listing screen displays. The DSS office record no longer displays. 5. To delete another DSS office record, repeat from step 2 above. View (Read-Only) a DSS Office Record All DSS office data fields are displayed on the DSS Office Listing screen. To view them on the DSS Office Info screen, follow the steps below. Facility Info 4-63

143 Defense Security Service (DSS) Offices Back to this To view a DSS office record s data on the DSS Office Info screen: DSS Office Listing screen, View button To use the View button: Figure The View button. 1. Access the DSS Office Listing screen. (Need help? See Accessing DSS Office Listing Screen in this section.) 2. Click the View button in the column next to the office s name. The DSS Office Info screen displays. 3. View the information. 4. Click the Exit button. The DSS Office Listing screen displays. The viewed record displays highlighted (in black) and its checkbox is checked. 5. To view another office record, repeat from step 2 above Facility Info

144 Back to this Notification Info Tab-Facility Info Screen Notification Info Tab Facility Info Screen Figure The Notification Info tab of the Facility Info screen (in Update mode). The Notification Info tab of the Facility Info screen displays when in Update or View mode. It displays data fields used to configure reminder notifications. This tab does not display in Add New mode and displays only for users with System Administration privileges. For a list and description of the data fields, see Table 4-7. Facility Info 4-65

145 Reminder/ Notification Facility Setup Back to this Reminder/ Notification(s) Facility Setup How To In This Section 99 Set up a Facility for Reminder/ Notification Overview Only users with System Administrator access to the Access Commander TM system can configure reminder events for notification. To activate these events, the System Admin must set up the: 1. Reminder/ Notification job on the Reminder Setup Info screen 2. Facilities which will have the events activated to receive notifications 3. Security Officers to be carbon copied on the notifications It is step #2 above that is completed within the Facility Info module on the Notification Info tab. Figure The Notification Info tab of the Facility Info screen. Set Up a Facility for Reminder/ Notification After a reminder task(s) has been set up for notification on the Reminder Setup Info screen, the facility(ies) to receive the notifications must be activated. g g For instructions on how to set up reminder tasks, see Chapter 5, Reminder Setup Facility Info

146 Back to this Reminder/ Notification Facility Setup To set up a facility for reminder/ notification: Facility Info screen, Notification Info tab, fields and checkboxes on tab To use the + New button: g g 1. Access the Facility Listing screen. (Need help? See Accessing Facility Listing Screen in this chapter.) 2. Click the Update button in the column next to the facility record. The Facility Info screen, Physical/Mailing Address tab displays. 3. Click the Notification Info tab. The screen refreshes and the notification fields display. 4. Complete the fields as applicable. (Need help? See Table 4-7. Facility Info screen, notification Info tab data fields.) Please check with your Admin or check in your program s sending account for the actual smtp server name. In this example, the notifications will be sent for facility code FAC : Using cindyjones@abcd.com ( Address field) Without authentication to sign on to the account (no Password entry) To server smtp.abcd.com (SMTP Server Name/IP field) The notification feature is enabled (Enable Notification is checked) No notification will be sent to the employees (Notify Employee(s) is unchecked) 5. Click the Update button. The message, The Information has been updated. displays. 6. Click the Done button. The Facility Listing screen displays. Next Step to Complete Reminder/ Notification Setup After the reminder task(s) has been set up on the Reminder Setup Info screen and the facility(ies) to receive the notifications are activated, the users who should receive a carbon copy of the notifications must be set up. The users to receive the reminder are selected on the Setup Reminder Notified User(s) screen. This screen is accessed by clicking the Reminder icon next to the corresponding reminder field on the Info screen on which the reminder field is located. For instructions, see Chapter 5, Reminder Setup. Facility Info 4-67

147

148 Chapter 5 Main Menu Reminder Setup In This Chapter 99 Module Overview 99 Reminder Setup Screens 99 Reminder Setup How To s Contents Overview Default Reminder Settings Reminder Setup Listing Screen Overview Reminder Setup Listing Screen Command Accessing Reminder Setup Listing Screen Reminder Setup Listing Screen - Reminder Tasks Table Reminder Setup Info Screen Overview Accessing Reminder Setup Info Screen Reminder Setup Info Screen - Data Fields Setup Reminder Notified User(s) Screen Overview Setup Reminder Notified User(s) Screen - Columns and Data Fields Reminder Section on Assign User s Security Screen Notification Info Tab Profile Detail Info Screen Reminder Setup How To s Update the Notification Period For, and/or Activate/Inactivate, a Reminder Select and/or Modify the Users to Receive a Reminder Set up Reminder/ Notification Sample Notification Testing Reminder/ Notification Reminder Setup 5-1

149 Overview Back to this Overview The Reminder Setup module within Access Commander is accessed from the System Administration menu. The Reminder Setup Listing screen is used to: Adjust the time period in which reminder messages are generated to users (the default is 5 days prior to the due date) Determine which reminder tasks are active (will appear on the Reminder Listing screen during system logon for designated users) g g Only users for whom the Setup checkbox is checked (Reminder section) on the Assign User s Security screen can access the Reminder Setup Listing screen. See Table 8-17 in Chapter 8, User Security for more information. Figure 5-1. The Reminder Setup Listing screen. The Reminder icon displays on the individual module Info screens for all reminder fields. Figure 5-2. The Reminder icon. g g The icon displays only for users for whom the Set Notified User(s) checkbox is checked (Reminder section) on the Assign User s Security screen. See Table 9-17 in Chapter 9, User Profile for more information. 5-2 Reminder Setup

150 Back to this Overview When the Reminder icon is clicked, the Setup Reminder Notified Users screen displays. It is used to: Select the user(s) who will receive the reminder Figure 5-3. The Setup Reminder Notified User(s) screen. Reminders can be configured to display on the selected user(s) Reminder Listing screen and/or as an notification. The Reminder Listing screen displays a list of pending activities that belong to the signed in user. The reminder items can be deleted by the user. The screen displays: Due by date Subject of the reminder Name of the employee who entered the reminder date Figure 5-4. The Reminder Listing screen. notification of reminder events requires the facility to be configured to receive the s, which is completed in the Facility Info module. There is one parameter in the System Profile module, Notification Configuration profile. See Table 7-42 in Chapter 7, System Profile, for the profile s element. Reminder Setup 5-3

151 Overview Back to this Default Reminder Settings The default system setting is that all reminder events are active. This can be changed and selected reminders inactivated by a System Administrator. The System Administrator then designates which user(s) will receive the active reminders. Each reminder event is configured individually, and can to be sent to one or more selected users. For example, badge expirations can be sent to more than one Security Administrator. Each reminder is assigned a default period in which the messages are generated. This time period can be changed by a System Administrator within the Reminder Setup module. 5-4 Reminder Setup

152 Back to this Reminder Setup Listing Screen Reminder Setup Listing Screen Overview The Reminder Setup Listing screen displays when you click the: Reminder Setup icon on the System Administration menu screen Reminder/ Notification Setup option from the System Admin link It displays all the reminder tasks within the system. Figure 5-5. The Reminder Setup Listing screen. Reminder Setup Listing Screen Command There is one command on the Reminder Setup Listing screen: Back to System Menu Figure 5-6. The Back to System Menu command on the Reminder Setup Listing screen. Reminder Setup 5-5

153 Reminder Setup Listing Screen Back to this Table 5-1 describes the command. Table 5-1. Back to System Menu command on the Reminder Setup Listing screen. Command Screen Accessed Use the command to Back to System Menu System Administration menu return to the System Administration menu screen. Accessing Reminder Setup Listing Screen Depending on where you are in Access Commander, there are two ways to access the Reminder Setup Listing screen: System Administration screen, Reminder Setup icon System Admin link, Reminder/ Notification Setup option To use the Reminder Setup icon: 1. Access the System Administration menu screen. (Need help? See Accessing System Administration Menu Screen in Chapter 2.) 2. Click the Reminder Setup icon. The Reminder Setup Listing screen displays. To use the Reminder Setup option: 1. Place the cursor on the System Admin link on the Search, Listing, Info, Reports, or Main Menu screen. The options display. 2. Click the Reminder/ Notification Setup option. The Reminder Setup Listing screen displays. To use the Back to Reminder Setup Listing command: 1. On the Reminder Setup Info screen, place the cursor on the Commands link. The options display. 2. Click the Back to Reminder Setup Listing command. The Reminder Setup Listing screen displays. Reminder Setup Listing Screen - Reminder Tasks Table Table 5-2 lists the reminder tasks on the Reminder Setup Listing screen. Also, the reports included within each profile, and the module and screen on which they display for users, is listed. g g This list is subject to change. Reminder tasks listed on the Reminder Setup Listing screen for which there is no corresponding reminder field are placeholders for future development. 5-6 Reminder Setup

154 Back to this Reminder Setup Listing Screen Table 5-2. Reminder tasks on the Reminder Setup Listing screen. Reminder Task Module(s) Screen(s) Tab(s) (when applicable) Agency Badge - Agency Badge is expiring/expired! Conference - Next Training/Conference Date Due Conference - Starting Contract - Contract DD254 Date Due Contract - Contract End Date Due Contract - DD254 - DD254 Due Date Due Contract - DD254 - DD254 Next Review Date Due Contract - Retention Date Due Contract - Sub Contract End Date Due Doc Control - Document 10-yr Declassify Date Doc Control - Document 25-yr Declassify Date Doc Control - Document Downgrade Date Doc Control - Document Due Date Doc Control - Document Mandatory Review Due Doc Control - Document Receive Date Due Doc Control - Document Request Date Doc Control - Document Retention Date Doc Control - Document Systematic Review Due Training & Conferences Training/Conference Info Training & Conference Field Name Next Training Date Contract Management Contract Info Contract DD254 Date Contract Management Contract Info Contract Contract End Date Contract Management DD254 Form Info Due Date Contract Management DD254 Form Info Next Review Date Contract Management Contract Info Contract Retention Date Contract Management Contract Info Contract Document Management Document Management Document Management Document Management Document Management Document Management Document Management Document Management Document Management Document Info Declassification 10 Year Declass Date Document Info Declassification 25 Year Declass Date Document Info Declassification Downgrade Date Document Info Document Due Date Document Info Declassification Mandatory Review Date Document Info Document Received Date Document Info Document Request Date Document Info Declassification Retention Date Document Info Declassification Systematic Review Date Reminder Setup 5-7

155 Reminder Setup Listing Screen Back to this Reminder Task Module(s) Screen(s) Tab(s) (when applicable) Doc Control - Media Expiration Due Doc Control - Transmittal - Doc Transmital Acknowledged Date By Doc Control - Transmittal - OnLoan Doc Transmittal Return Date Due DocControl - Pending Dest/Xmit Date Due Facility - Facility Clearance Expired Facility Verification - Expiration Due Foreign Travel - Return Date Due Document Management Document Management Document Management Document Management Document Info Document Expired On Document Listing - Assign to New Transmittal Certificate Document Transmittal Info Document Listing - Assign to New Transmittal Certificate Transmittal Field Name Acknowledged By Date Returned Date Document Transmittal Info Transmittal Document Info Owner/OnLoan Pending Date Facility Info Facility Info Physical Address Expiration Date Personnel Management Foreign Travel Info Return Date Visitor Control Inspect - Next Inspection Date Due Performance Facility - End Date Due Personnel - Clearance - Clearance Brief Due Personnel Management Visitor Control DOD Clearance Info Non-DOD Clearance Info DOD Clearance Info Non-DOD Clearance Info Briefed Date Personnel - Clearance - Clearance Completed Due Personnel Management Visitor Control DOD Clearance Info Non-DOD Clearance Info DOD Clearance Info Non-DOD Clearance Info Completed Date Personnel - Clearance - Clearance Debrief Due Personnel Management Visitor Control DOD Clearance Info Non-DOD Clearance Info DOD Clearance Info Non-DOD Clearance Info Debriefed Date Personnel - Clearance - Clearance Downgrade Due Personnel Management Visitor Control DOD Clearance Info Non-DOD Clearance Info DOD Clearance Info Non-DOD Clearance Info Downgrade Date Personnel - Clearance - Clearance Next Refresh Brief Date Personnel - Clearance - Expiration Date Due Personnel Management Visitor Control DOD Clearance Info Non-DOD Clearance Info DOD Clearance Info Non-DOD Clearance Info Expiration Date 5-8 Reminder Setup

156 Back to this Reminder Setup Listing Screen Reminder Task Module(s) Screen(s) Tab(s) (when applicable) Personnel - Clearance - Interim Clearance Request Due Personnel - Clearance - Investigate Required Date Due Personnel - Clearance - Next ReInvestigate Due Personnel - Clearance - Polygraph Due Personnel - Clearance - PreApproved Request Due Personnel - Clearance - Reinvestigate Request Due Personnel - Clearance - Waiver Request Due Personnel - Consulting Agreement Expiration Due Personnel - Employee Brief Date Due Personnel - Employee Debrief Date Due Personnel - Urinalysis Due Personnel/Visitor - Badge Expiration Date Due Property - Next Inventory Date Due Property - Property Change Date Due Property - Property Declassify Date Due Property - Property Downgrade Date Due Property - Property Due Personnel Management Visitor Control Personnel Management Visitor Control Personnel Management Visitor Control Personnel Management Visitor Control Personnel Management Visitor Control Personnel Management Visitor Control Personnel Management Visitor Control Personnel Management Personnel Management DOD Clearance Info Non-DOD Clearance Info DOD Clearance Info Non-DOD Clearance Info DOD Clearance Info Non-DOD Clearance Info DOD Clearance Info Non-DOD Clearance Info DOD Clearance Info Non-DOD Clearance Info DOD Clearance Info Non-DOD Clearance Info DOD Clearance Info Non-DOD Clearance Info DOD Clearance Info Non-DOD Clearance Info DOD Clearance Info Non-DOD Clearance Info DOD Clearance Info Non-DOD Clearance Info DOD Clearance Info Non-DOD Clearance Info DOD Clearance Info Non-DOD Clearance Info DOD Clearance Info Non-DOD Clearance Info DOD Clearance Info Non-DOD Clearance Info Field Name Request Date Annual Refresher Brief Date Next Reinvestigation Date Date Request Date Request Date Request Date Start Date Personnel Info Org. Urinalysis Date Personnel Info Badge(s) Property Management Property Info Property Next Inventory Date Property Management Property Info Combination Changed Date Property Management Property Info Property Declassified Date Property Management Property Info Combination Downgrade Date Property Management Property Info Assignment Due Date Reminder Setup 5-9

157 Reminder Setup Listing Screen Back to this Reminder Task Module(s) Screen(s) Tab(s) (when applicable) Property - Property Next Change Date Due Property - Property Retention Date Due Property - Property Return Date Due SAM-UL2050/CRZH Cert Exp Date Property - Property Ship Date Due Special Access - 1-Year Rebrief Due Special Access - Next Review Date Due Field Name Property Management Property Info Combination Next Changed Date Property Management Property Info Combination Retention Date Property Management Property Info Combination Return Date Property Management Property Info Property Ship Date Personnel Management Special Access Info Special Access Info Next Review Date Special Access - Rebrief Due Visitor Control Personnel Management Special Access Info Special Access Info Rebrief Date Visitor Control UserFile - Password Change Due Visit Request - Visit End Date Due Outgoing Visit Request Incoming Visit Request Outgoing Visit Request Info Incoming Visit Request Info Visit Request - Visit Request End Date Due Outgoing Visit Request Incoming Visit Request Outgoing Visit Request Info Incoming Visit Request Info End Date Visit Request - Visit Request Start Date Due Outgoing Visit Request Incoming Visit Request Outgoing Visit Request Info Incoming Visit Request Info Start Date 5-10 Reminder Setup

158 Back to this Reminder Setup Info Screen Reminder Setup Info Screen Overview The Reminder Setup Info screen displays only in Update mode. It is used to: Change a reminder task s status (i.e., active or inactive) Change the notification period Activate or deactivate notification and format Change the frequency, date and time for the reminder Figure 5-7. The Reminder Setup Info screen in Update mode. When in Update mode, the Reminder Setup Info screen displays the Update and Cancel buttons. Reminder Setup 5-11

159 Reminder Setup Info Screen Back to this Accessing Reminder Setup Info Screen To access the Reminder Setup Info screen: Reminder Setup Listing screen, select a Reminder Task To use the Setup command: 1. Access the Reminder Setup Listing screen. (Need help? See Accessing Reminder Setup Listing Screen in this chapter.) 2. Click the Select checkbox next to the reminder task. The screen refreshes and the record displays highlighted (in black) with a checkmark in its checkbox. 3. Place the cursor on the Commands link. The commands display. 4. Click the Setup command. The Reminder Setup Info screen displays in Update mode. Reminder Setup Info Screen - Data Fields The data fields on the Reminder Setup Info screen are listed in Table 5-3. Table 5-3. Reminder Setup Info screen data fields. Field Name Reminder Task Active Min # Days Before Event Due/Occured Notification Enable HTML format? HTML format template Text format template Explanation READ ONLY. Displays the name of the reminder task. Users see this description on the Reminder Listing screen and/or in the notification . Click the checkbox to activate an inactive reminder task. Uncheck the checkbox to make an active reminder task inactive. REQUIRED. Enter the desired notification period in number of days. For example, if users should be notified of an event due date one week prior to the date, enter 7 in this field. Click the checkbox to activate an inactive reminder task for notification. Uncheck the checkbox to make an active reminder task inactive for notification. When checked, the reminder task displayed in the Reminder Task field will send an notification according to the settings on this screen. Check to send the notifications for this reminder task in HTML format. Displays the default HTML coding for the text of the notification when the HTML format? checkbox is checked. The text may be edited, if needed. Displays the default text of the notification when the HTML format? checkbox is not checked. The text may be edited, if needed Reminder Setup

160 Back to this Reminder Setup Info Screen Field Name Frequency occurs Day of the month Day of the week At (HHMMSS) Start Date End Date Explanation Select how often the reminder job runs: 1-Once 2-Daily 3-Weekly 4-Monthly This field is active only when the Frequency occurs is 4-Monthly. The default is 28. Change the day of the month, 1 through 28, on which the reminder job runs, if applicable. This field is active only when the Frequency occurs is 3-Weekly. The default is 1-Sunday. Change the day of the week on which the reminder job runs, if applicable. Enter the time at which the reminder job runs in HourMinuteSecond format. For example, to run the job at 11:45 pm, enter Enter/select the date on which the reminder job runs. Enter/select the last date on which the reminder job runs, if applicable. Leave blank to continue running the job at the designated frequency. Reminder Setup 5-13

161 Setup Reminder Notified User(s) Screen Back to this Setup Reminder Notified User(s) Screen Overview The Setup Reminder Notified User(s) screen displays when you click the: Reminder icon next to a reminder field on an Info screen This screen is used to select the user(s) who will receive a reminder on the Reminder Listing screen. Figure 5-8. The Setup Reminder Notified User(s) screen. Setup Reminder Notified User(s) Screen - Columns and Data Fields The columns and data fields on the Setup Reminder Notified User(s) screen are listed in Table Reminder Setup

162 Back to this Setup Reminder Notified User(s) Screen Table 5-4. Columns and Data Fields on the Setup Reminder Notified User(s) screen. Columns section Delete Name Facility Code Find button section Last Name First Name Add button section User Facility Code Explanation List of users who will received the selected reminder. Select to delete a user who will receive the selected reminder. Name of the user as entered on the Personnel Info screen, Employee tab. Displays the facility code to which the user has access. If the user has access to more than one facility code, each facility displays separately. Displays the user s if entered on the Personnel Info screen, Employee tab, field. Applies only if notification is configured for a facility. Click on the Find button to look for a selected user who will receive the selected reminder. Enter the user s last name. Enter the user s first name. Click on the Add button to add a selected user who will receive the selected reminder. Select a user s name from the pulldown list. Select a facility code from the pulldown list Reminder Setup 5-15

163 Reminder Section on Assign User s Security Screen Back to this Reminder Section on Assign User s Security Screen The Reminder section is on the Assign User s Security screen. It displays the following reminder related fields: Set Notified User(s) checkbox Setup checkbox Figure 5-9. The Reminder section on the Assign User s Security screen. See Table 9-17 in Chapter 9, User Profile, for a description of the checkboxes Reminder Setup

164 Back to this Notification Info Tab Notification Info Tab System Administrators activate the facility(ies) to receive the notifications on the Notification Info tab in the Facility Info module. The steps for completing the activation are documented in Chapter 4, Facility Info, in the Reminder/ Notification(s) Facility Setup section. Figure The Notification Info tab of the Facility Info screen. Reminder Setup 5-17

165 Profile Detail Info Screen Back to this Profile Detail Info Screen System Administrators can change the default setting for deletion of reminders on the Profile Detail Info screen in the System Profile module. Figure The Notification Configuration profile on the Profile Detail Listing screen Reminder Setup

166 Back to this Reminder Setup How To s Reminder Setup How To s In This Section 99 Update the Notification Period For, and/or Activate/Inactivate, a Reminder 99 Select the User(s) to Receive a Reminder 99 Set Up Reminder/ Notification Update the Notification Period For, and/or Activate/Inactivate, a Reminder g g Upon installation, all reminders tasks are set to Active and each is assigned a default notification period. To update the notification period for, or activate/inactivate, a reminder: 1. Access the Reminder Setup Listing screen. (Need help? See Accessing Reminder Setup Listing Screen in this chapter.) 2. Click the Select checkbox next to the reminder task. The Reminder Setup Info screen displays in Update mode. 3. Enter the needed update(s). See Table 5-3 for an explanation of the fields. 4. Click the Update button. The message, The information has been updated. and the Done button display. 5. Click the Done button. The Reminder Setup Listing screen displays. The reminder task s updated active status displays in the Active? column, and/or updated notification period displays in the # Days Before column. 6. To change the active/inactive status and/or notification period for another task, repeat from step 2 above. Select and/or Modify the Users to Receive a Reminder 1. Access the Info screen (in Update mode) on which the reminder is located. (Need help? See Accessing Info Screens in Update Mode in Chapter 2, Getting Started in the User s Manual.) Table 5-2 in this chapter lists the Info screen on which each reminder field displays. g g It does not matter which record is selected on the Listing screen. The Reminder icon displays for the field on the Info screen for all records. 2. Click the Reminder icon next to the reminder field. The Setup Reminder Notify User(s) screen for that reminder task displays. Reminder Setup 5-19

167 Reminder Setup How To s Back to this 3. From the User drop down list box, select the user ot receive notificaitons for the reminder. To narrow down the list of names in the User drop down list, enter his or her last and/or first name in the corresponding fieldws, then click FInd. 4. From the Facility Code drop down list box, select a difference facility code, if needed. 5. Click the Add button. The message, Successfully Saved! displays in a pop-up window. 6. Click the OK button. The screen refreshes and the user s name, facility code, and display in the table above. 7. Repeat steps 3, 4, and 5 to add additional users. 8. Click the Cancel button. The Info screen, from which you accessed the Setup Reminder Notify User(s) screen, displays. Set up Reminder/ Notification Step 1 - Set up the Reminder/ Notification Job Before starting the set up for notification, complete the Reminder Setup Info screen for each applicable reminder. These steps are listed in the How To Update the Notification Period For, and/or Activiate/Inactivate, a Reminder. The data fields on the Reminder Setup Info screen are listed in Table 5-3. Step 2 - Set up the Facility(ies) for Reminder/ Notification After a reminder task(s) has been set up for notification on the Reminder Setup Info screen, the facility(ies) to receive the notifications must be activated. This is done on the Notification Info tab on the Facility Info screen. Please refer to the Reminder/ Notification(s) Facility Setup section in Chapter 4, Facility Info, for the instructions to complete this step. Check the setting for the deletion of the reminders after sending the to be sure it is set as desired. The Notification Configuration profile is accessed Profile Detail Listing screen in the System Profile module. Step 3 - Set up the Recipients for Reminder/ Notification These steps are listed in the How To Select and/or Modify the Users to Receive a Reminder. After these steps are completed, users will receive notifications Reminder Setup

168 Back to this Reminder Setup How To s Sample Notification Figure Default HTML format template for the VAL End Date reminder task. Figure Sample notification for the VAL End Date reminder task. Reminder Setup 5-21

169 Reminder Setup How To s Back to this Figure Default Text notification for the VAL End Date reminder task Reminder Setup

170 Back to this Testing Reminder/ Notification Testing Reminder/ Notification To test the functionality of notification: 1. Add a host facility. 2. Add a few employees for this facility. 3. Setup notification for this facility as described above. 4. Add a couple of Outgoing VAL(s) for that facility which include those above added employees. These VAL(s) should expire within the next 30 days. 5. You can come in the /reminder notification setup to run the job one time. Reminder Setup 5-23

171

172 Chapter 6 Main Menu Report Profile In This Chapter 99 Module Overview 99 Report Profile Screens 99 Profiles and Reports Table 99 Report Profile How To s Contents Overview Report Profile Header Listing Screen Overview Report Profile Header Listing Screen Command Accessing Report Profile Header Listing Screen Report Profile Header Listing Screen - Profiles and Reports Tables Report Profile Detail Listing Screen Overview Command on the Report Profile Detail Listing Screen Accessing Report Profile Detail Listing Screen Report Profile Detail Info Screen Overview Accessing Report Profile Detail Info Screen Add New Accessing Report Profile Detail Info Screen Update Accessing Report Profile Detail Info Screen View Report Profile Detail Info Screen - Data Fields Profile Reports Screen Overview Report Profile How To s Add a Report to a Module Update a Report Delete a Report View (Read-Only) a Report Report Profile 6-1

173 Overview Back to this Overview The Report Profile module within Access Commander is accessed from the System Administration menu. It is used to: Add new reports to the system Modify reports A Crystal report file is associated with each report. This file is provided by MathCraft, Inc. and needs to be copied to the Report directory on the Web server. For more information about reporting, see: Generating Reports in Chapter 3, Global How To s in the User s Manual 6-2 Report Profile

174 Back to this Report Profile Header Listing Screen Report Profile Header Listing Screen Overview The Report Profile Header Listing screen displays when you click the: Report Profile icon on the System Administration menu screen Report Profile Management option from the System Admin link (on Search, Listing, Info, Reports, Main Menu screens) Back to Profile Listing command on the Report Profile Detail Listing screen The Report Profile Header Listing screen displays the sub system profile categories for each Access Commander module. See Tables 6-2 through 6-12 for a list of the sub systems for the profile headers, the reports included within each profile, and the module and screen on which they display for users. Figure 6-1. The Report Profile Header Listing screen. Report Profile Header Listing Screen Command There is one command on the Report Profile Header Listing screen: Back to System Menu Report Profile 6-3

175 Report Profile Header Listing Screen Back to this Table 6-1 describes the command. Table 6-1. Command on the Report Profile Header Listing screen. Command Screen Accessed Use the command to Back to System Menu System Administration menu return to the System Administration menu screen. Accessing Report Profile Header Listing Screen Depending on where you are in the Access Commander system, there are two ways to access the Report Profile Header Listing screen: System Administration screen, Report Profile icon System Admin link (on Search, Listing, Info, Reports, Main Menu screens), Report Profile Management option To use the Report Profile icon: 1. Access the System Administration menu screen. (Need Help? See Accessing System Administration Menu Screen in Chapter 2.) 2. Click the Report Profile icon. The Report Profile Header Listing screen displays. To use the Report Profile Management option: 1. Place the cursor on the System Admin link on the Search, Listing, Info, Reports, or Main Menu screen. The options display. 2. Click the Report Profile Management option. The Report Profile Header Listing screen displays. Report Profile Header Listing Screen - Profiles and Reports Tables Tables 6-2 through 6-13 list the Sub Systems for the profile headers on the Report Profile Header Listing screen. Also, the reports included within each profile, and the module and screen on which they display for users, is listed. This list is subject to change. Table 6-2. Conference report profiles on the Report Profile Header Listing screen. Row # Report Title File These reports display on the Conference Reports screen in the Training & Conferences module. 1. Conference Attendee Listing CONFATTENDEE.RPT 2. Conference Listing CONFNAME.RPT 6-4 Report Profile

176 Back to this Report Profile Header Listing Screen Table 6-3. Contract report profiles on the Report Profile Header Listing screen. Row # Report Title File These reports display on the Contract Reports screen in the Contract Administration module. 1 Contract DD254 - MFO Facilities Matrix MFO.RPT 2 Contract Listing CONTLIS.RPT 3 Contractor Position Roster Listing (SI Access) CPRL_SI.RPT 4 Contractor Position Roster Listing (SI Access) - Auto Gen Position # CPRL_SI_AUTO.RPT 5 Contractor Position Roster Listing (TSSI/SI Clearance) CPRL_TSSI.RPT 6 DD254 Form DD254F99.RPT 7 DD254 Report CONDD254.RPT 8 Detail Contract Report CONDETL.RPT 9 Document(s) Used On Contract DOCACON.RPT 10 DSS Form CONTDIS.RPT 11 Employee(s) Working On Contract EMPACON.RPT 12 Historical Position Log (SI Access) HPLR_SI.RPT 13 Historical Program Listing (SI Access) - No Position # HPLR_SI_AUTO.RPT 14 Historical Program Listing (TSSI/SI Clearance) HPLR_TSSI.RPT 15 PreInspection - Inactive Contract(s) with Active Document(s) ContractClosedwithActiveDocument.rpt 16 Properties Used On Contract PROPACON..RPT 17 Subcontractor(s) On Contract CONSUB.RPT Table 6-4. Destruction report profile on the Report Profile Header Listing screen. Row # Report Title File This report displays on the Document Destruction Reports screen in the Document Management module. 1. Destruction Certificate DESTCERT.RPT Table 6-5. Document report profiles on the Report Profile Header Listing screen. Row # Report Title File These reports display on the Document Reports screen in the Document Management module. 1 Detail Document Report DOCDETL.RPT 2 Document By Clearance DOCCLASS.RPT 3 Document By Destruction Id DOCDESTR.RPT 4 Document By Facility DOCCAGE.RPT 5 Document By Location DOCLOC.RPT 6 Document By Project DOCPROJ.RPT 7 Document By Status DOCSTAT.RPT Report Profile 6-5

177 Report Profile Header Listing Screen Back to this Row # Report Title File 8 Document By Title DOCTIT.RPT 9 Document By Transmittal Id DOCTRAN.RPT 10 Document By Type DOCTYPE.RPT 11 Document By Visitor DOCAVIST.RPT 12 Document Count by Custodian DOCCOUNT.RPT 13 Document Inventory Report (Active, Accountable) DOCINV.RPT 14 Document Inventory Report (All Accountable) DOCINVACCT.RPT 15 Document Inventory Report (All) DOCINVALL.RPT 16 Document Listing by Custodian DOCCUST.ROT 17 Document Listing by Media Type DOCMEDIA.RPT 18 Document Usage History DOCHIST.RPT 19 PreInspection-Active Document(s) Assigned to Inactive Contract DocActiveAsgToInactiveContract.rpt 20 Safe Inventory by Contract WBBSAFEACON.rpt 21 Safe Inventory by Custodians WBBSAFEACUST.rpt 22 Safe Inventory by Safe-Drawers WBBSAFEADRAWER.rpt 23 Transmittal Receipt for Tracer Letter TRACER_TRANRCPT.RPT 24 Transmittal Tracer Letter TRACER.RPT 25 Transmittal Tracer Letter (<font color=red>new</font>-selected) SELECTED_TRACER_DOC.RPT 26 Transmittal Tracer List TRACERLST.RPT Table 6-6. Employee report profiles on the Report Profile Header Listing screen. Row # Report Title File These reports display on the Personnel Reports screen in the Personnel Management module. 1 Badge Expiration Report WBADGE.RPT 2 Clearance - Active DOD by Cleared Facility Summary EMPCLSUMNByCLRCAGE.rpt 3 Clearance - Active DOD by Employment Facility Summary EMPCLSUMNByEMPCAGE.rpt 4 Clearance - Active DOD Summary EMPCLSUMNew.rpt 5 Clearance - Active Non DOD by Cleared Facility Summary EMPNonDODCLSUMNByCLRCAGE.rpt 6 Clearance - Active Non DOD by Employment Facility Summary EMPNonDODCLSUMNByEMPCAGE.rpt 7 Clearance - Active Non DOD Summary EMPNonDODCLSUMN.rpt 8 Clearance - Active People with Non-DOD Clearance EMNONonDOD.RPT 9 Clearance - Active People without DOD Clearance SAICEMDTLNODOD.RPT 10 Clearance - Active People without Non-DOD Clearance EMDTLNONonDOD.RPT 11 Clearance - DOD Status by Employment Facility Summary EMPCLSTATByCLRCAGESUM.rpt 12 Clearance - DOD Status Summary EMPCLSTATSUM.rpt 13 Clearance - Non DOD Status by Employment Facility Summary EMPNonDODCLSTATByCLRCAGESUM.rpt 14 Clearance - Non DOD Status Summary EMPNonDODCLSTATSUM.rpt 15 Compartment - Report EMPCOMPT.RPT 16 Employee - Active People Clearance/Access Report SAICEMNODOD.RPT 6-6 Report Profile

178 Back to this Report Profile Header Listing Screen Row # Report Title File 17 Employee - Active People Clearance/Access Report 2 EMPCLRDG.RPT 18 Employee - Active People without Clearance ACTEMPNOCLR.RPT 19 Employee - by Clearance Type EMPCLRTP.RPT 20 Employee - by DOD Clearance EMPBCLR.RPT 21 Employee - by Non-DOD Clearance Type EMPNonDODBCLR.rpt 22 Employee - by Type (DOD) EMPTYPE.RPT 23 Employee - by Type (Non-DOD) EMPTYPENonDOD.rpt 24 Employee - by Type Summary EMPTYSUM.RPT 25 Employee - Checkout Report EMPCHCK.RPT 26 Employee - Clearance Access Report EMPCLRACC.RPT 27 Employee - Detail Report EMPDTL.RPT 28 Employee - Detail with PHOTO Report EMPDTLPHOTO.rpt 29 Employee - Form 1847 (SENSITIVE COMPARTMENTED INDOCTRINATIONMEMO.rpt INFORMATION INDOCTRINATION MEMORANDUM) 30 Employee - Form (SENSITIVE COMPARTMENTED NONDISCLOSURE.rpt INFORMATION NONDISCLOSURE STATEMENT) 31 Employee - Form 1848 (SENSITIVE COMPARTMENTED DEBRIEFINGMEMO.rpt INFORMATION DEBRIEFING MEMORANDUM) 32 Employee - Form 4311 (INDUSTRIAL SECURITY APPROVAL OR Form4311.rpt ACCESS REQUEST) 33 Employee - Key Management Personnel List EMPKEY.RPT 34 Employee - Roster EMPNAME.RPT 35 Employee - Roster 2 EMPNAMEDG.RPT 36 Employee - Roster by Zip Code EMPZIP.rpt 37 Employee - Special Access Report EMPCLR.RPT 38 Employee - Status by Employment Facility Summary EMPSTATByEMPCAGESUM.rpt 39 Employee - Status Summary EMPSTASUM.rpt 40 Foreign Travel - Listing by Name EMPTRAVELNM.RPT 41 NotePad - Report EMPNOTES.RPT 42 Offense - Report EMPOFFSE.RPT 43 Offense - Statistics EMPOFSTA.RPT 44 Offense - Statistics by Facility EMPOFFFA.RPT 45 PAL - Program Access Log (SI Access) PALR_SI.rpt 46 PAL - Program Access Log (TSSI/SI Clearance) PALR_TSSI.rpt 47 PreInspection - Clearance - Active DOD Assigned to Inactive EMPActiveDODAsgToInactiveEmployee.rpt Employee 48 PreInspection - Clearance - Active DOD with a Debrief Date EMPActiveDODWithDeBriefDate.rpt 49 PreInspection - Clearance - Active DOD without a Brief Date EMPActiveDODWithoutBriefDate.rpt 50 PreInspection - Clearance - Active Non DOD Assigned to Inactive Employee EMPActiveNonDODAsgToInactiveEmployee. rpt 51 PreInspection - Clearance - Active Non DOD with a Debrief Date EMPActiveNonDODWithDeBriefDate.rpt 52 PreInspection - Clearance - Active Non DOD without a Brief Date EMPActiveNonDODWithoutBriefDate.rpt Report Profile 6-7

179 Report Profile Header Listing Screen Back to this Row # Report Title File 53 PreInspection - Special Access - Active Access Assigned to Inactive EMPActiveAccessAsgToInactiveEmployee.rpt Employee 54 PreInspection - Special Access - Active Access with a Debrief Date EMPActiveAccessWithDeBriefDate.rpt 55 Special Access - All with Poly EMPACPOLY.rpt 56 Special Access - SCI with Poly EMPACSITKPOLY.rpt 57 Sponsor/Program - by Name EMPSPONPROG.RPT 58 Sponsor/Program - by Poly WSPONPOLY.RPT 59 Sponsor/Program - by Program EMPBYPROG.RPT 60 Training - Report EMPTRAIN.RPT 61 User - Facility Permission Report UserFacilityPermission.RPT 62 Visits - Expiration by Company and Date SAICEXPBYC_D.RPT 63 Visits - Expiration by Company and Name SAICEXPBYC_N.RPT 64 Visits - Expiration by Company and Name SAICEXPBYDATE.RPT 65 Visits - Expiration by Name SAICEXPBYNAME.RPT 66 Visits - History EMPVIST.RPT 67 Visits - Letter Expiration/Renewal Notice EMPEXP.rpt 68 Visits - Termination Letter EMPTERM.RPT Table 6-7. Facility report profiles on the Report Profile Header Listing screen. Row # Report Title File These reports display on the Facility Reports screen in the Facility Management module. 1 Address Labels FAC5160.RPT 2 Detail Facility Information Report FACCAGE.RPT 3 Facility Directory FACDIR.RPT 4 Facility Expiration Report FACEXP.RPT 5 Facility Report By Clearance FACCLASS.RPT 6 Facility Report By Organization FACORG.RPT 7 Facility Report By State FACSTATE.RPT Table 6-8. Profile report profiles on the Report Profile Header Listing screen. Row # Report Title File These reports display on the Profile Reports screen in the System Profile module. 1 A/C Today Activity (URL) Report URLTodayTracking.RPT 2 A/C Yesterday Activity (URL) Report URLYesterdayTracking.RPT 3 System Profile Listing SPROFILE.RPT 6-8 Report Profile

180 Back to this Report Profile Header Listing Screen Table 6-9. Property report profiles on the Report Profile Header Listing screen. Row # Report Title File These reports display on the Property Security Reports screen in the Property Management module. 1 Active Property by Classification Summary PROPCLRSUM.RPT 2 Active Property by Status Summary PROPSTATSUM.RPT 3 Active Property by Type Summary PROPTYPESUM.RPT 4 Contracts Using Property CONAPROP.RPT 5 Detail Property Report PROPDETL.RPT 6 Employees Using Property PROPAEMP.RPT 7 Non Active Property by Type Summary PROPTYPENonActiveSUM.RPT 8 Property By Clearance PROPCLR.RPT 9 Property Inventory Report PROPINV.RPT 10 Property Listing By Contract Number PROPCONT.RPT 11 Property Listing By Equipment Type PROPTYPE.RPT 12 Property Listing by Location PROPLOC.RPT 13 Property Listing by Name PROPNAME.RPT 14 Property Listing By Part Number PROPPART.RPT 15 Property Listing By PL# PROPPLNO.RPT 16 Property Usage History PROPHIST.RPT Table ReportProfile report profile on the Report Profile Header Listing screen. Row # Report Title File This report displays on the Profile Reports screen in the Report Profile module. 1 Report Profile Listing RPROFILE.RPT Table Transmittal report profiles on the Report Profile Header Listing screen. Row # Report Title File These reports display on the Document Transmittal Reports screen in the Document Management module. 1 Transmittal Receipt SAICTRANRCPT.RPT 2 Transmittal Receipt for Tracer Letter TRACER_TRANRCPT.RPT 3 Transmittal Tracer Letter TRACER.RPT 4 Transmittal Tracer Letter (<font color=red>new</font> - Selected) SELECTED_TRACER.RPT 5 Transmittal Tracer List TRACERLST.RPT Table Visitor report profiles on the Report Profile Header Listing screen. Row # Report Title File These reports display on the Visitor Reports screen in the Visitor Control module. 1 Documents Assigned to Visitor VISTADOC.RPT 2 Property Assigned to Visitor VISTPROP.RPT Report Profile 6-9

181 Report Profile Header Listing Screen Back to this Row # Report Title File 3 Visit Certification History VISTCERT.RPT 4 Visitor Badge VIST5383.RPT 5 Visitor Checkout Report VISTCHCK.RPT 6 Visitor Clearance Report VISTCLR.RPT 7 Visitor Clearance Summary VISTCLSM.RPT 8 Visitor Compartment Report VISTCOMP.RPT 9 Visitor Exit Report VISTEXIT.RPT 10 Visitor Information Report VNAME.RPT 11 Visitor Listing By Name VISTNAME.RPT 12 Visitor Listing By Organization VISTORG.RPT 13 Visitor NotePad Report VISTNOTE.RPT 14 Visitor Offense By Organization VISTOFOR.RPT 15 Visitor Offense Report VISTOFF.RPT 16 Visitor Offense Statistics VISTOFST.RPT 17 Visitor Training Report VISTTRAN.RPT 18 Visitor Visit History VISTHIST.RPT Table VisitReq report profiles on the Report Profile Header Listing screen. Row # Report Title File These reports display on the Visit Request Reports screen in the Outgoing Visit Request and Incoming Visit Request modules. 1 Expired Visit Request (Last 30 days) VISITEXP.RPT 2 Expired Visit Request (Next 30 days) VISITEXP2BE.RPT 3 VAL Format 1 WGVISREQb.RPT 4 VAL Format 2 OTHERVAL.RPT 5 Visit Authorization Letter (Customized) VISITREQ.RPT 6 Visit Authorization Letter (Standard) VISITREQSTND.RPT 7 Visit Certification By Company VISTRQCT.RPT 8 Visit Letter Renewal Notification EMPEXP.RPT 9 Visit Request By Name VRNAME.RPT 10 Visit Termination Letter VRTERM.RPT 6-10 Report Profile

182 Back to this Report Profile Detail Listing Screen Report Profile Detail Listing Screen Overview The Report Profile Detail Listing screen displays when you click the: Select checkbox for a sub system The Report Profile Detail Listing screen: Displays the reports within the sub system selected on the Profile Header Listing screen in alphabetical order by Description Displays the file name for each report Provides the + Add New, View, Update and Delete buttons Figure 6-2. The Report Profile Detail Listing screen for the Conference sub system. Command on the Report Profile Detail Listing Screen There is one command on the Report Profile Detail Listing screen: Back to Profile Listing Table 6-14 describes the command. Table Command on the Report Profile Detail Listing screen. Command Screen Accessed Use the command to Back to Profile Listing Report Profile Header Listing return to the Report Profile Header Listing screen to select another profile. Accessing Report Profile Detail Listing Screen To access the Report Profile Detail Listing screen (Files Category): Report Profile 6-11

183 Report Profile Detail Listing Screen Back to this Report Profile Header Listing screen, Select checkbox for the desired sub system To use the Detail command: 1. Access the Report Profile Header Listing screen. (Need help? See Accessing Report Profile Header Listing Screen in this chapter.) 2. Click the Select checkbox for the subsystem. The Report Profile Detail Listing screen for the sub system displays Report Profile

184 Back to this Report Profile Detail Info Screen Report Profile Detail Info Screen Overview The Report Profile Detail Info screen displays when you click the: + Add New link, View button, or Update button on the Report Profile Detail Listing screen The Report Profile Detail Info screen is used to: Add a new report s file name (i.e., [file name].rpt) and value to an existing module when in Add New mode Modify an existing module s report s file name (i.e., [file name].rpt) and value when in Update mode View an existing module s report s file name (i.e., [file name].rpt) and value when in View (readonly) mode Figure 6-3. The Report Profile Detail Info screen in Add New mode. When in Add New mode, the Report Profile Detail Info screen displays the Add and Cancel buttons, as shown in Figure 6-3. Report Profile 6-13

185 Report Profile Detail Info Screen Back to this Figure 6-4. The Report Profile Detail Info screen in Update mode. When in Update mode, the Report Profile Detail Info screen displays the Update and Cancel buttons, as shown in Figure 6-4. Figure 6-5. The Report Profile Detail Info screen in View mode. When in View mode, the Report Profile Detail Info screen displays the Exit button and all fields are read-only, as shown in Figure 6-5. Accessing Report Profile Detail Info Screen Add New To access the Report Profile Detail Info screen in Add New mode: Report Profile Detail Listing screen, + Add New link To use the + Add New link: 1. Access the Report Profile Detail Listing screen for the desired sub system. (Need help? See Accessing Report Profile Detail Listing Screen in this chapter.) 2. Click the + Add New link. The Report Profile Detail Info screen displays in Add New mode. Accessing Report Profile Detail Info Screen Update To access the Report Profile Detail Info screen in Update mode: 6-14 Report Profile

186 Back to this Report Profile Detail Info Screen Report Profile Detail Listing screen, Update button To use the Update button: 1. Access the Report Profile Detail Listing screen for the desired sub system. (Need help? See Accessing Report Profile Detail Listing Screen in this chapter.) 2. Click the Update button in the column next to the report s description. The Report Profile Detail Info screen displays in Update mode. Accessing Report Profile Detail Info Screen View To access the Report Profile Detail Info screen in View mode: Report Profile Detail Listing screen, View button To use the View button: 1. Access the Report Profile Detail Listing screen for the desired sub system. (Need help? See Accessing Report Profile Detail Listing Screen in this chapter.) 2. Click the View button in the column next to the report s description. The Report Profile Detail Info screen displays in View (read-only) mode. Report Profile Detail Info Screen - Data Fields The data fields on the Report Profile Detail Info screen (in Update mode) for the are listed in Table Table Report Profile Detail Info screen data fields. Field Name Report Name File Report Category Explanation REQUIRED. Enter the report name. REQUIRED. Enter report file name (XXX.RPT). Select a classification level. Report Profile 6-15

187 Profile Reports Screen Back to this Profile Reports Screen Overview The Profile Reports screen displays when you click the: Reports link on the Profile Header Listing screen The Profile Reports screen displays the preformatted reports available for the Report Profile module. Figure 6-6. The Profile Reports screen. The records upon which the selected report is based is determined by: Profile group(s) selected on the Profile Header Listing screen To include only a single profile group, or specific profile groups, in a report, check that record s checkbox(es) on the Profile Header Listing screen. Then, on the Profile Reports screen, select the Selected Row(s) radio button to include only the selected records in the report. Radio button selected on the Profile Reports screen Depending on the report selected, the applicable radio button(s) display: Selected Row(s) and All. For more information about reporting, see: Generating Reports in Chapter 3, Global How To s in the User s Manual 6-16 Report Profile

188 Back to this Report Profile How To s Report Profile How To s How To s In This Section 99 Add a Report 99 Update a Report 99 Delete a Report 99 View (Read-Only) a Report Add a Report to a Module g g You cannot create a new report sub system. However, you can create additional reports for an existing sub system by following the steps below. To add a report to a module: Report Profile Detail Listing screen, + Add New link, and then Report Profile Detail Listing g g A Crystal report file is associated with each report. This file is provided by MathCraft, Inc. and needs to be copied to the Report directory on the Web server. To use the + Add New link: Figure 6-7. The + Add New link. 1. Access the Report Profile Header Listing screen. (Need help? See Accessing Report Profile Header Listing Screen in this chapter.) 2. Click the Select checkbox for the sub system to which you re adding a new report. g g For example, to insert a report for the Contract Administration module, you would check the Select checkbox for Contract. The Report Profile Detail Listing screen for the sub system displays. 3. Click the + Add New link. The Report Profile Detail Info creen displays in Add New mode. Report Profile 6-17

189 Report Profile How To s Back to this 4. Complete the Description and Value fields (they are required as indicated in red): Description enter the report file name (xxx.rpt). Value enter a value. This is the data the computer stores. This can be 1 to 5 characters. Default checkbox - not applicable. Leave unchecked. 5. Click the Add button. The message, The information has been added. and the Done button display. 6. Click the Done button. The Report Profile Detail Listing screen displays. The newly added report displays in the list, highlighted (in black) and its checkbox is checked. g g The reports display in alphabetical order by description. 7. Place the cursor on the Commands link. The options display. 8. Click the Back to Profile Listing option. The Report Profile Header Listing screen displays. 9. To return to the Profile Header Listing screen, place the cursor on the Commands link. The options display. 10. Click the Back to Profile Listing option. The Report Profile Header Listing screen displays. The sub system to which you added the new report displays highlighted (in black) with a checkmark in its checkbox. 11. To add another report for the module, or to add a report to another module, repeat from step 2 above. Update a Report To update a report: Report Profile Detail Listing screen, Update button To use the Update button: Figure 6-8. The Update button. 1. Access the Report Profile Header Listing screen. (Need help? See Accessing Report Profile Header Listing Screen in this chapter.) 6-18 Report Profile

190 Back to this Report Profile How To s 2. Click the Select checkbox for the sub system for which you re updating a report. g g For example, to insert a report for the Contract Administration module, you would check the Select checkbox for Contract. The Report Profile Detail Info screen displays in Update mode. 3. Update the fields as needed. Description report file name (xxx.rpt). Value the data the computer stores. This can be 1 to 5 characters. Default checkbox - not applicable. Leave unchecked. 4. Click the Update button. The message, The information has been updated. and the Done button display. 5. Click the Done button. The Report Profile Detail Listing screen displays. The updated report displays highlighted (in black) and its checkbox is checked. g g The report profiles display in alphabetical order by description. 6. Place the cursor on the Commands link. The options display. 7. Click the Back to Profile Listing option. The Report Profile Header Listing screen displays. The row of the sub system report you updated displays highlighted (in black) with a checkmark in its checkbox. 8. To update another report for the module, or to update a report for another module, repeat from step 2 above. Delete a Report Deleting a report from a module must be done with care. Once a report is deleted it cannot be restored. Follow your employer s guidelines when using the Delete button. To delete a report: Report Profile Detail Listing screen, Delete button Report Profile 6-19

191 Report Profile How To s Back to this To use the Delete button: Figure 6-9. The Delete button. 1. Access the Report Profile Header Listing screen. (Need help? See Accessing Report Profile Header Listing Screen in this chapter.) 2. Click the Select checkbox for the sub system for which you re deleting a report. g g For example, to delete a report for the Contract Administration module, you would check the Select checkbox for ContractFiles. The Report Profile Detail Listing screen for the sub system displays. 3. Click the Delete button in the column next to the report s description. The Report Profile Detail Listing - Delete Confirmation screen displays. 4. Click the Go button (Yes, delete is the default command). The message, The selected record(s) was/were successfully deleted. displays. 5. Click the OK button. The Report Profile Detail Listing screen displays. The report no longer displays. 6. Place the cursor on the Commands link. The options display. 7. Click the Back to Profile Listing option. The Report Profile Header Listing screen displays. The row for the sub system from which you deleted a report displays highlighted (in black) with a checkmark in its checkbox. 8. To delete another report for the module, or to delete a report from another module, repeat from step 2 above. View (Read-Only) a Report All of the data fields for the report profile display in the columns on the Report Profile Detail Listing screen. You can also view them on the Report Profile Detail Info screen by following the steps below. To view a report record s data elements on the Report Profile Detail Info screen: Report Profile Detail Listing screen, View button 6-20 Report Profile

192 Back to this Report Profile How To s To use the View button: Figure The View button. 1. Access the Report Profile Header Listing screen. (Need help? See Accessing Report Profile Header Listing Screen in this chapter.) 2. Click the Select checkbox for the sub system for which you re viewing a report s data fields. g g For example, to view a report for the Contract Administration module, you would check the Select checkbox for ContractFiles. The Report Profile Detail Info screen displays in View mode. 3. View the fields. 4. Click the Exit button. The Report Profile Detail Listing screen displays. The viewed report displays highlighted (in black) and its checkbox is checked. g g The reports display in alphabetical order by description. 5. To return to the Profile Header Listing screen, place the cursor on the Commands link. The options display. 6. Click the Back to Profile Listing option. The Report Profile Header Listing screen displays. The row of the sub system report you viewed displays highlighted (in black) with a checkmark in its checkbox. 7. To view another report for the module, or to view a report for another module, repeat from step 2 above. Report Profile 6-21

193

194 Chapter 7 Main Menu System Profile In This Chapter 99 Module Overview 99 Key Profile Elements 99 System Profile Screens 99 List Boxes How To s 99 System Parameters How To s 99 User Defined Fields (UDFs) How To s 99 System Profile Reporting How To 99 System Parameter Table 99 Profile Elements Tables 99 List Boxes/System Parameters/UDFs by Module Cross Reference Tables 99 User Defined Fields (UDFs) Cross Reference Table 99 System Parameters by Features Cross Reference Tables Contents System Profile Tables Listing Overview Key Profile Elements Overview Profile Header Listing Screen Profile Header Listing Screen Command Accessing Profile Header Listing Screen Profile Header Listing Screen - Profiles Profile Detail Listing Screen Overview Command on the Profile Detail Listing Screen Accessing Profile Detail Listing Screen Profile Detail Info Screen Overview Accessing Profile Detail Info Screen - Add New Accessing Profile Detail Info Screen - Update Accessing Profile Detail Info Screen - View Profile Detail Info Screen - Data Fields Profile Reports Screen Overview List Boxes How To s Add an Element to a List Box Update a List Box Element Delete a List Box Element System Profile 7-1

195 Contents Back to this View a List Box Element s Info Screen Maintain a List Box s Default Element System Parameters How To s Update a System Parameter View (Read-Only) a System Parameter User Defined Fields (UDFs) How To s User Defined Field (UDF) Types Configure a Date UDF Configure a Data Entry UDF Configure a Text Entry Box UDF Configure a Drop-Down List Box UDF Hide a UDF System Profile Reporting How To Generate a System Profile Report System Parameters Table System Profile Elements Tables List Boxes/System Parameters/UDFs by Module Cross Reference Tables User Defined Fields (UDFs) Cross Reference Table System Parameters by Features Cross Reference Tables System Profile Tables Listing System Parameters Table Table 7-4. Access Commander System Parameters System Profile Elements Tables Table 7-5. Access Granted By Table 7-6. Access Map Table 7-7. Access Sponsors Table 7-8. AccessCompart Table 7-9. AccessLevel Table AccessType Table AccessUDF Table Additional Badge Status Table Additional Badge Type Table AdditionalBadgeUDF Table Auto Assign Property Custodian Table Badge Agency Table Badge Org Table BadgeType Table CageCodeAccess Table CageCodeStat Table Check Container Table Clearance Granted By Table Clearance Owner Table Clearance Request Type Table Clearance Sponsors Table ClearanceDODUDF Table ClearanceNonDODUDF Table ClearClassifications Table ClearStatus Table ClearType Table ClosingActions Table CompartStat Table Conference Status Table Conference /Training for Access Table ConferenceUDF Table ContractMarket Table ContractStat Table ContractType Table ContractUDF Table Copy Number Alpha System Profile

196 Back to this Contents System Profile Tables Listing, continued Table Country List Table DestroyMethod Table Docctrl10Years Table Docctrl25Years Table DocCtrlSeriesNum Table DocCtrlStat Table DocctrlType Table DocUDF Table Drawers Table Notification Configuration Table EmployeeStat Table EmployeeType Table EmployeeUDF Table Enterprise Authentication Table EquipOwner Table EquipType Table Expecting Visit Type Table Facility Inspection Organization Table Facility Inspection Rating Table Facility Type Table FacilityUDF Table FP Type Table GateStatus Table GuardStations Table Ignored Accesses in Document-Contract Assignments Table Ignored Accesses in Document-Personnel Assignments Table Ignored Accesses in Document-Safe/Closed Area Assignments Table Ignored Accesses in IS-Contract Assignments Table Ignored Accesses in IS-Personnel Assignments Table Ignored Accesses in IS-SAM Assignments Table Ignored Accesses in People-Contract Assignments Table Ignored Accesses in Property-Contract Assignments Table Ignored Accesses in Property-Personnel Assignments Table Ignored Accesses in Property-SAM Assignments Table Ignored Accesses in SAM-Contract Assignments Table IncidentType Table InspectType Table Interim Map Table International Incoming VAL - Clearance Level Table International Incoming VAL - Disclosure Level Table International Incoming VAL - Drop Down Table International Incoming VAL - Drop Down Table International Incoming VAL - Drop Down Table International Incoming VAL - Drop Down Table International Incoming VAL - Drop Down Table International Incoming VAL - Type Sponsorship Table International Incoming VAL - Visit Status Table International Incoming VAL - Visit Type Table International Incoming VAL UDF Table International Incoming Visitor UDF Table International Non-VAL - Drop Down Table International Non-VAL - Drop Down Table International Non-VAL - Drop Down Table International Non-VAL - Drop Down Table International Non-VAL - Drop Down Table International Non-VAL - Visit Type Table International Non-VAL UDF Table International Outgoing VAL - Disclosure Level Table International Outgoing VAL - Drop Down Table International Outgoing VAL - Drop Down Table International Outgoing VAL - Drop Down System Profile 7-3

197 Contents Back to this System Profile Tables Listing, continued Table International Outgoing VAL - Drop Down Table International Outgoing VAL - Drop Down Table International Outgoing VAL - Initiated/Invited by Table International Outgoing VAL - Initiative Table International Outgoing VAL - Program Table International Outgoing VAL - Type Table International Outgoing VAL - Visit Status Table International Outgoing VAL - Visit Type Table International Outgoing VAL Contract Facility - Drop Down Table International Outgoing VAL Contract Facility - Drop Down Table International Outgoing VAL Contract Facility - Drop Down Table International Outgoing VAL Contract Facility - Drop Down Table International Outgoing VAL Contract Facility - Drop Down Table International Outgoing VAL Contract Facility UDF Table International Outgoing VAL Government Facility - Drop Down Table International Outgoing VAL Government Facility - Drop Down Table International Outgoing VAL Government Facility - Drop Down Table International Outgoing VAL Government Facility - Drop Down Table International Outgoing VAL Government Facility - Drop Down Table International Outgoing VAL Government Facility UDF Table International Outgoing VAL UDF Table International Visitor - Drop Down Table International Visitor - Drop Down Table International Visitor - Drop Down Table International Visitor - Drop Down Table International Visitor - Drop Down Table Inventory Status Table Inventory Type Table InvestBy Table Investigation Types Table IS - Accred. Status Table IS_IS Associated Document Type Table IS_Privilege User Type Table IS_SSP Action Type Table IS Status Table IS_Approvedfor Table IS_Area Type Table IS_Destruction Table IS_Encryption Table IS_FailedLogins Table IS_ProtectionLevel Table IS_Reenable Table IS_System Type Table JPAS Mapping Table MediaType Table PasswordExpirationDays Table PendingDocStatus Table Personnel Contract Assignment Option Table Poly Status Table PolyBy Table PolygraphTypes Table Prefixes Table ProgramAccessList Table ProgramList Table PropertySubType Table PropertyUDF Table PropSecuStat Table ReInvestBy Table Reinvestigation Types Table Report Category Table SAM - Drop Down Table SAM - Drop Down System Profile

198 Back to this Contents System Profile Tables Listing, continued Table SAM - Drop Down Table SAM - Drop Down Table SAM - Drop Down Table SAM Access Types Table SAM Alarm Access Type Table SAM Alarm Equipment Type Table SAM Alarm Monitor Table SAM Alarm Provider Table SAM Alarm Type Table SAM Amenity Type Table SAM Area Type Table SAM Built to Standard Table SAM Class Type Table SAM Classifications Table SAM CoUse Status Table SAM Customer Approved By Table SAM Customer Approved Status Table SAM Customer Approved Storage Type Table SAM Customer Approved Type Table SAM Equipment Status Table SAM Equipment Type Table SAM Guards Table SAM Industry Partner Status Table SAM Inspecting Organization Table SAM Inspection Rating Table SAM Inspection Type Table SAM Owner Table SAM Primary Sponsor YN Table SAM Processing Table SAM UDF Table SAM Waiver Restriction Table SAM Waiver Restriction Standard Table Secret/Top Secret Codes Table Sequence Type Table ServiceBranches Table Sex Table Skills Table Special Access Request Type Table SponsorList Table SponsorProgramUDF Table SponsorStatus Table SubContractStatus Table Suffixes Table SupportingLocationStatus Table Top Secret Table TransmitType Table Unclassified Table US Citizen Description Table US State 2 characters Table US state Name Table VALClassifications Table ViolationType Table VisitorBadgeType Table VisitorUDF Table VisitReqStatus Table VisitReqTypes Table VisitReqUDF Table VisitType Table Web Session Parameters List Boxes/System Parameters/UDFs by Module Cross Reference Tables Table Adhoc Query module list boxes/system parameters System Profile 7-5

199 Contents Back to this Table Contract Management module list boxes/system parameters/udfs Table Document Management module list boxes/system parameters/udfs Table Facility Info module list boxes/system parameters/udfs Table Incoming Visit Request module list boxes/system parameters/udfs Table Information Systems module list boxes/system parameters Table International Incoming VAL module list boxes/system parameters/udfs Table International Outgoing VAL module list boxes/system parameters/udfs Table International Visitor Control module list boxes/system parameters/udfs Table Inventory Management module list boxes/system parameters Table Outgoing Visit Request module list boxes/system parameters/udfs Table Personnel Management module list boxes/system parameters/udfs Table Property Management module list boxes/system parameters/udfs Table Report Profile module list box Table Secured Area Management module list boxes/system parameters/udfs Table Training and Conferences module list boxes/system parameters/udfs Table User Profile module list boxes/system parameters Table Visitor Control module list boxes/system parameters/udfs User Defined Fields (UDFs) Cross Reference Table Table User Defined Fields (UDFs) by module System Parameters by Features Cross Reference Tables Table Associated documents file size setting Table Clearance settings Table Database settings Table Notification setting Table Employee Generated Outgoing VAL Request setting Table Facility code segmentatation setting Table Facility update/read access/verification settings Table Help setting Table Info screens settings Table International modules activation setting Table JPAS related settings Table Listing Screen settings Table Password settings Table Polygraph settings Table Reinvestigation date automatic update in Rebrief Date field setting Table Reminder settings Table Reporting settings Table Search screens settings Table Search for Assignment screens setting Table Short-cut menu (right-click) setting Table Special Access settings Table Timeout, refresh interval, and auto logoff settings Table ViSi Commander settings System Profile

200 Back to this Overview Overview The System Profile module within Access Commander is accessed from the System Administration menu. It is used to: Customize the system values in the drop-down list boxes that display on Access Commander screens and maintain their default settings Maintain User Defined Fields (UDFs) Define the accesses, if any, to be ignored during assignments Define global system settings in the Access Commander System Parameters profile (e.g., Facility ID segmentation) g g Changing values within the Access Commander System Parameters profile must be done with great care because the behavior of the system can be greatly impacted. In some cases, the system could stop functioning correctly. See Table 7-4 for more information. Key Profile Elements Although all profiles should be carefully reviewed and customized as required, the profile elements considered as most important to define before system deployment are: Access Commander System Parameters (described in Table 7-4) Access Level (described in Table 7-9) Badge Agency (described in Table 7-16) Badge Type (described in Table 7-18) Clearance Granted By (described in Table 7-22) Clearance Owner (described in Table 7-23) Clearance Sponsors (described in Table 7-25) ClearClassifications (described in Table 7-28) ClearStatus (described in Table 7-29) EmployeeType (described in Table 7-52) Enterprise Authentication (described in Table 7-54) - this applies to customers using the Employee Generated Outgoing VAL Request utility who do not have LDAP. System Profile 7-7

201 Profile Header Listing Screen Back to this Profile Header Listing Screen Overview The Profile Header Listing screen displays when you click the: System Profile icon on the System Administration menu screen System Profile Management option from the System Admin link (on Search, Listing, Info, Reports, Main Menu screens) It displays the profile groups within Access Commander in table format. Figure 7-1. The Profile Header Listing screen. 7-8 System Profile

202 Back to this Profile Header Listing Screen Profile Header Listing Screen Command There is one command on the Profile Header Listing screen: Back to System Menu Figure 7-2. The command on the Profile Header Listing screen. Table 7-1 describes the command. Table 7-1. Command on the Profile Header Listing screen. Command Screen Accessed Use the command to Back to System Menu System Administration menu return to the System Administration menu screen. Accessing Profile Header Listing Screen Depending on where you are in the Access Commander system, there are three ways to access the Profile Header Listing screen: System Administration menu screen, System Profile icon System Administration menu screen, System Profile icon, System Profile Management option System Admin link (on Search, Listing, Info, Reports, Main Menu screens), System Profile Management option Figure 7-3. The System Profile icon. To use the System Profile icon: 1. Access the System Administration menu screen. (Need help? See Accessing System Administration Menu Screen in Chapter 2.) 2. Click the System Profile icon. System Profile 7-9

203 Profile Header Listing Screen Back to this The Profile Header Listing screen displays. Figure 7-4. The System Profile Management option (System Profile icon). To use the System Profile Management option (System Profile icon): 1. Access the System Administration menu screen. (Need help? See Accessing System Administration Menu Screen in Chapter 2.) 2. Place the cursor on the System Profile icon. The System Profile pop-up menu displays. 3. Click the System Profile Management option. The Profile Header Listing screen displays. Figure 7-5. The System Profile Management option. To use the System Profile Management option (System Admin menu link): 1. Place the cursor on the System Admin link on the Search, Listing, Info, Reports, or Main Menu screen. The options display. 2. Click the System Profile Management option. The Profile Header Listing screen displays System Profile

204 Back to this Profile Header Listing Screen Profile Header Listing Screen - Profiles Tables 7-4 through list the profile groups that display on the Profile Header Listing screen and their associated elements. They are listed alphabetically by profile group name. Cross reference tables are available for list boxes, system parameters and User Defined Field (UDFs) to help you locate the applicable profile group: List Boxes/System Parameters/UDFs by Module Cross Reference Tables Adhoc Query - Table Contract Management - Table Document Management - Table Facility Info - Table Incoming Visit Request - Table Information Systems - Table International Incoming VAL - Table International Outgoing VAL - Table International Visitor Control - Table Inventory Management - Table Outgoing Visit Request - Table Personnel Management - Table Property Management - Table Report Profile - Table Secured Area Management - Table Training and Conferences - Table User Profile - Table Visitor Control - Table User Defined Fields (UDFs) by Module - Table System Parameters by Features Cross Reference Tables Associated documents file size setting - Table Clearance settings - Table Database settings - Table Notification setting - Table Employee Generated Outgoing VAL Request setting - Table Facility code segmentation setting - Table Facility update/read access/verification settings - Table Help setting - Table Info screens settings - Table International modules activation setting - Table JPAS related settings - Table Listing screens settings - Table Password settings - Table Polygraph settings - Table Reinvestigation date automatic update in Rebrief Date field setting - Table Reminder setting - Table Reporting settings - Table Search screens settings - Table Search for Assignment screens setting - Table Short-cut menu (right-click) setting - Table Special Access settings - Table Timeout, refresh interval and auto logoff settings - Table ViSi Commander settings - Table System Profile 7-11

205 Profile Detail Listing Screen Back to this Profile Detail Listing Screen Overview The Profile Detail Listing screen displays when you: Select a profile group on the Profile Header Listing screen The Profile Detail Listing screen displays the: Elements associated with the selected profile header on the Profile Header Listing screen Description, value, and default status for each profile detail item View, Update and Delete buttons + Add New link used to add new detail items to an existing profile Figure 7-6. The Profile Detail Listing screen for ClearClassifications System Profile

206 Back to this Profile Detail Listing Screen Command on the Profile Detail Listing Screen There is one command on the Profile Detail Listing screen. Figure 7-7. The command on the Profile Detail Listing screen. Table 7-2 describes the command. Table 7-2. Command on the Profile Detail Listing screen. Command Screen Accessed Use the command to Back to Profile Listing Profile Header Listing return to the Profile Header Listing screen to select another profile. Accessing Profile Detail Listing Screen To access the Profile Detail Listing screen: Profile Header Listing screen, Detail command To use the Detail command: 1. Access the Profile Header Listing screen. (Need help? See Accessing Profile Header Listing Screen in this chapter.) 2. Click the Select checkbox for the desired profile group. The screen refreshes and the Profile Detail Listing screen displays. System Profile 7-13

207 Profile Detail Info Screen Back to this Profile Detail Info Screen Overview The Profile Detail Info screen displays when you click the: + Add New, View, and Update buttons on the Profile Detail Listing screen The Profile Detail Info screen is used to: Add new elements to a profile when in Add New mode Modify a profile s element record when in Update mode View an element record s data fields when in View (read-only) mode Figure 7-8. The Profile Detail Info screen in Add New mode. When in Add New mode, the Profile Detail Info screen displays the Add and Cancel buttons, as shown in Figure 7-8. Figure 7-9. The Profile Detail Info screen in Update mode. When in Update mode, the Profile Detail Info screen displays the Update and Cancel buttons, as shown in Figure System Profile

208 Back to this Profile Detail Info Screen Figure The Profile Detail Info screen in View mode. When in View mode, the Profile Detail Info screen displays the Exit button and all fields are read-only, as shown in Figure Accessing Profile Detail Info Screen - Add New To access the Profile Detail Info screen in Add New mode: Profile Detail Listing screen, + Add New link To use the + Add New link: Figure The Add New link. 1. Access the Profile Detail Listing screen. (Need help? See Accessing Profile Detail Listing Screen in this chapter.) 2. Click the + Add New link. The Profile Detail Info screen displays in Add New mode. Accessing Profile Detail Info Screen - Update To access the Profile Detail Info screen in Update mode: Profile Detail Listing screen, Update button System Profile 7-15

209 Profile Detail Info Screen Back to this To use the Update button: Figure The Update button. 1. Access the Profile Detail Listing screen. (Need help? See Accessing Profile Detail Listing Screen in this chapter.) 2. Click the Update button in the column next to the element s description. The Profile Detail Info screen displays in Update mode. Accessing Profile Detail Info Screen - View To access the Profile Detail Info screen in View mode: Profile Detail Listing screen, View button To use the View button: Figure The View button. 1. Access the Profile Detail Listing screen. (Need help? See Accessing Profile Detail Listing Screen in this chapter.) 2. Click the View button in the column next to the element s description. The Profile Detail Info screen displays in View (read-only) mode. Profile Detail Info Screen - Data Fields The data fields on the Profile Detail Info screen are listed in Table 7-3. Table 7-3. Profile Detail Info screen data fields. Field Name Description Explanation REQUIRED. Enter the description for the value. This description is what displays in the list box for user selection. This field does not apply within the Access Commander System Parameters profile System Profile

210 Back to this Profile Detail Info Screen Field Name Value Explanation REQUIRED. Enter a unique alphanumeric value up to 5 characters. This is the data that is stored by the system. This identifier has to be unique within a profile header group, but not among different headers. The system will not allow deletion or modification of a profile value that is currently in use. Within the Clearance Owner profile header, the first two digits of the clearances values have to match the corresponding agency as defined in the Clearance Owner profile header. See Table 7-23, Clearance Owner and 7-28, ClearClassifications, for additional information. Default Check to indicate that this value is the default value that displays in the list box. There does not have to be a default. Only one detail item should be assigned as the default within each profile. If more than one is assigned, the system will use the first one in the list. The Default checkbox does not apply within the Access Commander System Parameters profile. N = the value is not the default. Y = the value is the default. S = applies only within the Access Commander System Parameters profile. Indicates that the selected parameter applies system-wide. System Profile 7-17

211 Profile Reports Screen Back to this Profile Reports Screen Overview The Profile Reports screen displays when you click the: Reports link on the Profile Header Listing screen The Profile Reports screen displays the preformatted reports available for the System Profile module. Figure The Profile Reports screen. The records upon which the selected report is based is determined by: Profile groups selected on the Profile Header Listing screen To include only a single profile group, or specific profile groups, in a report, check that record s checkbox(es) on the Profile Header Listing screen. Then, on the Profile Reports screen, select the Selected Row(s) radio button to include only the selected records in the report. Radio button selected on the Profile Reports screen Depending on the report selected, the applicable radio button(s) display: Selected Row(s) and All. For more information about reporting, see: Chapter 6, Report Profile in this guide Generating Reports in Chapter 3, Global How To s in the User s Manual 7-18 System Profile

212 Back to this List Boxes How To s List Boxes How To s In This Section 99 Add an Element to a List Box 99 Update a List Box Element 99 Delete a List Box Element 99 View a List Box Element s Info Screen 99 Maintain a List Box s Default Element Add an Element to a List Box g g You cannot create a new profile. However, you can create additional elements for an existing profile by following the steps below. To add an element to a list box: Profile Detail Listing screen, + Add New link g g Before making any changes to, deleting an existing list box element, or adding a new list box element, refer to the corresponding table to ensure that it is updatable. To use the + Add New link: Figure The + Add New link. 1. Access the Profile Header Listing screen. (Need help? See Profile Header Listing Screen in this chapter.) 2. Click the Select checkbox for the desired list box profile (e.g., ClearClassifications). The screen refreshes and the Profile Detail Listing screen for the list box displays. 3. Click the + Add New link. The Profile Detail Info screen displays in Add New mode. 4. Complete the Description and Value fields (both are required as indicated in red): Description description of the value that displays in the list box for user selection. Descriptions are automatically listed in alphabetical order on the Profile Detail Listing screen, and also in the list box. If Description field is left blank, it will automatically be listed first, both on the Profile Detail Listing screen and in the list box. The blank element will be the default value whether or not the Default checkbox is checked. System Profile 7-19

213 List Boxes How To s Back to this Value the data the computer stores. This can be up to 5 alphanumeric characters. This identifier has to be unique witin a profile header group, but no among different headers. 5. Check the Default checkbox if this value should display as the default in the list box. If the new element is blank, it will automatically be the default, regardless of its Default checkbox being checked, or if another element s checkbox is checked. There does not have to be a default. If no default is chosen (i.e., all Ns), the list box is blank (i.e., no default value displays). Only one detail item should be assigned as the default within each profile. If more than one is assigned, the system will use the first one in the list. 6. Click the Add button. The message, The information has been added. displays. 7. Click the Done button. The Profile Detail Listing screen displays. The new detail item displays highlighted (in black) in alphabetical order and its checkbox is checked. 8. To add another detail item, repeat from step 5 above. 9. To return to the Profile Header Listing screen, place the cursor on the Commands link. The options display. 10. Click the Back to Profile Listing option. The Profile Header Listing screen displays. The profile group record to which you added the new detail item displays highlighted (in black) with a checkmark in its checkbox. 11. To add an element for another list box, repeat from step 2 above. Update a List Box Element To update a list box element: Profile Detail Listing screen, Update button g g Before making any changes to, deleting an existing list box element, or adding a new list box element, refer to the corresponding table to ensure that it is updatable. The system will not allow modification of a profile value that is currently in use. To use the Update button: Figure The Update button. 1. Access the Profile Header Listing screen. (Need help? See Profile Header Listing Screen in this chapter.) 7-20 System Profile

214 Back to this List Boxes How To s 2. Check the Select checkbox for the desired list box profile (e.g., ClearClassifications). The screen refreshes and the Profile Detail Listing screen for the profile displays. 3. Click the Update button next to the element s description. The Profile Detail Listing screen displays. 4. Revise the Description field, if applicable. 5. Revise the Value field, if applicable. g g The system will not allow modification of a profile value that is currently in use. 6. Check or uncheck the Default checkbox, if applicable. There does not have to be a default. If no default is chosen (i.e., all Ns), the list box is blank (i.e., no default value displays). Only one detail item should be assigned as the default within each profile. If more than one is assigned, the system will use the first one in the list. 7. Click the Update button. The message, The information has been updated. displays. 8. Click the Done button. The Profile Detail Listing screen displays. The updated detail item displays highlighted (in black) and its checkbox is checked. 9. To update another element for this list box, repeat from step 3 above. 10. To return to the Profile Header Listing screen, place the cursor on the Commands link. The options display. 11. Click the Back to Profile Listing option. The Profile Header Listing screen displays. The profile group record for which you updated a detail item(s) displays highlighted (in black) with a checkmark in its checkbox. 12. To update an element for another list box profile, repeat from step 2 above. Delete a List Box Element g g The system will not allow deletion of a profile value that is currently in use. To delete an element from a list box: Profile Detail Listing screen, Delete button System Profile 7-21

215 List Boxes How To s Back to this To use the Delete button: Figure The Delete button. 1. Access the Profile Header Listing screen. (Need help? See Profile Header Listing Screen in this chapter.) 2. Check the Select checkbox for the desired list box profile (e.g., ClearClassifications). The screen refreshes and the Profile Detail Listing screen for the list box displays. 3. Click the Delete button next to the list box element s description. The Profile Detail Listing - Delete Confirmation screen displays. 4. Click the Go button (the Yes, delete command is the default). The confirmation pop-up message, The selected record(s) was/were successfully deleted. displays. g g If the profile value is currently in use, an error message displays in the pop-up (e.g., Error: Unable to delete the profile (Special Access Using This Value). 5. Click OK. The Profile Detail Listing screen displays. The list box element no longer displays. 6. To delete another list box element, repeat from step 3 above. 7. To return to the Profile Header Listing screen, place the cursor on the Commands link. The options display. 8. Click the Back to Profile Listing option. The Profile Header Listing screen displays. The list box profile record from which you deleted a list box element(s) displays highlighted (in black) with a checkmark in its checkbox. 9. To delete a list box element from another list box profile, repeat from step 2 above. View a List Box Element s Info Screen All of the list box element for a list box profile display in the columns on the Profile Detail Listing screen. You can also view them on the Profile Detail Info screen by following the steps below. To view a list box element s Profile Detail Info screen: Profile Detail Listing screen, View button 7-22 System Profile

216 Back to this List Boxes How To s To use the View button: Figure The View button. 1. Access the Profile Header Listing screen. (Need help? See Profile Header Listing Screen in this chapter.) 2. Check the Select checkbox for the desired list box element. The screen refreshes and the Profile Detail Listing screen for the list box profile displays. 3. Click the View button next to the list box element s description. The Profile Detail Info screen displays. 4. View the information. 5. Click the Exit button. The Profile Detail Listing screen displays. The viewed list box element displays highlighted (in black) and its checkbox is checked. 6. To view another list box element, repeat from step 3 above. 7. To return to the Profile Header Listing screen, place the cursor on the Commands link. The options display. 8. Click the Back to Profile Listing option. The Profile Header Listing screen displays. The list box profile record for which you viewed an element(s) displays highlighted (in black) with a checkmark in its checkbox. 9. To view an element for another list box profile, repeat from step 2 above. Maintain a List Box s Default Element To add/change/delete a list box s default element: Profile Detail Info screen, Default checkbox g g Before making any changes to a list box element, refer to the corresponding table to ensure that it is updatable. To use the Default check box: 1. Access the Profile Header Listing screen. (Need help? See Profile Header Listing Screen in this chapter.) 2. Click the Select checkbox for the desired list box profile (e.g., ClearClassifications). The screen refreshes and the Profile Detail Listing screen for the list box displays. 3. Review the default settings for each element in the Default column. A Y indicates that the Default checkbox is checked for the element on its Profile Detail Info screen. An N indicates that the Default System Profile 7-23

217 List Boxes How To s Back to this checkbox is not checked for the element on its Profile Detail Info screen. There does not have to be a default. Only one detail item should be assigned as the default within each profile. If more than one is assigned, the system will use the first one in the list. 4. Determine for which element(s) the Default checkbox needs to be checked/unchecked. 5. Click the Update button next to the first element s description for which the Default checkbox setting needs to be changed The Profile Detail Info screen for the element displays. 6. Check/uncheck the Default checkbox, as applicable. 7. Click the Update button. The message, The information has been updated. displays. 8. Click the Done button. The Profile Detail Listing screen displays. The updated element displays highlighted (in black) and its checkbox is checked. 9. To revise the Default checkbox setting for additional elements, if any, repeat from step 5 above. 10. Review the default settings for each element in the Default column one again to confirm that the settings were changed correctly. 11. To return to the Profile Header Listing screen, place the cursor on the Commands link. The options display. 12. Click the Back to Profile Listing option. The Profile Header Listing screen displays. The list box profile group for which you changed the default element displays highlighted (in black) with a checkmark in its checkbox. 13. To maintain the default element for another list box, repeat from step 2 above System Profile

218 Back to this System Parameters How To s System Parameters How To s In This Section 99 Update System Parameters 99 View System Parameters Update a System Parameter g g Changing values within the Access Commander System Parameters profile must be done with great care because the behavior of the system can be greatly impacted. In some cases, the system could stop functioning correctly. To update a system parameter: Profile Detail Listing screen, Update button g g Before making any changes to a system parameter, refer to the corresponding parameter in Table 7-4 and read the comments provided in the Comments column. Some parameters should not be changed at all and some only after contacting MathCraft support. To use the Update button: Figure The Update button. 1. Access the Profile Header Listing screen. (Need help? See Profile Header Listing Screen in this chapter.) 2. Check the Select checkbox for Access Commander System Parameters. The screen refreshes and the Profile Detail Listing screen displays. 3. Locate the parameter in the list and review its current value in the Value column. 4. Locate the parameter in Table 7-4. Access Commander System Parameters and review the Comments for it. Based on the instructions given, continue with the next step or contact MathCraft support for clarification/assistance. 5. Click the Update button next to the parameter. The Profile Detail Listing screen displays. 6. Make the needed revision, referring to the Comments for the parameter in Table 7-4: Description brief description of the parameter s purpose. Should not be changed. Value for the majority of the parameters, this will be either Y for yes (i.e., active), or N for no (i.e., not System Profile 7-25

219 System Parameters How To s Back to this active). Default checkbox - does not apply. Leave as is. 7. Click the Update button. The message, The information has been updated. displays. 8. Click the Done button. The Profile Detail Listing screen displays. The updated parameter displays highlighted (in black) and its checkbox is checked. 9. To update another parameter, repeat from step 3 above. 10. To return to the Profile Header Listing screen, place the cursor on the Commands link. The options display. 11. Click the Back to Profile Listing option. The Profile Header Listing screen displays. The Access Commander System Parameters row displays highlighted (in black) with a checkmark in its checkbox. View (Read-Only) a System Parameter All of the data fields for a parameter display in the columns on the Profile Detail Listing screen. You can also view them on the Profile Detail Info screen by following the steps below. To view the a parameter s Profile Detail Info screen: Profile Detail Listing screen, View button To use the View button: Figure The View button. 1. Access the Profile Header Listing screen. (Need help? See Profile Header Listing Screen in this chapter.) 2. Check the Select checkbox for Access Commander System Parameters. The screen refreshes and the Profile Detail Listing screen displays. 3. Click the View button next to the parameter. The Profile Detail Info screen displays. 4. View the information. 5. Click the Exit button. The Profile Detail Listing screen displays. The viewed parameter displays highlighted (in black) and its checkbox is checked. 6. To view another parameter s Profile Detail Info screen, repeat from step 5 above System Profile

220 Back to this System Parameters How To s 7. To return to the Profile Header Listing screen, place the cursor on the Commands link. The options display. 8. Click the Back to Profile Listing option. The Profile Header Listing screen displays. The Access Commander System Parameters row displays highlighted (in black) with a checkmark in its checkbox. System Profile 7-27

221 User Defined Fields (UDFs) How To s Back to this User Defined Fields (UDFs) How To s In This Section 99 Configure a Date UDF 99 Configure a Data Entry UDF 99 Configure a Text Box UDF 99 Configure a Drop-Down List Box UDF 99 Hide a UDF User Defined Field (UDF) Types There are four types of UDFs: Date Data entry Drop down lists Text entry box UDFs do not display on the corresponding Info screen until their default Description has been revised. After a UDF has been configured and is displaying on the Info screen, it may be further customized by a System Admin using the Setup Screen link on the Info screen. Refer to Chapter 3, System Utilities, Customize Info Screen Fields section, for information about showing/hiding screen fields, making fields required, formatting field text, and customizing a field s name. Table lists the UDF profiles by module, the type of UDF fields available for configuration within the modules, and the Info screen/tab on which the field displays System Profile

222 Back to this User Defined Fields (UDFs) How To s Configure a Date UDF Figure UDF date field example on the Profile Detail Listing screen. The system profiles that include the option to create date UDFs (Value = DT#) are: ClearanceDODUDF ClearanceNonDODUDF ContractUDF International Incoming VAL UDF International Incoming Visitor UDF International Non-VAL UDF International Outgoing VAL Contract Facility UDF International Outgoing VAL Government Facility UDF International Outgoing VAL UDF Figure UDF date field example. To create a date UDF: Profile Detail Info screen, Description field System Profile 7-29

223 User Defined Fields (UDFs) How To s Back to this g g Date user defined fields are designated by the Value DT#. For a list of all UDF profiles by module, see Table Refer to Chapter 3, System Utilities, Customize Info Screen Fields section, for information about showing/hiding screen fields, making fields required, formatting field text, and customizing a field s name. To use the Update button: 1. Access the Profile Header Listing screen. (Need help? See Profile Header Listing Screen in this chapter.) 2. Check the Select checkbox for the desired UDF profile (e.g., ClearanceDODUDF). The screen refreshes and the Profile Detail Listing screen for the profile displays with the available UDF fields. 3. Click the Update button next to one of the element s description (e.g., HIDDEN) for which the Value = DT#. The Profile Detail Listing screen displays. 4. Revise the Description field with the name of the date field that will display on the corresponding Info screen. 5. Do not revise the Value field. 6. Leave the Default checkbox unchecked. It does not apply to date fields. 7. Click the Update button. The message, The information has been updated. displays. 8. Click the Done button. The Profile Detail Listing screen displays. The updated detail item displays highlighted (in black) and its checkbox is checked. The updated description (date field name) displays in the Description column. The newly configured date UDF displays on the corresponding Info screen. 9. To configure another date UDF for this profile, repeat from step 3 above. 10. To return to the Profile Header Listing screen, place the cursor on the Commands link. The Back to Profile Listing option displays. 11. Click the Back to Profile Listing option. The Profile Header Listing screen displays. 12. To configure a date UDF for a different UDF profile, repeat from step 2 above. 13. Access the Info screen(s) to validate that the UDF field(s) was/were correctly configured System Profile

224 Back to this User Defined Fields (UDFs) How To s Configure a Data Entry UDF Figure UDF data entry example on the Profile Detail Listing screen. The system profiles that include the option to create date UDFs (Value = FD# as shown in Figure 7-23) are: ClearanceDODUDF ClearanceNonDODUDF ConferenceUDF ContractUDF DocUDF EmployeeUDF FacilityUDF International Incoming VAL UDF International Incoming Visitor UDF International Non-VAL UDF International Outgoing VAL Contract Facility UDF International Outgoing VAL Government Facility UDF International Outgoing VAL UDF PropertyUDF SponsorProgramUDF VisitorUDF VisitReqUDF Figure UDF data entry field example. System Profile 7-31

225 User Defined Fields (UDFs) How To s Back to this To configure a data entry UDF: Profile Detail Info screen, Description field g g Data entry user defined fields are designated by the Value FD#. For a list of all UDF profiles by module, see Table Refer to Chapter 3, System Utilities, Customize Info Screen Fields section, for information about showing/hiding screen fields, making fields required, formatting field text, and customizing a field s name. To use the Update button: 1. Access the Profile Header Listing screen. (Need help? See Profile Header Listing Screen in this chapter.) 2. Check the Select checkbox for the desired UDF profile (e.g., ClearanceDODUDF). The screen refreshes and the Profile Detail Listing screen for the profile displays with the available UDF fields. 3. Click the Update button next to one of the element s description (e.g., HIDDEN) for which the Value = FD#. The Profile Detail Listing screen displays. 4. Revise the Description field with the name of the data entry field that will display on the corresponding Info screen. 5. Do not revise the Value field. 6. Leave the Default checkbox unchecked. It does not apply to data entry fields. 7. Click the Update button. The message, The information has been updated. displays. 8. Click the Done button. The Profile Detail Listing screen displays. The updated detail item displays highlighted (in black) and its checkbox is checked. The updated description (data entry field name) displays in the Description column. The newly configured data entry UDF displays on the corresponding Info screen. 9. To configure another data entry UDF for this profile, repeat from step 3 above. 10. To return to the Profile Header Listing screen, place the cursor on the Commands link. The Back to Profile Listing option displays. 11. Click the Back to Profile Listing option. The Profile Header Listing screen displays. 12. To configure a date UDF for a different UDF profile, repeat from step 2 above. 13. Access the Info screen(s) to validate that the UDF field(s) was/were correctly configured System Profile

226 Back to this User Defined Fields (UDFs) How To s Configure a Text Entry Box UDF Figure UDF text entry example on the Profile Detail Listing screen. The system profiles that include the option to create text entry box UDFs (Value = TX# as shown in Figure 7-25) are: International Incoming VAL UDF International Incoming Visitor UDF International Non-VAL UDF International Outgoing VAL Contract Facility UDF International Outgoing VAL Government Facility UDF International Outgoing VAL UDF Figure UDF text entry box example. To create a text entry box UDF: Profile Detail Info screen, Description field System Profile 7-33

227 User Defined Fields (UDFs) How To s Back to this g g Text entry box user defined fields are designated by the Value TX#. For a list of all UDF profiles by module, see Table Refer to Chapter 3, System Utilities, Customize Info Screen Fields section, for information about showing/hiding screen fields, making fields required, formatting field text, and customizing a field s name. To use the Update button: 1. Access the Profile Header Listing screen. (Need help? See Profile Header Listing Screen in this chapter.) 2. Check the Select checkbox for the desired UDF profile (e.g., ClearanceDODUDF). The screen refreshes and the Profile Detail Listing screen for the profile displays with the available UDF fields. 3. Click the Update button next to one of the element s description (e.g., HIDDEN) for which the Value = TX#. The Profile Detail Listing screen displays. 4. Revise the Description field with the name of the text entry box that will display on the corresponding Info screen. 5. Do not revise the Value field. 6. Leave the Default checkbox unchecked. It does not apply to text entry boxes. 7. Click the Update button. The message, The information has been updated. displays. 8. Click the Done button. The Profile Detail Listing screen displays. The updated detail item displays highlighted (in black) and its checkbox is checked. The updated description (text entry box name) displays in the Description column. When applicable, the text entries will be reordered in alphabetical order by Description. The newly configured text entry box UDF displays on the corresponding Info screen. 9. To configure another text entry box UDF for this profile, repeat from step 3 above. 10. To return to the Profile Header Listing screen, place the cursor on the Commands link. The Back to Profile Listing option displays. 11. Click the Back to Profile Listing option. The Profile Header Listing screen displays. 12. To configure a text entry box UDF for a different UDF profile, repeat from step 2 above. 13. Access the Info screen(s) to validate that the UDF field(s) was/were correctly configured System Profile

228 Back to this User Defined Fields (UDFs) How To s Configure a Drop-Down List Box UDF Figure UDF drop-down list box example on the Profile Detail Listing screen. The system profiles that include the option to create drop-down list box UDFs (Value = DD# as shown in Figure 7-27) are: International Incoming VAL UDF (corresponding profiles are International Incoming VAL - Drop Down 1 through 5) International Incoming Visitor UDF (corresponding profiles are International Non-VAL Drop Down 1 through 5) International Non-VAL UDF (corresponding profiles are International Non-VAL Drop Down 1 through 5) International Outgoing VAL Contract Facility UDF (corresponding profiles are International Outgoing VAL Contract Facility Drop Down 1 through 5) International Outgoing VAL Government Facility UDF (corresponding profiles are International Outgoing VAL Government Facility Drop Down 1 through 5) International Outgoing VAL UDF (corresponding profiles are International Outgoing VAL Drop Down 1 through 5) SAM UDF (corresponding profiles are SAM Drop Down 1 through 5) After the drop-down list box has been configured, the list box elements must also be configured. Then the drop-down will display on the corresponding Info screen, as shown in Figure 7-x. Figure UDF drop-down list box and elements example. System Profile 7-35

229 User Defined Fields (UDFs) How To s Back to this To create a drop-down list box UDF: Profile Detail Info screen, Description field To use the Update button: 1. Access the Profile Header Listing screen. (Need help? See Profile Header Listing Screen in this chapter.) 2. Check the Select checkbox for the desired UDF profile (e.g., SAM UDF). The screen refreshes and the Profile Detail Listing screen for the profile displays with the available UDF fields. 3. Click the Update button next to one of the element s drop-down list box descriptions (e.g., HIDDEN) for which the Value = DD#. The Profile Detail Listing screen displays. 4. Revise the Description field with the name of the drop-down list box that will display on the corresponding Info screen. 5. Do not revise the Value field. 6. Leave the Default checkbox unchecked. It does not apply to these fields. 7. Click the Update button. The message, The information has been updated. displays. 8. Click the Done button. The Profile Detail Listing screen displays. The updated detail item displays highlighted (in black) and its checkbox is checked. The updated description (date field name) displays in the Description column. 9. Place the cursor on the Commands link. The Back to Profile Listing option displays. 10. Click the Back to Profile Listing option. The Profile Header Listing screen displays. 11. Locate and check the Select checkbox for the corresponding Drop Down UDF profile. For example, if you configured DD1 in the SAM UDF profile, you ll need to configure the list box choices in the corresponding profile SAM - Drop Down 1. The screen refreshes and the Profile Detail Listing screen for the profile displays. 12. Click the Update button for the default element (Description = N/A, Value = N/A). The Profile Detail Listing screen displays. 13. Revise the Description field with the drop-down list box element that will display for the list box. 14. Enter the appropriate value in the Value field. 15. Check the Default checkbox if this list element should display as the default. 16. Click the Update button. The message, The information has been updated. displays. 17. Click the Done button. The Profile Detail Listing screen displays. The updated detail item displays highlighted (in black) and its checkbox is checked System Profile

230 Back to this User Defined Fields (UDFs) How To s The updated description displays in the Description column and the system value in the Value column. The newly configured drop-down list box and the element displays on the corresponding Info screen. 18. Add the needed list box elements: Click the + Add New button. Enter the Description and Value. Check the Default checkbox for the applicable element. Click the Update, then Done button. When applicable, the drop-down list box elements will be reordered in alphabetical order by Description. The newly configured elements will also display in the drop-down list box on the corresponding Info screen. 19. To configure another drop-down list box UDF for this profile, repeat from step 3 above. 20. To return to the Profile Header Listing screen, place the cursor on the Commands link. The Back to Profile Listing option displays. 21. Click the Back to Profile Listing option. The Profile Header Listing screen displays. 22. To configure a drop-down list box UDF for a different UDF profile, repeat from step 2 above. 23. Access the Info screen(s) to validate that the UDF field(s) was/were correctly configured. Hide a UDF To hide a UDF field that s been configured and is displaying on an Info screen: Profile Detail Info screen, Description field g g For a list of all UDF profiles by module, see Table Fields on most Info screens can also be hidden by using the Setup Screen link on the corresponding Info screen. Refer to Chapter 3, System Utilities, Customize Info Screen Fields section, for information about showing/hiding screen fields, making fields required, formatting field text, and customizing a field s name. Changes made this way override any changes made in the profile. To use the Update button: 1. Access the Profile Header Listing screen. (Need help? See Profile Header Listing Screen in this chapter.) 2. Check the Select checkbox for the desired UDF profile (e.g., ClearanceDODUDF). The screen refreshes and the Profile Detail Listing screen for the profile displays with the available UDF fields. 3. Click the Update button next to the element s description which should no longer display on the Info screen. The Profile Detail Listing screen displays. 4. Revise the Description field with the default (e.g., HIDDEN). 5. Do not revise the Value field. 6. Leave the Default checkbox unchecked. It does not apply to data entry fields. System Profile 7-37

231 User Defined Fields (UDFs) How To s Back to this 7. Click the Update button. The message, The information has been updated. displays. 8. Click the Done button. The Profile Detail Listing screen displays. The updated detail item displays highlighted (in black) and its checkbox is checked. The updated description displays in the Description column. The UDF should no longer display on the corresponding Info screen. 9. To hide another UDF for this profile, repeat from step 3 above. 10. To return to the Profile Header Listing screen, place the cursor on the Commands link. The Back to Profile Listing option displays. 11. Click the Back to Profile Listing option. The Profile Header Listing screen displays. 12. To hide a UDF for a different UDF profile, repeat from step 2 above. 13. Access the Info screen(s) to validate that the UDF field(s) was/were correctly hidden System Profile

232 Back to this System Profile Reporting How To System Profile Reporting How To In This Section 99 Generate a System Profile Report Generate a System Profile Report To generate a System Profile report: Profile Report screen, report to generate is selected, Go button (Run Report is the default command) To use the Go button: Figure The Run Report command and Go button on the Profile Reports screen. 1. Access the Profile Header Listing screen. (Need help? See Profile Header Listing Screen in this chapter.) 2. If the report should include only a particular profile group, or group of profiles, check the Select checkbox(es) for that/those profile group(s). The screen refreshes and the profile group(s) display(s) highlighted (in black) with a checkmark(s) in the checkbox(es). 3. Click the Reports link. The Profile Reports screen displays. 4. Check the Select checkbox for the desired report. The screen refreshes and the report displays highlighted (in black) with a checkmark in the checkbox. The applicable Report on radio buttons display in the top left-hand corner, and the Command default changed to Run Report in the top right-hand corner. 5. Select the appropriate radio button if the one that is preselected is not correct. System Profile 7-39

233 System Profile Reporting How To Back to this 6. Click the Go button (the Run Report command is the default). The report displays. 7. View, print, and/or export the report as needed. (Need help? See Generating Reports in Chapter 3, Global How To s in the User s Manual.) 8. Click the Return button. The Profile Reports screen displays. 9. To generate another report, repeat from step 4 above. 10. To return to the Profile Header Listing screen, click the Go button (the Return to Profile Header Listing command is the default). The Profile Header Listing screen displays. 11. To generate additional reports, repeat from step 2 above System Profile

234 Back to this System Parameters Table System Parameters Table Customizing and maintaining the System Parameters is one of the critical tasks of a System Administrator. Changing values within the Access Commander System Parameters profile must be done with great care because the behavior of the system can be greatly impacted. In some cases, the system could stop functioning correctly. Table 7-4 lists and describes the System Parameters. It includes: Row # - Row number in which the parameter displays on the Profile Detail Listing screen for System Parameters. Description - short name of the parameter. Values - the setting of the parameter at system installation. For the majority of parameters, this is either Y for Yes or N for No. Default - this setting is reserved for MathCraft technical support modification only. Comments - Explanations and, in some cases, instructions for each parameter. g g The System Parameters are subject to change without prior notice. Please contact MathCraft Support for clarification, as needed. Table 7-4. Access Commander System Parameters. Access Commander System Parameters Row # Description Value Default Comments RAS N Default IP address of the report application server. Contact MathCraft Support before changing the IP address. The value (i.e., RAS) should never be changed RPORT N The value (i.e., RPORT) should never be changed. 3 Add System Maintenance Menu to User N N No longer used. Kept for older version compatibility. Profile Listing 4 Allow Flexible Password Y N Applies to the Login screen. Value may be changed. 5 Allow People Clearance/Access to be modified in VALs When Value = Y, users are forced to use the unrestricted password scheme. Y N Applies to the Outgoing Visit Request module. Value may be changed. When Value = Y, users are able modify the investigation type and date in Outgoing VALs for people who have multiple investigation types/dates. System Profile 7-41

235 System Parameters Table Back to this Access Commander System Parameters Row # Description Value Default Comments 6 Allow Selecting the Facility to Transmit Docs N N Applies to the document transmittal process in the Document Management module. Value may be changed. When Value = N, the default facility for source facility (From Facility Code field on the Document Listing - Assign to New Transmittal Certificate and Document Transmittal Info screen) in transmittal certificates is the facility from the documents being transmitted. The user can t select a different facility. 7 Always Force to Pick a Sequence on Generated Number Fields (Doc #, Cert #...) When Value = Y, users can select a different facility from the From Facility Code list box. Y N Applies to modules containing generated number fields: Document Management, Facility Info, Property Management and Training and Conferences. When Value = Y, users must select a sequence from the available sequences. They cannot enter characters in the field. 8 Always PRINT Full Clearance(s) in VALs N N Only used in the older version of the standard VALs. Applies to the Outgoing Visit Request module. 9 Always PRINT Full Special Access(es) in VALs 10 [installed drive]:\accesscommander_v2 (or V3)/Reports When Value = Y, the system forces the VAL to print all the clearances an employee cleared. N N Only used in the older version of the standard VALs. Applies to the Outgoing Visit Request module. When Value = Y, the system forces the VAL to print all the accesses an employee briefed. RPT N Path for Crystal Report files when the Stop Using RAS Server Value=Y in the Web Session Parameters profile (see Table 7-222). Applies to earlier installations of A/C utilizing the Crystal Report Server. Contact MathCraft Support before changing the path. The value (i.e., RPT) should never be changed. 11 [installed drive]:/accesscommander_v2 (or V3)/server/default/acdata/ When the Stop Using RAS Server Value=N in the Web Session Parameters profile (see Table 7-222) this Description is C:\Program Files\Crystal Decision\Report Application Server 9\Reports UPL N Applies when A/C is running on a JBOSS server. If your web server is not JBOSS, please contact MathCraft Support. Contact MathCraft Support before changing the path. The value (i.e., UPL) should never be changed System Profile

236 Back to this System Parameters Table Access Commander System Parameters Row # Description Value Default Comments 12 Check active visits when assigning visitors to conferences Y N Applies to the Training & Conferences module. When Value = Y, users can assign a visitor to conferences only if the visitor has an active visit. 13 Check CageCode When Assign Property Y Y Applies to the Property Management and Personnel Management modules. Value may be changed. 14 Check Clearance When Assigning People to International Incoming VALs 15 Check Facility Verification Info when Assigning VALs and Transmittal Certs 16 Check special access(es) when assigning people to contract When Value = N, users can assign property to people whose host facility code is different from the user s host facility code. N N Applies to the International Incoming VALs module. When Value = N, the system allows the visitor assignment process to ignore the accesses. Y N Applies to the Outgoing Visit Request and Document Management modules. Value may be changed. When Value = N, users can assign VALs and Transmittal Certificates to facililties that are not verified. Y N Applies to the Contract Management and Personnel Management modules. Value may be changed. 17 Confirm when leaving Detail Data Entry screens When Value = N, the system allows the employee contract assignment process to ignore the accesses. Y N Applies to all Info screens. Value may be changed. When Value = Y, the system displays a warning popup window when the user is trying to leave a detail screen. The message is, Leaving this screen may discard unsaved data. Are you sure? The user can click the OK or Cancel button. 18 Contract - Set Items 11a-c Exclusively N N Applies to the Contract Management module. Value may be changed. 19 Dashboard - Track In Process DOD Clearances When Value = Y, the system forces items 11a-c in Contract, Sub Contract, DD254 screens to be set exclusively. Y N Applies to the dashboard display. When Value = Y, the user can generate the Dashboard Details - In Process DOD Clearances by Facility chart from the dashboard. 20 Do Not Use Sponsor Program Subsystem Y N No longer used. Kept for older version compatibility. 21 Document Copy # Starts At 1 Y N Applies to the Document Management module. Value may be changed. When Value = N, the system forces the original document copy # to start at 0. System Profile 7-43

237 System Parameters Table Back to this Access Commander System Parameters Row # Description Value Default Comments 22 Enable Post Assignment Access Check Y N Applies to the Personnel Management and Visitor Control modules. Value may be changed. When Value = Y, the system prevents users from adding/updating special accesses when it may cause problems for existing assignment transactions. 23 Force Access Level Y N Not applicable. To be removed in a future version. 24 Force CageCode Segmentation Y N Applies systemwide. The value may be changed. When Value = Y, the data in the system is segmented by Facility Code. For more information see the Facility ID Segmentation section in Chapter 4, Facility Info. 25 Generate SAM Area ID from Sequence(s) N N Applies to the Secured Area Management module. Value may be changed. When the Value = Y, authorized users can set up a sequence for the Area ID field on the Secured Area Management Info screen. 26 Hide Poly section in the Clearance Screen N N Applies to the Personnel Management and Visitor Control modules. Value may be changed. 27 Hide Poly section in the Special Access Screen 28 Inactivate Clearance(s)/Special Access(es) when Inactivating Employee(s) When the Value = N, the: Following fields display on the Non-DOD Clearance Info screen, Non-DOD Clearance Info tab: Polygraph 1, Polygraph 2, and for both the Date, By, and Type fields. Y N Applies to the Personnel Management and Visitor Control modules. Value may be changed. When the Value = N, the: Poly By checkbox and listbox, Poly Date list box and Poly Date field display on the Special Access Info screen, Special Access Info tab N N Applies to the Personnel Management module. Value may be changed. When the Value = Y, the system will automatically inactivate all active clearances and special accesses when the Inactive status is selected from the Status field on the Personnel Info screen, Employee tab. 29 Keep Contract # When Xmit Docs N S No longer used. Kept for older version compatibility. 30 Keep Custodian When Xmit/Destr Docs N S Applies to the transmittal and destruction processes in the Document Management module. Value may be changed. When Value = Y, the custodian, if assigned, is kept the same when a document is transmitted or destroyed System Profile

238 Back to this System Parameters Table Access Commander System Parameters Row # Description Value Default Comments 31 Keep the Received Date when assigning documents to custodians N N Applies to the Document Management, Personnel Management and Visitor Control modules. The Value should always = N for version 2.14 or later. This date used to be kept as the date of the last document-custodian assignment because this type of transaction history was not tracked in versions earlier than Max # of Records Allowed In Listing 100 N Applies to Search for Assignment screens (e.g., Property Search for Assignment). Value may be changed. This Value sets the maximum number of records allowed to be returned when users search for records in assignment transactions). When the maximum is exceeded, users see the message, Max # records (#) allowed reached! (of #), e.g., Max # records (100) allowed reached! (of 157). 33 Max # of Records/Page In Listing 12 N Applies to all Listing screens. Value may be changed. This Value sets the maximum number of records displayed per screen for Listing screens. 34 Max DB Block Timeout (seconds) 120 S Applies systemwide. Do not change. 35 Max Number of Employees Allowed per Internation Outgoing VAL(-1=unlimited) 36 Max Number of Records Allowed per International Incoming VAL(-1=unlimited) 37 Max Number of Records Returned in Adhoc Queries(-1=unlimited) This flag should be set to 120 (for 2 minutes) to let the system know that the max amount of time allowed for a request is 2 minutes. It prevents the system from locking up other users, which causes a system restart. 250 N Applies to the International Outgoing VAL module. This Value sets the maximum number of employees allowed to be assigned to a VAL. 250 N Applies to the International Incoming VAL module. This Value sets the maximum number of visitors allowed to be assigned to a VAL N Applies to the ADHOC Query module. This Value sets the maximum number of records allowed to be returned when users search for records in ADHOC Query transactions. 38 Max Upload File Size (MB) 5 N Applies to all A/C modules that include Associated Document upload functionality. This Value sets the maximum file size when users upload Associated Documents. 39 N/A RPATH N Not applicable. To be removed in a future version. System Profile 7-45

239 System Parameters Table Back to this Access Commander System Parameters Row # Description Value Default Comments 40 Pass Conference Attendees to VisiCommander Expected Visitors Y Y Applies to facilities using ViSi Commander as well as Access Commander, and for which the ViSi Commander Meeting Pre-Registration function is licensed and enabled. 41 Pass Incoming Visitors to VisiCommander Expected Visitors When Value = Y, conference attendees entered in the Training and Conference module are passed to the VISi Commander Check In module as an Expected Visitor. N N Applies to facilities using ViSi Commander as well as Access Commander, and for which the ViSi Commander Meeting Pre-Registration function is licensed and enabled. When Value = Y, incoming visitors entered in the Incoming Visit Request module are passed to the VISi Commander Check In module as an Expected Visitor. 42 Print Document Assignment Receipt Y S Applies to the Document Management module. Value may be changed. 43 Refresh Interval (in seconds) for Main Menu When Value = Y, a hand receipt is issued when a document is assigned to a user. 90 N Applies to the Main Menu. Value may be changed. In the newer version for Jboss servers, the system can send a broadcast to all users. This parameter is set (typically 15-30) for the Main Menu screen to refresh to see if there are any pending broadcast messages, and display them. 44 Require Clearance to Add Access(es) N N Not applicable. To be removed in a future version. 45 ReUse Password N N Applies to the Login screen. Value may be changed. 46 Select default facility in Personnel Selection Screen When Value = Y, the system allows users to reuse old passwords. N N Applies to the Personnel Search and Advanced Personnel Search screens. Value may be changed. When Value = Y, the default facility code is preselected as a search criterion in the Facility Code field on the Personnel Search and Advanced Personnel Search screens. 47 Set Default CageCode in Detailed Screen Y N Applies to all Info screens. Value may be changed. When Value = Y, the default facility code populates in the Facility Code fields on Info screens in Add New mode. 48 Set Default CageCode in Selection Screen N N Applies to all Search screens. Value may be changed. When Value = Y, the default facility code populates in the Facility Code fields on Search screens System Profile

240 Back to this System Parameters Table Access Commander System Parameters Row # Description Value Default Comments 49 Set Employment Facility Updatable When Assign User(s) Y N Applies to a user s default facility update access when assigning users in the User Profile module. 50 Show Clearance Reinvestigation Info In Personnel Screen When Value = Y, a system user who is not given System Administrator privileges when being assigned to the system, is given Update access to his/her own employment facility (in employee record). N N Applies to the Personnel Management module. Value may be changed. When Value = Y, the system allows the Reinvestigation Date to display on the Special Access Info screen in the Rebrief Date field when completion of the corresponding training is indicated in the Training & Conferences module. 51 Show Contract Reciprocity checkbox Y N Applies to the Contract Administration module. Value may be changed. When Value = Y, the Reciprocity? checkbox displays on the Contract Info screen in Add New mode, and on the Contract tab when in Update mode. 52 Single Document Assignment Y S Applies to the Document Management, Property Management, Personnel Management and Visitor Control modules. Value may be changed. When Value = Y, the system allows only one person to be assigned to a document. 53 Single Property Assignment N S Applies to the Property Management, Personnel Management and Visitor Control modules. Value may be changed. When Value = N, multiple persons may be assigned to property. 54 Sort Associated Docs by File Date Y N Applies systemwide. Value may be changed. When Value = Y, the files added to the Associated Doc(s) section in a module will be sorted by the file date (otherwise the sort default is the order in which the files were added). 55 Tracking URL Y N System defined value. Do not modify. 56 Update PI information from JPAS N N Applies to the Import and Refresh JPAS Data to Access Commander process. Leave this parameter set to N unless instructed by MathCraft support to do otherwise. When Value = N, the JPAS import process will not update the PI information in the Personnel Data. 57 Use CPRL features for NSA Contract(s) Y N Applies to NSA contracts in the Contract Management module. Value may be changed. When Value = Y, the CPRL feature is turned on for TS/NSA SI. System Profile 7-47

241 System Parameters Table Back to this Access Commander System Parameters Row # Description Value Default Comments 58 Use FOCI_ITAR Y N Applies to the Personnel Management, Visitor Control and Training & Conferences modules. Value may be changed. When Value = Y, the FOCI/ITAR checkbox displays on the Personnel Info screen, Employee tab and the Visitor Info screen, Visitor Info tab, and the Training/Conference Info screen, Training & Conference tab. 59 Use International Visitor Modules Y N Applies to the International Outgoing VAL, International Incoming VAL and International Visitor Control modules. Value may be changed. When Value = Y, the International Outgoing VAL, International Incoming VAL and International Visitor Control modules display on, and can be accessed from, the Main Menu and the System Admin menu bar link. 60 Use New JPAS like Clearance Screen Y Y Applies to the Personnel Management and Visitor Control modules. This value may be changed. When Value = Y, the system uses a different DOD Clearance screen which is more like JPAS. When Value = N, date and data entry UDF fields may be configured in the ClearanceDODUDF profile. The fields display on the DOD Clearance Info screen, Remarks/Customized Info tab. 61 Use new special access rules Y N Leave this parameter set to N unless instructed by MathCraft support to do otherwise. 62 Use Other 3.0 New Features Y N When Value = Y, the V3 features will be activated. When Value = N, the V2 features are active. 63 Use the new Advanced Personnel Search screen Y N Applies to the Personnel Management module. Value may be changed. When Value = Y, the V3 version of this screen displays. When Value = N, the V2 version of this screen displays. 64 Use the new Contract screen Y N Applies to the Contract Administration module. Value may be changed. When Value = Y, the V3 version of this screen displays. When Value = N, the V2 version of this screen displays System Profile

242 Back to this System Parameters Table Access Commander System Parameters Row # Description Value Default Comments 65 Use the new Outgoing Visit Request screen N N Applies to the Outgoing Visit Request module. Value may be changed. When Value = Y, the Security POC and Tech. POC fields display (i.e., name, Phone, Fax and ) after the To Facility is selected. The data, if entered in the corresponding fields (i.e., VAL Sec POC, VAL Tech POC, Phone, Fax, ) on the Facility Info screen, Physical/Mailing Address tab, auto populates in the fields. Also, the NDA Date field does not display on the Program Info tab. 66 Use the new Special Access screen Y N Applies to the Personnel Management and Visitor Control modules. Value may be changed. 67 Use the new Visitor input screen in Incoming VAL 68 Zero-Filled Document Copy Number Length When Value = Y, the AccessUDF profile may be used to configure date and/or data entry UDFs. Once configured, the UDF field(s) will display on the Special Access Info screen, Special Access Info tab. NOTE: Seven of the UDF fields are preconfigured and should not be changed. See Table AccessUDF for more information. Y N Applies to the Incoming Visit Request module. Value may be changed. When Value = Y, the V3 version of the New Visitor screen displays. When Value = N, the V2 version of this screen displays. 4 N Applies to the document copy process in the Document Management module. The Copy number displays in the Copy column on the Document Listing and Document Copy screens. Value may be changed. The Value determines the length of the significant digits for the Copy Number. For example, when Value = 4, copies will numbered 0001, 0002, etc. System Profile 7-49

243 System Profile Elements Tables Back to this System Profile Elements Tables Tables 7-5 through list and describe the profile elements in each group. These settings determine the: Values that display in the drop-down list boxes throughout the Access Commander system Headers that display for User Defined Fields (UDFs), including drop-down list boxes, date fields, data entry fields, and text boxes Ignored Accesses settings System defined values that cannot be modified The tables include: Description - for list boxes, this is what displays in the list for user selection. For most list boxes, an element can be added, deleted, and updated. However, there are some exceptions. Please refer to the Comments column for special instructions. Values - this is a required field. The value must be a unique alphanumeric value up to 5 characters. This is the data that is stored by the system. This identifier has to be unique within a profile header group, but not among different headers. Values that are currently in use in the system cannot be deleted. Default - Applies only for list boxes and drop-down list box UDFs. A Y indicates that the value is the default value that displays in the list box. There does not have to be a default. Only one detail item should be assigned as the default within each profile. If more than one is assigned, the system will use the first one in the list. Some values should not be changed. Please refer to the Comments for special instructions. Comments - Explanations and/or instructions for a profile, when applicable. g g The profiles are subject to change without prior notice. Please contact MathCraft Support for clarification, as needed. Table 7-5. Access Granted By. Access Granted By (Row #2) - May Be Modified Agency granting Special Access list box elements Add applicable agencies (e.g. DISCO, DOD, DSS, NATO, NRO, NSA, USAF) Modules Used: 1. Incoming Visit Request (New Visitor screen, Clearance/Access tab, Granted By list boxes for Special Access 1, Special Access 2, Special Access 3, Special Access 4, and Special Access 5) 2. Personnel Management (Special Access Info screen > Special Access Info tab > Granted By list box) 3. Visitor Control (Special Access Info screen > Special Access Info tab > Granted By list box) Description Value Default Comments DISCO DISCO N Original installed setting System Profile

244 Back to this System Profile Elements Tables Table 7-6. Access Map. Access Map (Row #3)- Do Not Modify Description: Map used by JPAS. Do Not Modify Modules Used: JPAS Data/Import Refresh Table 7-7. Access Sponsors. Access Sponsors (Row #4) - May Be Modified (see Comments for exception) Sponsor for Special Accesses list box elements Delete those that do not apply. Modules Used: 1. Personnel Management (Special Access Info screen > Special Access Info tab > Sponsor list box) 2. Visitor Control (Special Access Info screen > Special Access Info tab > Sponsor list box) Description Value Default Comments AS&T S1 N COO S2 N Original installed settings. FASTMAX S3 N FIA S4 N FIA (IMINT) S5 N HYPO SETA S6 N IMINT S7 N IMINT (A SPO) S8 N IMINT (EIS) S9 N IMINT (I&A) S10 N LIWA S11 N N/A U Y Do not modify. NACI AS1 N NIMA S12 N NRO S13 N NRO-SI/TK S14 N OAAA S15 N P&A S16 N SAO S17 N SIGNT S18 N SIGINT/SAO S19 N System Profile 7-51

245 System Profile Elements Tables Back to this Table 7-8. AccessCompart. AccessCompart (Row #5) - May Be Modified Special program compartment list box elements Modules Used: 1. Document Management (Document Info screen > Document tab > Compartment # list box) 2. Personnel Management (Compartment Info screen > Compartment list box) 3. Property Management (Property Info screen > Property tab > Compart # list box) 4. Visitor Control (Compartment Info screen > Compartment list box) Description Value Default Comments Unknown U Y Compart AAA AAA N Original installed settings. Compart BBB BB N Compart CCC CCC N Table 7-9. AccessLevel. AccessLevel (Row #6) - May Be Modified Special program level list box elements Modules Used: 1. Personnel Management (Compartment Info screen > Level list box) Description Value Default Comments 1 A Y 2 B N Original installed settings. 3 C N 4 D N 5 E N Table AccessType. AccessType (Row #7) - May Be Modified (see Comments for exception) Special Accesses list box elements Delete those that do not apply. Modules Used: 1. Document Management (Document Info screen > Document tab > Access(es) checkbox) 2. Facility Info (Facility Info screen > Physical/Mailing Address tab > Facility Access(es) and Safeguard Access(es) checkboxes) 3. Incoming Visit Request (New Visitor screen > Clearance/Access tab > Access Type list boxes for Special Access 1, Special Access 2, Special Access 3, Special Access 4, and Special Access 5) 4. Outgoing Visit Request (Outgoing Visit Request Info screen > Access(es) checkboxes (display in Add New mode only)) 5. Personnel Management (Outgoing Visit Request Info screen > Access(es) checkboxes) 6. Personnel Management (Personnel Listing - Assign to New Outgoing Visit Request screen > Access(es) checkboxes) 7. Personnel Management (Special Access Info screen > Special Access tab > Access Type list box) 8. Property Management (Property Info screen > Property tab > Access(es) checkboxes) 9. Training and Conferences (Training/Conference Info screen > Training & Conference tab > Access(es) Required checkboxes) 10. Visitor Control (Special Access Info screen > Special Access tab > Access Type list box) 11. Visitor Control (Visitor Listing - Assign to New Incoming Visit Request screen > Access(es) checkboxes) 7-52 System Profile

246 Back to this System Profile Elements Tables AccessType (Row #7) - May Be Modified (see Comments for exception) Description Value Default Comments AIS AIS N B B N Original installed settings. Bye Bye N CNWDI CNWDI N COMINT COMNT N COMSEC COMSC N COMSEC Acct COMSA N DCS DCS N DTIC DTIC N FGI FGI N FOUO FOUO N FRD FRD N G G N GG GG N H H N LIMDIS LIMDS N NATO NATO N NATO C N NATO S N NOFORN NOFON N Non-SCI NOSCI N OPSEC OPSEC N QTS QTS N RD RD N SAP SAP N SAR SAR N SCI SCI N SI SI N SNTK SNTK N TEMPEST TEMPEST N TK TK N Unknown U Y Do not modify. WNINTEL WNINT N System Profile 7-53

247 System Profile Elements Tables Back to this Table AccessUDF. AccessUDF (Row #8) - May Be Modified (see Comments for exceptions) Placeholders for optional custom date (DT) and data entry (FD) User Defined Fields (UDFs) in the Personnel Management and Visitor Control modules. These UDF fields only apply if the Value=Y for the Use the new Special Access Screen in the Access Commander System Parameters profile. See Table 7-4 for more information. These UDF fields do not display on the Special Access Info screens until the Description has been updated (i.e., it is no longer the default as shown in this table) on the Profile Detail Info screen. The Value should not be modified. After the Description has been modified and the field displays on the screen/tab, the field can be renamed by updating the Description on the Profile Detail Info screen in the System Profile module, or by using the Screen Setup utility (Customize Field Name) in the Personnel Management and/or Visitor Control module. They can be hidden by updating the Description back to the default (i.e., the default Description as shown in this table), or by using the Hide checkbox in the Screen Setup utility. Changes made using the Screen Setup utility override the settings on the field s Profile Detail Info screen. Modules Used: 1. Personnel Management (Special Access Info screen > Special Access Info tab > [UDF field(s)]) 2. Visitor Control (Special Access Info screen > Remarks/Customized Info tab > [UDF field(s)]) Description Value Default Comments Special Access Date UDF1 (Denied Date) DT1 N Preconfigured date UDF. Do not modify. Special Access Date UDF2 (Withdrawn Date) DT2 N Preconfigured date UDF. Do not modify. Special Access Date UDF3 (IA Brief Date) DT3 N Preconfigured date UDF. Do not modify. Special Access Date UDF4 (CIS/AIS Brief Date) DT4 N Preconfigured date UDF. Do not modify. Special Access Date UDF5 (SCIF Brief Date) DT5 N Preconfigured date UDF. Do not modify. Special Access Date UDF6 (Spon/Nom Letter DT6 N Preconfigured Date UDF. Do not modify. Requested Date) Special Access Date UDF7 (Spon/Nom Letter DT7 N Preconfigured Date UDF. Do not modify. Received Date) Special Access Date UDF8 DT8 N Date UDF. Do not modify the Value. Special Access Date UDF9 DT9 N Date UDF. Do not modify the Value. Special Access Date UDF10 DT10 N Date UDF. Do not modify the Value. Special Access UDF2 FD2 N Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Special Access UDF3 FD3 N Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Special Access UDF4 FD4 N Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Special Access UDF5 FD5 N Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Table Additional Badge Status. Additional Badge Status (Row #9) - Do Not Modify Badge Status list box elements Modules Used: 1. Personnel Management (Additional Badge(s) Info screen > Badge Status list box) Description Value Default Comments Active 100 Y Please do not change or update. InActive 200 N Please do not change or update. Pending 300 N Please do not change or update System Profile

248 Back to this System Profile Elements Tables Table Additional Badge Type. Additional Badge Type (Row #10) - May Be Modified Additional badge type list box elements Modify (delete, add, revise) as applicable Modules Used: 1. Personnel Management (Additional Badge(s) Info screen > Badge Type list box) Description Value Default Comments CAC 100 Y Non-Swipe 300 N Original installed settings. RapidGates 400 N Swipe 200 N Table AdditionalBadgeUDF. AdditionalBadgeUDF (Row #11) - May Be Modified Placeholders for optional custom data entry (FD) User Defined Fields (UDFs) in the Personnel Management module. These UDF fields do not display on the Additional Badge(s) Info screen until the Description has been updated (i.e., it is no longer the default as shown in this table) on the Profile Detail Info screen. The Value should not be modified. After the Description has been modified and the field displays on the screen/tab, the field can be renamed by updating the Description on the Profile Detail Info screen in the System Profile module, or by using the Screen Setup utility (Customize Field Name) in the Personnel Management and/or Visitor Control module. They can be hidden by updating the Description back to the default (i.e., the default Description as shown in this table), or by using the Hide checkbox in the Screen Setup utility. Changes made using the Screen Setup utility override the settings on the field s Profile Detail Info screen. Modules Used: 1. Personnel Management (Additional Badge(s) Info screen > [UDF field(s)]) Description Value Default Comments Additional Badge UDF1 UDF1 N Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Additional Badge UDF2 UDF2 N Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Additional Badge UDF3 UDF3 N Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Table Auto Assign Property Custodian. Auto Assign Property Custodian (Row #12) - May Be Modified Automatically assign custodian to assets. Modules Used: Property Management Description Value Default Comments Auto Assign Property Custodian N S System Profile 7-55

249 System Profile Elements Tables Back to this Table Badge Agency. Badge Agency (Row #13) - May Be Modified Employee badge agency list box elements Modify (delete, add, revise) as applicable (e.g., DOE, DOJ, NRO, NSA) Modules Used: 1. Personnel Management (Additional Badge(s) Info screen > Agency list box) Description Value Default Comments 1 AG2 N 1222 AG4 N Original installed settings. NGP AG1 Y None AG5 N SAR AG3 N Table Badge Org. Badge Org (Row #14) - May Be Modified Employee additional badge Organization list box elements Modify (delete, add, revise) as applicable Modules Used: 1. Personnel Management (Additional Badge(s) Info screen > Organization list box) Description Value Default Comments N Descriptions automatically populate with existing organization values. Corresponding values are automatically assigned. Unknown 100 Y Please do not change or update. Table BadgeType. BadgeType (Row #15) - May Be Modified Employee badge type list box elements Modify (delete, add, revise) as applicable (e.g., Consultant) Modules Used: 1. Personnel Management (Personnel Info screen > Badge(s) tab > Badge Type list box) Description Value Default Comments Employee E Y Guard G N Original installed settings. Temporary T N Visitor V N 7-56 System Profile

250 Back to this System Profile Elements Tables Table CageCodeAccess. CageCodeAccess (Row #16) - Do Not Modify Description: Accessible facility permissions Modules Used: User Profile - Accessible Facility Code Description Value Default Comments Updatable U N Please do not change or update. ViewOnly V Y Please do not change or update. Table CageCodeStat. CageCodeStat (Row #17) - Do Not Modify Facility ID status list box elements Modules Used: 1. Facility Management (Facility Info screen > Physical Address tab > Status list box) Description Value Default Comments Active A Y Please do not change or update. InActive I N Please do not change or update. Table Check Container. Check Container (Row #18) - May Be Modified Description: Custodian must have an assigned safe before a document can be granted. Modules Used: Document Management Description Value Default Comments Check container when assign doc Y S When this flag is set to Y, the system will prevent users from assigning a document to a custodian unless the custodian has an assigned safe. Check facility safeguard/access(es) when assigning document(s) Container type B S N N When this flag is set to Y, the system will prevent users from assigning a document to a facility unless the facility has the required safeguard/access(es). System Profile 7-57

251 System Profile Elements Tables Back to this Table Clearance Granted By. Clearance Granted By (Row #19) - May Be Modified Description: Agency granting the clearances list box elements Modules Used: 1. Incoming Visit Request (New Visitor screen > Clearance/Access tab > Granted By list boxes for Clearance, Special Access 1, Special Access 2, Special Access 3, Special Access 4, and Special Access 5) 2. Personnel Management (DOD Clearance Info screen > DOD Clearance Info tab > Granted By list box) 3. Personnel Management (Non-DOD Clearance Info screen > Non-DOD Clearance Info tab > Granted By list box) 4. Visitor Control (DOD Clearance Info screen > DOD Clearance Info tab > Granted By list box) 5. Visitor Control (Non-DOD Clearance Info screen > Non-DOD Clearance Info tab > Granted By list box) Description Value Default Comments CCF C12 N CIA C11 N Original installed settings. CSD-East C7 N DISA C13 N DISCO C14 N DS C2 N DSS C5 N DSS WAIVER C15 N DSS/OCC C6 N Navy CBB1 N NGA C4 N NIMA C9 N NPG C1 N NRO C3 N NSA C8 N SAR C10 N Unknown U Y USACE CBB2 N Table Clearance Owner. Clearance Owner (Row #20) - Do Not Modify Defines the codes for agency clearances. You can maintain clearances of multiple agencies in Access Commander. Always use the first two characters of the clearance values to determine the clearance owner (see ClearClassifications Table 7-28). Modules Used: System Wide Description Value Default Comments DISA DI N Do not modify. DOD DD Y Do not modify. DOE DE N Do not modify. DOH DH N Do not modify. DOJ DJ N Do not modify System Profile

252 Back to this System Profile Elements Tables Clearance Owner (Row #20) - Do Not Modify FBI FI N Do not modify. NPG NP N Do not modify. NSA NS N Do not modify. SAR SA N Do not modify. Table Clearance Request Type. Clearance Request Type (Row #21) - May Be Modified Status of clearance request list box elements Modules Used: 1. Personnel Management (DOD Clearance Info screen > DOD Clearance Info tab > Request Type list box) 2. Personnel Management (Non-DOD Clearance Info screen > Non-DOD Clearance Info tab > Request Type list box) 3. Visitor Control (DOD Clearance Info screen > DOD Clearance Info tab > Request Type list box) 4. Visitor Control (Non-DOD Clearance Info screen > Non-DOD Clearance Info tab > Request Type list box) Description Value Default Comments Added Affiliation ICAAF N Conversion to Intel C N Original installed settings. Crossover Brief X N Dual-Track ICBDT N Initial Access I Y Reinstatement R N Reinstatement > 6 mon ICRG6 N RFA ICRFA N Single-Track ICBST N XOB ICXOB N Table Clearance Sponsors. Clearance Sponsors (Row #22) - May Be Modified (see Comments for exception) Clearance sponsors list box elements Modules Used: 1. Personnel Management (Non-DOD Clearance Info screen > Non-DOD Clearance Info tab > Sponsor list box) 2. Visitor Control (Non-DOD Clearance Info screen > Non-DOD Clearance Info tab > Sponsor list box) Description Value Default Comments DISA CS1 N Original installed settings. N/A U Y Do not modify. NACI CS2 N System Profile 7-59

253 System Profile Elements Tables Back to this Table ClearanceDODUDF. ClearanceDODUDF (Row #23) - May Be Modified (see Comments for exceptions) Placeholders for optional custom date (DT) and data entry (FD) User Defined Fields (UDFs) on the DOD Clearance Info screen, Remarks/Customized Info tab in the Personnel Management and Visitor Control modules. Fields can be renamed by updating the Description on the Profile Detail Info screen in the System Profile module, or by using the Screen Setup utility (Customize Field Name) in the Personnel Management and/or Visitor Control module. They can be hidden by updating the Description to HIDDEN, or by using the Hide checkbox in the Screen Setup utility. Changes made using the Screen Setup utility override the settings on the field s Profile Detail Info screen. Modules Used: 1. Personnel Management (DOD Clearance Info screen > Remarks/Customized Info. tab) if the Use New JPAS like Clearance Screen system parameter is set to N (see Table 7-4) 2. Visitor Control (DOD Clearance Info screen > Remarks/Customized Info. tab) if the Use New JPAS like Clearance Screen system parameter is set to N (see Table 7-4) Description Value Default Comments Clearance Date UDF1 DT1 N Preconfigured Date UDF. Do not modify Clearance Date UDF10 DT10 N Preconfigured Date UDF. Do not modify. Clearance Date UDF2 DT2 N Preconfigured Date UDF. Do not modify. Clearance Date UDF3 DT3 N Preconfigured Date UDF. Do not modify. Clearance Date UDF4 DT4 N Preconfigured Date UDF. Do not modify. Clearance Date UDF5 DT5 N Date UDF. Do not modify the Value. Clearance Date UDF6 DT6 N Preconfigured Date UDF. Do not modify. Clearance Date UDF7 DT7 N Preconfigured Date UDF. Do not modify. Clearance Date UDF8 DT8 N Preconfigured Date UDF. Do not modify. Clearance Date UDF9 DT9 N Date UDF. Do not modify the Value. Clearance UDF1 FD1 N Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Clearance UDF2 FD2 N Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Clearance UDF3 FD3 N Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Clearance UDF4 FD4 N Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Clearance UDF5 FD5 N Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value System Profile

254 Back to this System Profile Elements Tables Table ClearanceNonDODUDF. ClearanceNonDODUDF (Row #24) - May Be Modified Placeholders for optional custom date (DT) and data entry (FD) User Defined Fields (UDFs) on the Non-DOD Clearance Info screen in the Personnel Management and Visitor Control modules. The fields can be renamed by updating the Description on the Profile Detail Info screen in the System Profile module, or by using the Screen Setup utility (Customize Field Name) in the Personnel Management and/or Visitor Control module. They can be hidden by updating the Description to HIDDEN, or by using the Hide checkbox in the Screen Setup utility. Changes made using the Screen Setup utility override the settings on the field s Profile Detail Info screen. Modules Used: 1. Personnel Management (Non-DOD Clearance Info screen > Remarks/Customized Info. tab) 2. Visitor Control (Non-DOD Clearance Info screen > Remarks/Customized Info. tab) Description Value Default Comments Clearance Date UDF1 DT1 N Date UDF. Do not modify the Value. Clearance Date UDF10 DT10 N Date UDF. Do not modify the Value. Clearance Date UDF2 DT2 N Date UDF. Do not modify the Value. Clearance Date UDF3 DT3 N Date UDF. Do not modify the Value. Clearance Date UDF4 DT4 N Date UDF. Do not modify the Value. Clearance Date UDF5 DT5 N Date UDF. Do not modify the Value. Clearance Date UDF6 DT6 N Date UDF. Do not modify the Value. Clearance Date UDF7 DT7 N Date UDF. Do not modify the Value. Clearance Date UDF8 DT8 N Date UDF. Do not modify the Value. Clearance Date UDF9 DT9 N Date UDF. Do not modify the Value. Clearance UDF1 FD1 N Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Clearance UDF2 FD2 N Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Clearance UDF3 FD3 N Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Clearance UDF4 FD4 N Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Clearance UDF5 FD5 N Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. System Profile 7-61

255 System Profile Elements Tables Back to this Table ClearClassifications. ClearClassifications (Row #25) - May Be Modified (see Comments for exceptions) Clearance Classification list box elements The first two characters must be the value of the agency as defined in the Clearance Owner table (Table 7-23). The third character designates the level of the clearance. For example, DDA is the lowest, DDB is the next highest, DDC the next highest, and so forth. If an additional level is needed, numbers may also be used. For example, DDA is the lowest, DDA1 is the next highest, DDB the next highest, and so forth. Modules Used: 1. Contract Management (DD254 Form Info screen > Facility Clearance Required and Level of Safeguarding Required list boxes) 2. Contract Management (Contract Info screen > Contract tab > Facility Clearance and Safeguarding list boxes) 3. Contract Management (SubContract Info screen > Facility Clearance and Safeguard list boxes) 4. Document Management (Document Info screen > Document tab > Classification list box) 5. Facility Info (Facility Info screen > Physical Address tab > Clearance and Safeguard list boxes) 6. Incoming Visit Request (Incoming Visit Request Info screen > Clearance list box) 7. Incoming Visit Request (New Visitor screen > Clearance/Access tab > Clearance list box) 8. Information Systems (Information System Info screen > Main tab > Classification list box) 9. Outgoing Visit Request (Outgoing Visit Request Info screen > Clearance list box) 10. Personnel Management (Courier Info screen > Clearance list box) 11. Personnel Management (Personnel Listing - Assign to New Outgoing Visit Request screen > Clearance list box) 12. Property Management (Property Info screen > Property tab > Classification list box) 13. Training and Conferences (Training/Conference Info screen > Training & Conference tab > Clearance list box) 14. Visitor Control (Courier Info screen > Clearance list box) 15. Visitor Control (DOD Clearance Info screen > DOD Clearance Info tab > Clearance list box) 16. Visitor Control (Non-DOD Clearance Info screen > Non-DOD Clearance Info tab > Clearance list box) 17. Visitor Control (Visitor Listing - Assign to New Incoming Visit Request screen > Clearance list box) Description Value Default Comments Confidential DDB N Do not modify. Cosmic TS DDDCM N Do not modify. Interim Secret DDC0 N Interim TS DDD0 N Original installed settings. ISA Secret SARC0 N ISA Top Secret SARC1 N ISSA Secret SARD0 N ISSA Top Secret SARD1 N None DDA$ Y Do not modify. Secret DDC1 N Do not modify. Top Secret DDD1 N Do not modify. TSSI NSA3 N Do not modify System Profile

256 Back to this System Profile Elements Tables Table ClearStatus. ClearStatus (Row #26) - May Be Modified (see Comments for exceptions) Clearance status list box elements Modules Used: 1. Incoming Visit Request (New Visitor screen > Clearance/Access tab > Status list boxes for Clearance, Special Access 1, Special Access 2, Special Access 3, Special Access 4, and Special Access 5) 2. Personnel Management (DOD Clearance Info screen > DOD Clearance Info tab > Clearance Status list box) 3. Personnel Management (Non-DOD Clearance Info screen > Non-DOD Clearance Info tab > Status list box) 4. Personnel Management (Special Access Info screen > Special Access Info tab > Status list box) 5. Visitor Control (DOD Clearance Info screen > DOD Clearance Info tab > Clearance Status list box) 6. Visitor Control (Non-DOD Clearance Info screen > Non-DOD Clearance Info tab > Status list box) 7. Visitor Control (Non-DOD Clearance Info screen > Non-DOD Clearance Info tab > Status list box) Description Value Default Comments Active A Y Please do not change or update. Inactive I N Please do not change or update. None N N Pending P N Please do not change or update. Table ClearType. ClearType (Row #27) - May Be Modified Description: Clearance type Modules Used: Clearance Description Value Default Comments ClearType1 A Y Please do not change or update. ClearType2 B N Please do not change or update. Table ClosingActions. ClosingActions (Row #28) - May Be Modified Contract closing status list box elements Modules Used: 1. Contract Management (Contract Info screen > Contract tab > Closing Action list box) 2. Contract Management (Supporting Location Info screen > Closing Action list box) 3. Visitor Control (Compartment Info screen > Status list box) Description Value Default Comments N N No Material M N Original installed settings. Retention R N Transfer X N System Profile 7-63

257 System Profile Elements Tables Back to this Table CompartStat. CompartStat (Row #29) - Do Not Modify Description: Compartment status Modules Used: 1. Personnel Management (Compartment Info screen > Status list box) Description Value Default Comments Active A Y Please do not change or update. InActive I N Please do not change or update. Table Conference Status. Conference Status (Row #30) - Do Not Modify Conference and training status list box elements Modules Used: 1. Training and Conferences (Training/Conference Info screen > Training & Conference tab > Status list box) Description Value Default Comments Active A Y Please do not change or update. Inactive I N Please do not change or update. Pending P N Please do not change or update. Table Conference /Training for Access. Conference/Training for Access (Row #31) - May Be Modified (see Comments for exception) Access Brief/Refreshed list box elements When AIS or NATO is chosen from the Access Brief/Refreshed list box and the completion date is entered on the Employees tab, that date will be reflected in the Rebrief Date field on the Special Access Info screen, Special Access Info tab in the Personnel Management module. This feature is enabled/disabled in the Show Clearance Reinvestigation Info In Personnel Screen (row # 47) System Parameter. Modules Used: 1. Training and Conferences (Training/Conference Info screen > Training & Conference tab > Access Brief/ Refreshed list box) 1. Personnel Management (Special Access Info screen > Special Access Info tab > Rebrief Date field) Description Value Default Comments AIS AIS N NATO NATO N Original installed settings. None None Y Please do not change or update System Profile

258 Back to this System Profile Elements Tables Table ConferenceUDF. ConferenceUDF (Row #32) - May Modify Description/Do Not Modify Value Placeholders for optional custom data entry (FD#) User Defined Fields (UDFs) in the Training and Conferences module. The fields can be renamed by updating the Description on the Profile Detail Info screen in the System Profile module, or by using the Screen Setup utility (Customize Field Name) in the Training and Conferences module. They can be hidden by updating the Description to HIDDEN, or by using the Hide checkbox in the Screen Setup utility. Changes made using the Screen Setup utility override the settings on the field s Profile Detail Info screen. Modules Used: 1. Training and Conferences (Training/Conference Info > Remarks/Other tab > 5 UDF text fields) Description Value Default Comments Conference UDF1 FD1 N Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Conference UDF2 FD2 N Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Conference UDF3 FD3 N Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Conference UDF4 FD4 N Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Conference UDF5 FD5 N Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Table ContractMarket. ContractMarket (Row #33) - May Be Modified Contract market type list box elements Modify (delete, add, revise) as applicable Modules Used: 1. Contract Management (Contract Info screen > Contract tab > Market Type list box) Description Value Default Comments Airforce 400 N ARMY 100 N Original installed settings. Intel 300 N Military 500 N Navy 200 N Table ContractStat. ContractStat (Row #34) - Do Not Modify Contract status list box elements Modules Used: 1. Contract Management (Contract Info screen > Contract tab > Contract Status list box) Description Value Default Comments Active A Y Please do not change or update. Closed I N Please do not change or update. Closing N N Please do not change or update. System Profile 7-65

259 System Profile Elements Tables Back to this Table ContractType. ContractType (Row #35) - May Be Modified (see Comments for exceptions) Contract Type list box elements Modules Used: 1. Contract Management (Contract Info screen > Contract tab > Contract Sub Type list box) 2. Contract Management (SubContract Info screen > Type list box) Description Value Default Comments Cost Plus P N Fixed Price F Y Original installed settings. Prime PRIMU N Sub (unknown) SUBU N Subcontract Generated SUBGN N Subcontract Received SUBRV N Please do not change or update. Unknown U N Please do not change or update. Table ContractUDF. ContractUDF (Row #36) - Modify Description to enable UDF/Do Not Modify Value Placeholders for optional custom date (DT) and data entry (FD) User Defined Fields (UDFs) in the Contract Administration module. These UDF fields do not display on the Contract Info screen, Contract tab, until the Description has been updated (i.e., it is no longer HIDDEN) on the Profile Detail Info screen. The Value should not be modified. After the Description has been modified and the field displays on the Contract tab, the field can be renamed by updating the Description on the Profile Detail Info screen in the System Profile module, or by using the Screen Setup utility (Customize Field Name) in the Contract Management module. They can be hidden by updating the Description back to the default (i.e., HIDDEN), or by using the Hide checkbox in the Screen Setup utility. Changes made using the Screen Setup utility override changes made on the field s Profile Detail Info screen. Modules Used: Contract Administration (Contract Info screen > Contract tab > [UDF date or data entry field]) Description Value Default Comments HIDDEN DT5 N Date UDF. Do not modify the Value. HIDDEN DT4 N Date UDF. Do not modify the Value. HIDDEN DT3 N Date UDF. Do not modify the Value. HIDDEN DT2 N Date UDF. Do not modify the Value. HIDDEN DT1 N Date UDF. Do not modify the Value. HIDDEN FD10 N Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. HIDDEN FD9 N Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. HIDDEN FD8 N Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. HIDDEN FD7 N Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. HIDDEN FD6 N Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. HIDDEN FD5 N Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. HIDDEN FD4 N Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value System Profile

260 Back to this System Profile Elements Tables Table Copy Number Alpha. Copy Number Alpha (Row #37) - May Be Modified Description: Document Control Copy Number Modules Used: Document Management Description Value Default Comments Required Data Type Y This parameter is normally set to Y. Table Country List. Country List (Row #38) - May Modify International VAL Lead Time Country list box elements and the corresponding international VAL lead times (lead times apply only within the International Outgoing VAL module) Do not modify the Description or Value for any of the countries. Modules Used: 1. Facility Info (Facility Info screen > Physical/Mailing Address, Granted By Address and Classified Address tabs > Country list box) 2. International Incoming VAL (Add New International Visitor screen > Country of Citizenship list box) 3. International Incoming VAL (International Incoming VAL Info screen > VAL Info tab > Country of Visit list box) 4. International Outgoing VAL (International Visits screen > Country of Visit/Lead-Time (default=37 working days) list box) 5. International Visitor Control (International Visitor Info screen > Visitor Info tab > Country of Citizenship list box) 6. Personnel Management (Foreign Travel Info screen > Trip Info tab > Origination Country and Destination Country list boxes) Row # Description Value Default Int. VAL Lead-Time (Days) 1 Afghanistan AFG N 30 2 Albania ALB N 30 3 Algeria DZA N 30 4 American Samoa ASM N 30 5 Andorra AND N 30 6 Angola AGO N 30 7 Anguilla AIA N 30 8 Antarctica ATA N 30 9 Antigua & Barbuda ATG N Argentina ARG N Armenia ARM N Arub ABW N Australia AUS N Austria AUT N Azerbaijan AZE N Bahamas BHS N Bahrain BHR N Bangladesh BGD N Barbados BRB N 30 System Profile 7-67

261 System Profile Elements Tables Back to this Country List (Row #38) - May Modify International VAL Lead Time 20 Belarus BLR N Belgium BEL N Belize BLZ N Benin BEN N Bermuda BMU N Bhutan BTN N Bolivia BOL N Bosnia&Herzegowina BIH N Botswana BWA N Bouvet Island BVT N Brazil BRA N British Indian Ocean Terriory IOT N British Virgin Islands VGB N Brunei BRN N Bulgaria BGR N Burkina Faso BFA N Burma 3 N Burundi BDI N Cambodia KHM N Cameroon CMR N Canada CAN N Cape Verde CPV N Carribean 1 N Cayman Islands CYM N Central African Republic CAF N Chad TCD N Chile CHL N China CHN N Christmas Island CXR N Cocos (Keeling) Islands CCK N Colombia COL N Comoros COM N Congo COG N Congo, Democratic Republic COD N Cook Islands COK N Costa Rica CRI N Croatia HRV N Cuba CUB N Cyprus CYP N Czech Republic CZE N Denmark DNK N System Profile

262 Back to this System Profile Elements Tables Country List (Row #38) - May Modify International VAL Lead Time 61 Djibouti DJI N Dominica DMA N Dominican Republic DOM N East Timor TMP N Ecuador ECU N Egypt EGY N El Salvador SLV N Equatorial Guinea GNQ N Eritrea ERI N Estonia EST N Ethiopia ETH N Falkland Islands FLK N Faroe Islands FRO N Fiji FJI N Finland FIN N France FRA N France, Metropolitan FXX N French Guiana GUF N French Polynesia PYF N French Southern Territories ATF N Gabon GAB N Gambia GMB N Georgia GEO N Germany DEU N Ghana GHA N Gibraltar GIB N Greece GRC N Greenland GRL N Grenada GrD N Guadeloupe GIP N Guam GUM N Guatemala GTM N Guinea GiN N Guinea -Bissau GNB N Guyana GUY N Haiti HTI N Heard and McDonald Islands HMD N Holy See 0 N Honduras HDN N Hong Kong HKG N Hungary HUN N 30 System Profile 7-69

263 System Profile Elements Tables Back to this Country List (Row #38) - May Modify International VAL Lead Time 102 Iceland ISL N India IND N Indonesia IDN N Iran IRN N Iraq IRQ N Ireland IRL N Israel ISR N Italy ITA N Ivory Coast CIV N Jamaica JM N Japan JPN N Jordan JOR N Kazakhstan KAZ N Kenya KEN N Kiribati KIR N Korea, North KOR N Korea, South PRK N Kuwait KWT N Kyrgyzstan KGZ N Laos LAO N Latvia LVA N Lebanon LBN N Lesotho LSO N Liberia LBR N Libya LBY N Liechtenstein LIE N Lithuania LTU N Luxembourg LUX N Macau MAC N Macedonia MKD N Madagascar MDG N Malawi MWI N Malaysia MYS N Maldives MDV N Mali MLI N Malta MLT N Marshall Islands MHL N Martinique MTQ N Mauritania MRT N Mauritius MUS N Mayotte MYT N System Profile

264 Back to this System Profile Elements Tables Country List (Row #38) - May Modify International VAL Lead Time 143 Mexico MEX N Micronesia, Federated States of FSM N Moldova MDA N Monaco MCO N Mongolia MNF N Montenegro MEO N Montserrat MSR N Morocco MAR N Mozambique MOZ N Myanmar MMR N N/A N/A N Namibia NAM N Nauru NRU N Nepal NPL N Netherlands NLD N Netherlands Antilles ANT N New Caledonia NCL N New Zealand NZL N Nicaragua NIC N Niger NER N Nigeria NGA N Niue NIU N Norfolk Island NFK N Northern Mariana Islands NMP N Norway NOR N Oman OMN N Pakistan PAK N Palau PLW N Palestinian Territory PSE N Panama PAN N Papau New Guinea PNG N Paraguay PRY N Peru PER N Philippines PHL N Pitcairn PCN N Poland POL N Portugal PRT N Puerto Rico PRI N Qatar QAT N Reunion REU N Romania ROM N 30 System Profile 7-71

265 System Profile Elements Tables Back to this Country List (Row #38) - May Modify International VAL Lead Time 184 Russia RUS N Rwanda RWA N S Georgia & S Sandwich Islands SGS N Saint Kitts and Nevis KNA N Saint Lucia LCA N Samoa WSM N San Marino SMR N Sao Tome and Principe STP N Saudi Arabia SAU N Select 1 NULL N Senegal SEN N Serbia RSO N Serbia and Montenegro SCG N Seychelles SYC N Sierra Leone SLE N Singapore SGP N Slovakia SVK N Slovenia SVN N Solomon Islands SLB N Somalia SOM N South Africa ZAF N South Georgia and the South Sandwich Islands SGS N Spain ESP N Sri Lanka LKA N St Vincent & the Grenadines VCT N St. Helena SHN N St. Pierre and Miquelon SPM N Sudan SDN N Suriname SUR N Svalbard and Jan Mayen Islands SJM N Swaziland SWZ N Sweden SWE N Switzerland CHE N Syria SYR N Taiwan TWN N Tajikistan TJK N Tanzania TZA N Thailand THA N Timor-Leste TLS N Togo TGO N Tokelau TKL N System Profile

266 Back to this System Profile Elements Tables Country List (Row #38) - May Modify International VAL Lead Time 224 Tonga TON N Trinidad and Tobago TTO N Tunisia TUN N Turkey TUR N Turkmenistan TKM N Turks and Caicos Islands TCA N Tuvalu TUV N Uganda UGA N Ukraine UKR N United Arab Emirates ARE N United Kingdom GBR N United States USA N Uruguay URY N US Minor Outlying Islands UMI N Uzbekistan UZB N Vanuatu VUT N Vatican City State VAT N Venezuela VEN N Vietnam VNM N Virgin Islands (U.S.) VIR N Wallis and Futuna Islands WLF N Western Sahara WSAHA N Yemen ESH N Yugoslavia YUG N Zaire 2 N Zambia ZMB N Zimbabwe ZWE N 30 Table DestroyMethod. DestroyMethod (Row #39) - May Be Modified (see Comments for exception) Destruction method list box elements Modules Used: 1. Document Management (Document Listing - Assign to New Destruction Certificate screen > Method list box) 2. Document Management (Document Destruction Info screen > Method list box) Description Value Default Comments Burn B Y Erase E N Original installed settings. Shred S N Unknown U N Please do not change or update. System Profile 7-73

267 System Profile Elements Tables Back to this Table Docctrl10Years. Docctrl10Years (Row #40) - May Be Modified (see Comments for exception) Exempt codes for 10 year declassification list box elements Modules Used: 1. Document Management (Document Info screen > Declassification tab > 10 Year Exempt list box) Description Value Default Comments None N Y Unknown U N Please do not change or update. X1 A N X2 B N X3 C N Original installed settings. X4 D N X5 E N X6 F N X7 G N X8 H N Table Docctrl25Years. Docctrl25Years (Row #41) - May Be Modified (see Comments for exception) Exempt codes for 25 year declassification list box elements Modules Used: 1. Document Management (Document Info screen > Declassification tab > 25 Year Exempt list box) Description Value Default Comments 25X1 A N 25X2 B N Original installed settings. 25X3 C N 25X4 D N 25X5 E N 25X6 F N 25X7 G N 25X8 H N None N Y Unknown U N Please do not change or update. Table DocCtrlSeriesNum. DocCtrlSeriesNum (Row #42) - Do Not Modify Description: Document Series Number Modules Used: Document Management Description Value Default Comments Manual Control Number Entry 0 Y Please do not change or update System Profile

268 Back to this System Profile Elements Tables Table DocCtrlStat. DocCtrlStat (Row #43) - Do Not Modify Description: Document Status Modules Used: Document Management Description Value Default Comments Active A Y Please do not change or update. Destroyed D N Please do not change or update. InActive I N Please do not change or update. Incorporated N N Please do not change or update. OnLoan O N Please do not change or update. Transmitted T N Please do not change or update. Table DocctrlType. DocctrlType (Row #44) - May Be Modified (see Comments for exception) Document types list box elements Modules Used: 1. Document Management (Document Info screen > Document tab > Doc. Type list box) Description Value Default Comments Unknown U Y Do not modify. Table DocUDF. DocUDF (Row #45) - Modify Description to enable UDF/Do Not Modify Value Headers for the User Defined Fields (UDFs) in the Document Management module. These UDF fields do not display on the Document Info screen, Remarks/Other tab, until the Description has been updated (i.e., it is no longer the default Description as shown in this table) on the Profile Detail Info screen. The Value should not be modified. After the Description has been modified and the field displays on the Remarks/Other tab, the field can be renamed by updating the Description on the Profile Detail Info screen in the System Profile module, or by using the Screen Setup utility (Customize Field Name) in the Contract Management module. They can be hidden by updating the Description back to the default (i.e., the default Description as shown in this table), or by using the Hide checkbox in the Screen Setup utility. Changes made using the Screen Setup utility override changes made on the field s Profile Detail Info screen. Modules Used: 1. Document Management (Document Info screen > Remarks/Other tab > 5 UDF fields) Description Value Default Comments Doc UDF1 FD2 N Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Doc UDF2 FD3 N Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Doc UDF3 FD4 N Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Doc UDF4 FD5 N Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Doc UDF5 FD1 N Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. System Profile 7-75

269 System Profile Elements Tables Back to this Table Drawers. Drawers (Row #46) - May Be Modified Drawer numbers list box elements Modules Used: 1. Document Management (Document Info screen > Document tab > Drawer # list box) Description Value Default Comments 1 1 Y 3 2 N Original installed settings. 4 3 N Unknown U Y Please do not change or update. Table Notification Configuration. Notification Configuration (Row #47) - May Be Modified notification configuration. Modules Used: Reminder Set Up Systemwide for all modules with activated reminder fields. Description Value Default Comments Delete Reminder after sending N N When the Value = Y, the reminder will be deleted from the Reminder Listing when the is sent. Table EmployeeStat. EmployeeStat (Row #48) - May Be Modified (see Comments for exception) Employee Status list box elements Modules Used: 1. Personnel Management (Personnel Info screen > Employee tab > Status list box) Description Value Default Comments Active A Y Please do not change or update. InActive I N Please do not change or update. Table EmployeeType. EmployeeType (Row #49) - May Be Modified (see Comments for exception) Employee Types list box elements Modules Used: 1. Personnel Management (Personnel Info screen > Employee tab > Employee Type list box) Description Value Default Comments Consultant CS N Employee E Y Please do not change or update. Intern I N Other O N Original installed settings System Profile

270 Back to this System Profile Elements Tables EmployeeType (Row #49) - May Be Modified (see Comments for exception) Parttime P N Sub Contractor S N Temporary T N Table EmployeeUDF. EmployeeUDF (Row #50) - Modify Description to enable UDF/Do Not Modify Value Placeholders for optional custom data entry (FD) User Defined Fields (UDFs) in the Personnel Management module. These UDF fields do not display on the Personnel Info screen, Flag/Rem. tab, until the Description has been updated (i.e., it is no longer the default Description as shown in this table) on the Profile Detail Info screen. The Value should not be modified. After the Description has been modified and the field displays on the Flag/Rem. tab, the field can be renamed by updating the Description on the Profile Detail Info screen in the System Profile module, or by using the Screen Setup utility (Customize Field Name) in the Personnel Management module. They can be hidden by updating the Description back to the default (i.e., the default Description as shown in this table), or by using the Hide checkbox in the Screen Setup utility. Changes made using the Screen Setup utility override changes made on the field s Profile Detail Info screen. Modules Used: 1. Personnel Management (Personnel Info screen > Flag/Rem. tab > 5 UDF fields.) Description Value Default Comments Employee UDF1 FD1 N Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Employee UDF2 FD2 N Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Employee UDF3 FD3 N Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Employee UDF4 FD4 N Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Employee UDF5 FD5 N Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Table Enterprise Authentication. Enterprise Authentication (Row #51) - May Be Modified Description: For customers using the Employee Generated Outgoing VAL Request utility, who do not have LDAP, this is the login rule to tell them to use either Last Name, Employee Number or Login ID as USERID, and last 4 or 5 digits of their SSNs as password for authentication. See Table 7-222, Web Session Parameters, Use LDAP for authentication. Modules Used: Employee Generated Outgoing VAL Requests Description Value Default Comments *.*.*.* IPALL N Specifies the actual IP or subnet for the workstation on which employees can preregister visitors. When Value = *.*.*.*, any workstation may be used. Authentication type to be used: SSN4 or SSN5 SSN4 N Specifies whether the last four or last five digits of the employee s SSN will be used as the password to login to the Pre-Registration module. Value = SSN4, last four digits of SSN Value = SSN5, last five digits of SSN System Profile 7-77

271 System Profile Elements Tables Back to this Enterprise Authentication (Row #51) - May Be Modified Default Session Timeout (in seconds) 900 N Maximum inactive seconds per user session. User ID field to be used: LNAME=Last Name, EMNO=Employee # or USRID=Employee Login ID If no value is entered for a user in the Max Inactive Interval (sec) field on the User Info screen, then the user will automatically be logged off when his or her session is inactive longer than the value (in seconds) set here. LNAME N Value (e.g., LNAME) determines what data is used as the User ID for the employee requesting to preregister visitors. Table EquipOwner. EquipOwner (Row #52) - May Be Modified (see Comments for exception) Equipment Owner list box elements Modules Used: 1. Property Management (Property Info screen > Property tab > Ownership list box) Description Value Default Comments Company M Y GFE B N Original installed settings. GFE-AF D N GFE-SPAWAR C N Personal O N Unknown U N Please do not change or update. Table EquipType. EquipType (Row #53) - May Be Modified Equipment Types list box elements Modules Used: 1. Property Management (Property Info screen > Property tab > Type list box) Description Value Default Comments Alarm I N Badge G N Original installed settings. Billet BIL N Please do not change or update. Cell Phone A N Container Safe SAFE N Decal DECAL N Desktop Computer E N Key H N Notebook Computer F N SCIF SCIF N STU-III D N Unknown U Y Please do not change or update System Profile

272 Back to this System Profile Elements Tables Table Expecting Visit Type. Expecting Visit Type (Row #54) - Do Not Modify Description: Type of expected visits Active when the Value = Y for Pass Conference Attendees to VisiCommander Expected Visitors and Pass Incoming Visitors to VisiCommander Expected Visitors profiles in the Access Commander System Parameters profile group. Modules Used: Used with ViSi Commander only. Description Value Default Comments Conference CONF Y Do not modify. Incoming VAL INVAL N Do not modify. Non VAL Visit NOVAL Y Do not modify. Pre-Registered PRREG Y Do not modify. Table Facility Inspection Organization. Facility Inspection Organization (Row #55) - May Be Modified Facility inspection organization list box elements Modules Used: 1. Facility Info (Facility Inspection Info screen > Inspection Organization list box) Description Value Default Comments Unknown U Y Original installed setting. Table Facility Inspection Rating. Facility Inspection Rating (Row #56) - Do Not Modify Facility inspection rating list box elements Modules Used: 1. Facility Info (Facility Inspection Info screen > Rating list box) Description Value Default Comments None None Y Original installed setting. Table Facility Type. Facility Type (Row #57) - Do Not Modify Facility Type list box elements Modules Used: Facility Info (Facility Info screen > Physical/Mailing Address tab > Facility Type list box) Description Value Default Comments CAGECODE N Y Do not modify. Internal Code Y N Do not modify. UIC U N Do not modify. System Profile 7-79

273 System Profile Elements Tables Back to this Table FacilityUDF. FacilityUDF (Row #58) - Modify Description to enable UDF/Do Not Modify Value Placeholders for optional custom data entry (FD) User Defined Fields (UDFs) in the Facility Info module. These UDF fields do not display on the Facility Info screen, Notification Info tab, until the Description has been updated (i.e., it is no longer the default Description as shown in this table) on the Profile Detail Info screen. The Value should not be modified. After the Description has been modified and the field displays on the x tab, the field can be renamed by updating the Description on the Profile Detail Info screen in the System Profile module, or by using the Screen Setup utility (Customize Field Name) in the Facility Info module. They can be hidden by updating the Description back to the default (i.e., the default Description as shown in this table), or by using the Hide checkbox in the Screen Setup utility. Changes made using the Screen Setup utility override changes made on the field s Profile Detail Info screen. Modules Used: Facility Info Description Value Default Comments Facility UDF1 FD1 N Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Facility UDF2 FD2 N Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Facility UDF3 FD3 N Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Facility UDF4 FD4 N Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Facility UDF5 FD5 N Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Table FP Type. FP Type (Row #59) - May Be Modified Fingerprints submission type list box elements Modify (delete, add, revise) as applicable Modules Used: 1. Personnel Management (Personnel Info screen > Flag/Rem. tab > Fingerprints Submission Type list box) Description Value Default Comments 100 N Return to Customer RTC N Original installed settings. SWFT SWFT N US Mail 200 N Table GateStatus. GateStatus (Row #60) - Do Not Modify Gate Status list box elements Modules Used: 1. Facility Info (Gate Info screen > Gate Status list box) Description Value Default Comments Active A Y Please do not change or update. InActive I N Please do not change or update System Profile

274 Back to this System Profile Elements Tables Table GuardStations. GuardStations (Row #61) - Do Not Modify Description: Guard or Reception Stations Modules Used: Facility Info Description Value Default Comments East Station E N Please do not change or update. North Station N N Please do not change or update. South Station S N Please do not change or update. Unknow Station U Y Please do not change or update. West Station W N Please do not change or update. Table Ignored Accesses in Document-Contract Assignments. Ignored Accesses in Document-Contract Assignments (Row #62) - May Be Modified Description: Used to specify the accesses that should not be checked when assigning documents to contracts by setting the values to Y. Modules Used: 1. Contract Management (Contract Info screen > Documents tab > Document(s) section > Assign Document(s) button) Description Value Default Comments AIS N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to contracts. B N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to contracts. Bye N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to contracts. CNWDI N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to contracts. COMINT N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to contracts. COMSEC N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to contracts. COMSEC Acct N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to contracts. DCS N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to contracts. DTIC N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to contracts. FGI N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to contracts. FOUO N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to contracts. FRD N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to contracts. G N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to contracts. GG N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to contracts. H N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to contracts. LIMDIS N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to contracts. NATO N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to contracts. NATO C N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to contracts. NATO S N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to contracts. NOFORN N Y Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to contracts. Non-SCI N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to contracts. OPSEC N Y Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to contracts. QTS N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to contracts. System Profile 7-81

275 System Profile Elements Tables Back to this Ignored Accesses in Document-Contract Assignments (Row #62) - May Be Modified RD N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to contracts. SAP N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to contracts. SAR N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to contracts. SCI N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to contracts. SI N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to contracts. SNTK N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to contracts. TEMPEST N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to contracts. TK N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to contracts. Unknown N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to contracts. WNINTEL N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to contracts. Table Ignored Accesses in Document-Personnel Assignments. Ignored Accesses in Document-Personnel Assignments (Row #63) - May Be Modified Description: Used to specify the accesses that should not be checked when assigning documents to custodians by setting the values to Y. Modules Used: 1. Personnel Management (Personnel Info screen > Document(s) tab > Assigned Document(s) section > Assign Doc(s) button Description Value Default Comments AIS N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to custodians. B N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to custodians. Bye N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to custodians. CNWDI N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to custodians. COMINT N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to custodians. COMSEC N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to custodians. COMSEC Acct N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to custodians. DCS N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to custodians. DTIC N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to custodians. FGI N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to custodians. FOUO N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to custodians. FRD N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to custodians. G N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to custodians. GG N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to custodians. H N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to custodians. LIMDIS N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to custodians. NATO N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to custodians. NATO C N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to custodians. NATO S N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to custodians. NOFORN Y N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to custodians. Non-SCI N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to custodians System Profile

276 Back to this System Profile Elements Tables Ignored Accesses in Document-Personnel Assignments (Row #63) - May Be Modified OPSEC Y N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to custodians. QTS N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to custodians. RD N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to custodians. SAP N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to custodians. SAR N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to custodians. SCI N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to custodians. SI N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to custodians. SNTK N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to custodians. TEMPEST N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to custodians. TK N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to custodians. Unknown N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to custodians. WNINTEL N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to custodians. Table Ignored Accesses in Document-Safe/Closed Area Assignments. Ignored Accesses in Document-Safe/Closed Area Assignments (Row #64) - May Be Modified Description: Used to specify the accesses that should not be checked when assigning documents to safes by setting the values to Y. Modules Used: 1. Property Management (Property Info > Documents tab > Document(s) section > Transfer to Safe button Description Value Default Comments AIS N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to safes. B N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to safes. Bye N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to safes. CNWDI N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to safes. COMINT N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to safes. COMSEC N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to safes. COMSEC Acct N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to safes. DCS N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to safes. DTIC N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to safes. FGI N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to safes. FOUO N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to safes. FRD N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to safes. G N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to safes. GG N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to safes. H N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to safes. LIMDIS N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to safes. NATO N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to safes. NATO C N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to safes. NATO S N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to safes. System Profile 7-83

277 System Profile Elements Tables Back to this Ignored Accesses in Document-Safe/Closed Area Assignments (Row #64) - May Be Modified NOFORN Y N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to safes. Non-SCI N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to safes. OPSEC Y N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to safes. QTS N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to safes. RD N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to safes. SAP N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to safes. SAR N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to safes. SCI N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to safes. SI N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to safes. SNTK N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to safes. TEMPEST N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to safes. TK N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to safes. Unknown N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to safes. WNINTEL N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to safes. Table Ignored Accesses in IS-Contract Assignments. Ignored Accesses in IS-Contract Assignments (Row #65) - May Be Modified Description: Used to specify the accesses that should not be checked when assigning information systems to contracts by setting the values to Y. Modules Used: 1. Information Systems (Information System Info screen > Contract(s) tab > Assigned to Contract(s) section > Assign Contract(s) button Description Value Default Comments AIS N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to contracts. B N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to contracts. Bye N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to contracts. CNWDI N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to contracts. COMINT N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to contracts. COMSEC N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to contracts. COMSEC Acct N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to contracts. DCS N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to contracts. DTIC N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to contracts. FGI N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to contracts. FOUO N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to contracts. FRD N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to contracts. G N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to contracts. GG N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to contracts. H N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to contracts. LIMDIS N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to contracts. NATO N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to contracts System Profile

278 Back to this System Profile Elements Tables Ignored Accesses in IS-Contract Assignments (Row #65) - May Be Modified NATO C N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to contracts. NATO S N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to contracts. NOFORN Y N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to contracts. Non-SCI N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to contracts. OPSEC Y N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to contracts. QTS N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to contracts. RD N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to contracts. SAP N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to contracts. SAR N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to contracts. SCI N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to contracts. SI N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to contracts. SNTK N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to contracts. TEMPEST N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to contracts. TK N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to contracts. Unknown N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to contracts. WNINTEL N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to contracts. Table Ignored Accesses in IS-Personnel Assignments. Ignored Accesses in IS-Personnel Assignments (Row #66) - May Be Modified Description: Used to specify the accesses that should not be checked when assigning information systems to personnel by setting the values to Y. Modules Used: 1. Information Systems (Information System Info screen > User(s) tab > Assigned to User(s) section > Assign User(s) button 2. Personnel Management (Personnel Info screen > Assignment(s) tab > Assigned Information System(s) section > Assign IS button Description Value Default Comments AIS N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to personnel. B N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to personnel. Bye N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to personnel. CNWDI N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to personnel. COMINT N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to personnel. COMSEC N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to personnel. COMSEC Acct N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to personnel. DCS N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to personnel. DTIC N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to personnel. FGI N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to personnel. FOUO N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to personnel. FRD N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to personnel. G N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to personnel. GG N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to personnel. H N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to personnel. System Profile 7-85

279 System Profile Elements Tables Back to this Ignored Accesses in IS-Personnel Assignments (Row #66) - May Be Modified LIMDIS N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to personnel. NATO N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to personnel. NATO C N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to personnel. NATO S N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to personnel. NOFORN Y N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to personnel. Non-SCI N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to personnel. OPSEC Y N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to personnel. QTS N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to personnel. RD N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to personnel. SAP N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to personnel. SAR N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to personnel. SCI N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to personnel. SI N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to personnel. SNTK N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to personnel. TEMPEST N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to personnel. TK N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to personnel. Unknown N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to personnel. WNINTEL N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to personnel. Table Ignored Accesses in IS-SAM Assignments. Ignored Accesses in IS-SAM Assignments (Row #67) - May Be Modified Description: Used to specify the accesses that should not be checked when assigning information systems to secured areas by setting the values to Y. The Description for access added must match the Description for that access in Table 7-10, AccessType. Modules Used: 1. Information Systems (Information System Info screen > User(s) tab > Assigned to User(s) section > Assign User(s) button 2. Personnel Management (Personnel Info screen > Assignment(s) tab > Assigned Information System(s) section > Assign IS button Description Value Default Comments Add the applicable access(es) and enter value of Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to personnel. Table Ignored Accesses in People-Contract Assignments. Ignored Accesses in People-Contract Assignments (Row #68) - May Be Modified Description: Used to specify the accesses that should not be checked when assigning contracts to personnel by setting the values to Y. Modules Used: 1. Contract Administration (Contract Info screen > Personnel tab > # Employee(s) Assigned and# Contractor(s) Assigned sections > Assign Employee(s) and Assign Contractor(s) button 2. Personnel Management (Personnel Info screen > Assignment(s) tab > Assigned to Contract(s) section > Contracts button 7-86 System Profile

280 Back to this System Profile Elements Tables Ignored Accesses in People-Contract Assignments (Row #68) - May Be Modified Description Value Default Comments AIS N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning contracts to personnel. B N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning contracts to personnel. Bye N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning contracts to personnel. CNWDI N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning contracts to personnel. COMINT N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning contracts to personnel. COMSEC N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning contracts to personnel. COMSEC Acct N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning contracts to personnel. DCS N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning contracts to personnel. DTIC N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning contracts to personnel. FGI N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning contracts to personnel. FOUO N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning contracts to personnel. FRD N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning contracts to personnel. G N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning contracts to personnel. GG N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning contracts to personnel. H N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning contracts to personnel. LIMDIS N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning contracts to personnel. NATO N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning contracts to personnel. NATO C N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning contracts to personnel. NATO S N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning contracts to personnel. NOFORN Y N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning contracts to personnel. Non-SCI N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning contracts to personnel. OPSEC Y N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning contracts to personnel. QTS N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning contracts to personnel. RD N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning contracts to personnel. SAP N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning contracts to personnel. SAR N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning contracts to personnel. SCI N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning contracts to personnel. SI N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning contracts to personnel. SNTK N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning contracts to personnel. TEMPEST N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning contracts to personnel. TK N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning contracts to personnel. Unknown N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning contracts to personnel. WNINTEL N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning contracts to personnel. System Profile 7-87

281 System Profile Elements Tables Back to this Table Ignored Accesses in Property-Contract Assignments. Ignored Accesses in Property-Contract Assignments (Row #69) - May Be Modified Description: Used to specify the accesses that should not be checked when assigning property to contracts by setting the values to Y. Modules Used: 1. Property Management (Property Info > Assignment tab > Assigned to Contract(s) section > Assign Contracts button Description Value Default Comments AIS N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to contracts. B N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to contracts. Bye N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to contracts. CNWDI N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to contracts. COMINT N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to contracts. COMSEC N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to contracts. COMSEC Acct N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to contracts. DCS N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to contracts. DTIC N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to contracts. FGI N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to contracts. FOUO N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to contracts. FRD N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to contracts. G N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to contracts. GG N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to contracts. H N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to contracts. LIMDIS N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to contracts. NATO N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to contracts. NATO C N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to contracts. NATO S N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to contracts. NOFORN Y N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to contracts. Non-SCI N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to contracts. OPSEC Y N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to contracts. QTS N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to contracts. RD N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to contracts. SAP N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to contracts. SAR N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to contracts. SCI N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to contracts. SI N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to contracts. SNTK N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to contracts. TEMPEST N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to contracts. TK N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to contracts. Unknown N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to contracts. WNINTEL N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to contracts System Profile

282 Back to this System Profile Elements Tables Table Ignored Accesses in Property-Personnel Assignments. Ignored Accesses in Property-Personnel Assignments (Row #70) - May Be Modified Description: Used to specify the accesses that should not be checked when assigning property to personnel by setting the values to Y. Modules Used: 1. Personnel Management (Personnel Info screen > Assignment(s) tab > Assigned Propertiy(ies) section > Assign Properties button 2. Property Management (Property Info screen > Assignment tab > # People Assigned section > Assign People button Description Value Default Comments AIS N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to personnel. B N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to personnel. Bye N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to personnel. CNWDI N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to personnel. COMINT N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to personnel. COMSEC N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to personnel. COMSEC Acct N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to personnel. DCS N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to personnel. DTIC N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to personnel. FGI N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to personnel. FOUO N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to personnel. FRD N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to personnel. G N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to personnel. GG N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to personnel. H N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to personnel. LIMDIS N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to personnel. NATO N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to personnel. NATO C N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to personnel. NATO S N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to personnel. NOFORN Y N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to personnel. Non-SCI N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to personnel. OPSEC Y N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to personnel. QTS N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to personnel. RD N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to personnel. SAP N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to personnel. SAR N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to personnel. SCI N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to personnel. SI N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to personnel. SNTK N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to personnel. TEMPEST N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to personnel. TK N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to personnel. Unknown N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to personnel. WNINTEL N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to personnel. System Profile 7-89

283 System Profile Elements Tables Back to this Table Ignored Accesses in Property-SAM Assignments. Ignored Accesses in Property-SAM Assignments (Row #71) - May Be Modified Description: Used to specify the accesses that should not be checked when assigning property to personnel by setting the values to Y. The Description for access added must match the Description for that access in Table 7-10, AccessType. Modules Used: 1. Personnel Management (Personnel Info screen > Assignment(s) tab > Assigned Propertiy(ies) section > Assign Properties button 2. Property Management (Property Info screen > Assignment tab > # People Assigned section > Assign People button Description Value Default Comments Add the applicable access(es) and enter value of Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to personnel. Table Ignored Accesses in SAM-Contract Assignments. Ignored Accesses in SAM-Contract Assignments (Row #72) - May Be Modified Description: Used to specify the accesses that should not be checked when assigning property to personnel by setting the values to Y. Modules Used: 1. Personnel Management (Personnel Info screen > Assignment(s) tab > Assigned Propertiy(ies) section > Assign Properties button 2. Property Management (Property Info screen > Assignment tab > # People Assigned section > Assign People button Description Value Default Comments INTEL Y N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to personnel. NOFORN Y Y Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to personnel. OPSEC Y N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to personnel. Table IncidentType. IncidentType (Row #73) - May Be Modified (see Comments for exception) Property incident types list box elements Modules Used: 1. Property Management (Incident Info screen > Incident Type list box) Description Value Default Comments Unknown U Y Do not modify System Profile

284 Back to this System Profile Elements Tables Table InspectType. InspectType (Row #74) - May Be Modified Facility inspection types list box elements Modules Used: 1. Facility Info (Facility Inspection Info screen > Inspection Type list box) Description Value Default Comments Annual A Y Monthly B N Original installed settings. Self S N Table Interim Map. Interim Map (Row #75) - May Be Modified This list can be configured to allow Interim clearances (Interim Secret/Top Secret) collaterals to be assigned to actual Secret/Top Secret clearances. To be set by System Administrators. Modules Used: Clearances Description Value Default Comments DDC1 DDC0 N DDD1 DDD0 N Table International Incoming VAL - Clearance Level. International Incoming VAL - Clearance Level (Row #76) - May Be Modified Clearance Level list box elements Modules Used: 1. International Incoming VAL (Add New International Visitor screen > Clearance Level list box) 2. International Visitor Control (International Info screen > Visitor Info tab > Clearance Level list box) Description Value Default Comments Confidential DDB N Interim Confidential DDA1 N Original installed settings. Interim Secret DDC0 N Interim TS DDD0 N NATO Cosmic Top Secret DDD2 N None DDA N Secret DDC1 N Select 1 NULL Y Top Secret DDD1 N System Profile 7-91

285 System Profile Elements Tables Back to this Table International Incoming VAL - Disclosure Level. International Incoming VAL - Disclosure Level (Row #77) - May Be Modified Disclosure Level list box elements Modules Used: 1. International Incoming VAL (International Incoming VAL Info screen > VAL Info tab > Disclosure Level list box) Description Value Default Comments Confidential DDB N Secret DDC1 N Original installed settings. Select 1 NULL Y Unclassified DDA0 N Table International Incoming VAL - Drop Down 1. International Incoming VAL - Drop Down 1 (Row #78) - May Be Modified The list box elements are added in this profile for the drop down list box User Defined Field (UDF) as configured in the International Incoming VAL UDF profile (Value = DD1). Modules Used: 1. International Incoming VAL (International Incoming VAL Info screen > VAL Info tab > [drop down list box] Description Value Default Comments N/A N/A Y Placeholder for the first list box element. See Drop Down List Boxes How To s for the steps to add additional elements. Table International Incoming VAL - Drop Down 2. International Incoming VAL - Drop Down 1 (Row #79) - May Be Modified The list box elements are added in this profile for the drop down list box User Defined Field (UDF) as configured in the International Incoming VAL UDF profile (Value = DD2). Modules Used: 1. International Incoming VAL (International Incoming VAL Info screen > VAL Info tab > [drop down list box] Description Value Default Comments N/A N/A Y Placeholder for the first list box element. See Drop Down List Boxes How To s for the steps to add additional elements. Table International Incoming VAL - Drop Down 3. International Incoming VAL - Drop Down 1 (Row #80) - May Be Modified The list box elements are added in this profile for the drop down list box User Defined Field (UDF) as configured in the International Incoming VAL UDF profile (Value = DD3). Modules Used: 1. International Incoming VAL (International Incoming VAL Info screen > VAL Info tab > [drop down list box] Description Value Default Comments N/A N/A Y Placeholder for the first list box element. See Drop Down List Boxes How To s for the steps to add additional elements System Profile

286 Back to this System Profile Elements Tables Table International Incoming VAL - Drop Down 4. International Incoming VAL - Drop Down 1 (Row #81) - May Be Modified The list box elements are added in this profile for the drop down list box User Defined Field (UDF) as configured in the International Incoming VAL UDF profile (Value = DD4). Modules Used: 1. International Incoming VAL (International Incoming VAL Info screen > VAL Info tab > [drop down list box] Description Value Default Comments N/A N/A Y Placeholder for the first list box element. See Drop Down List Boxes How To s for the steps to add additional elements. Table International Incoming VAL - Drop Down 5. International Incoming VAL - Drop Down 1 (Row #82) - May Be Modified The list box elements are added in this profile for the drop down list box User Defined Field (UDF) as configured in the International Incoming VAL UDF profile (Value = DD5). Modules Used: 1. International Incoming VAL (International Incoming VAL Info screen > VAL Info tab > [drop down list box] Description Value Default Comments N/A N/A Y Placeholder for the first list box element. See Drop Down List Boxes How To s for the steps to add additional elements. Table International Incoming VAL - Type Sponsorship. International Incoming VAL - Type Sponsorship (Row #83) - Do Not Modify Type of Sponsorship list box elements Modules Used: 1. International Incoming VAL (International Incoming VAL Info screen > VAL Info tab > Type of Sponsorship list box) Description Value Default Comments Government GOV N Do not modify. NATO NATO N Do not modify. Non-Government NOGOV N Do not modify. Select 1 NULL Y Do not modify. Table International Incoming VAL - Visit Status. International Incoming VAL - Visit Status (Row #84) - Do Not Modify Visit Status list box elements Modules Used: 1. International Incoming VAL (International Incoming VAL Info screen > VAL Info tab > Visit Status list box) Description Value Default Comments Active A Y Do not modify. Archive I N Do not modify. Pending P N Do not modify. System Profile 7-93

287 System Profile Elements Tables Back to this Table International Incoming VAL - Visit Type. International Incoming VAL - Visit Type (Row #85) - Do Not Modify Visit Type list box elements Modules Used: 1. International Incoming VAL (International Incoming VAL Info screen > VAL Info tab > Visit Type list box) Description Value Default Comments Amendment AMEN N Do not modify. Emergency EMERG N Do not modify. One Time ONCE N Do not modify. Recurring RECUR N Do not modify. Select 1 NULL Y Do not modify. Table International Incoming VAL UDF. International Incoming VAL UDF (Row #86) - Modify Description to enable UDF/Do Not Modify Value Placeholders for optional custom date (DT), data (FD), text box (TX) and drop down (DD) User Defined Fields (UDFs) in the International Incoming VAL module. If utilized, the UDF fields display on the International Incoming VAL Info screen in Add New mode, and on the VAL Info tab in Update and View mode. These UDF fields do not display on the International Incoming VAL Info screen until the Description has been updated (i.e., it is no longer the default Description as shown in this table) on the Profile Detail Info screen. The Value should not be modified. After the Description has been modified and the field displays, the field can be renamed by updating the Description on the Profile Detail Info screen in the System Profile module, or by using the Screen Setup utility (Customize Field Name) in the International Incoming VAL module. They can be hidden by updating the Description back to the default (i.e., the default Description as shown in this table), or by using the Hide checkbox in the Screen Setup utility. Changes made using the Screen Setup utility override changes made on the field s Profile Detail Info screen. Five of the fields are designated be used as drop down fields. They are the fields whose Value equals DD1, DD2, DD3, DD4 and DD5. The Description is first updated with the field name. Then the corresponding system profile element (e.g., International Incoming VAL - Drop Down 1) is updated to include the applicable list box elements. Modules Used: International Incoming VAL (International Incoming VAL Info screen > VAL Info tab > [UDF field(s)] Description Value Default Comments Hidden DD1 Y Drop down UDF. Do not modify the Value. Corresponding list box elements added in the International Incoming VAL - Drop Down 1 profile. Hidden DD2 Y Drop down UDF. Do not modify the Value. Corresponding list box elements added in the International Incoming VAL - Drop Down 2 profile. Hidden DD3 Y Drop down UDF. Do not modify the Value. Corresponding list box elements added in the International Incoming VAL - Drop Down 3 profile. Hidden DD4 Y Drop down UDF. Do not modify the Value. Corresponding list box elements added in the International Incoming VAL - Drop Down 4 profile. Hidden DD5 Y Drop down UDF. Do not modify the Value. Corresponding list box elements added in the International Incoming VAL - Drop Down 5 profile. Hidden DT1 Y Date UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden DT10 Y Date UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden DT2 Y Date UDF. Do not modify the Value System Profile

288 Back to this System Profile Elements Tables International Incoming VAL UDF (Row #86) - Modify Description to enable UDF/Do Not Modify Value Hidden DT3 Y Date UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden DT4 Y Date UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden DT5 Y Date UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden DT6 Y Date UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden DT7 Y Date UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden DT8 Y Date UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden DT9 Y Date UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden FD1 Y Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden FD10 Y Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden FD2 Y Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden FD3 Y Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden FD4 Y Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden FD5 Y Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden FD6 Y Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden FD7 Y Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden FD8 Y Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden FD9 Y Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden TX1 Y Text box UDF. Do not modify the Value. Table International Incoming Visitor UDF. International Incoming Visitor UDF (Row #87) - Modify Description to enable UDF/Do Not Modify Value Placeholders for optional custom date (DT), data (FD), text box (TX) and drop down (DD) User Defined Fields (UDFs) in the International Visitor Control module. If utilized, the UDF fields display on the International Visitor Info screen in Add New mode, and on the Visitor Info tab in Update and View mode. These UDF fields do not display on the International Visitor Info screen until the Description has been updated (i.e., it is no longer the default Description as shown in this table) on the Profile Detail Info screen. The Value should not be modified. After the Description has been modified and the field displays, the field can be renamed by updating the Description on the Profile Detail Info screen in the System Profile module, or by using the Screen Setup utility (Customize Field Name) in the International Visitor Control module. They can be hidden by updating the Description back to the default (i.e., the default Description as shown in this table), or by using the Hide checkbox in the Screen Setup utility. Changes made using the Screen Setup utility override changes made on the field s Profile Detail Info screen. Five of the fields are designated be used as drop down fields. They are the fields whose Value equals DD1, DD2, DD3, DD4 and DD5. The Description is first updated with the field name. Then the corresponding system profile element (e.g., International Incoming VAL - Drop Down 1) is updated to include the applicable list box elements. Modules Used: International Visitor Control (International Visitor Info screen > Visitor Info tab > [UDF field(s)] Description Value Default Comments Hidden DD1 Y Drop down UDF. Do not modify the Value. Corresponding list box elements added in the International Visitor - Drop Down 1 profile. Hidden DD2 Y Drop down UDF. Do not modify the Value. Corresponding list box elements added in the International Visitor - Drop Down 2 profile. System Profile 7-95

289 System Profile Elements Tables Back to this International Incoming Visitor UDF (Row #87) - Modify Description to enable UDF/Do Not Modify Value Hidden DD3 Y Drop down UDF. Do not modify the Value. Corresponding list box elements added in the International Visitor - Drop Down 3 profile. Hidden DD4 Y Drop down UDF. Do not modify the Value. Corresponding list box elements added in the International Visitor - Drop Down 4 profile. Hidden DD5 Y Drop down UDF. Do not modify the Value. Corresponding list box elements added in the International Visitor - Drop Down 5 profile. Hidden DT1 Y Date UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden DT10 Y Date UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden DT2 Y Date UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden DT3 Y Date UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden DT4 Y Date UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden DT5 Y Date UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden DT6 Y Date UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden DT7 Y Date UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden DT8 Y Date UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden DT9 Y Date UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden FD1 Y Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden F10 Y Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden FD2 Y Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden FD3 Y Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden FD4 Y Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden FD5 Y Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden FD6 Y Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden FD7 Y Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden FD8 Y Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden FD1 Y Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden TX1 Y Text box UDF. Do not modify the Value. Table International Non-VAL - Drop Down 1. International Non-VAL - Drop Down 1 (Row #88) - May Be Modified The list box elements are added in this profile for the drop down list box User Defined Field (UDF) as configured in the International Non-VAL UDF profile (Value = DD1). Modules Used: 1. International Visitor Control (International Visit Info Info screen > [drop down list box]) Description Value Default Comments N/A N/A Y Placeholder for the first list box element. See Drop Down List Boxes How To s for the steps to add additional elements System Profile

290 Back to this System Profile Elements Tables Table International Non-VAL - Drop Down 2. International Non-VAL - Drop Down 2 (Row #89) - May Be Modified The list box elements are added in this profile for the drop down list box User Defined Field (UDF) as configured in the International Non-VAL UDF profile (Value = DD2). Modules Used: 1. International Visitor Control (International Visit Info Info screen > [drop down list box]) Description Value Default Comments N/A N/A Y Placeholder for the first list box element. See Drop Down List Boxes How To s for the steps to add additional elements. Table International Non-VAL - Drop Down 3. International Non-VAL - Drop Down 3 (Row #90) - May Be Modified The list box elements are added in this profile for the drop down list box User Defined Field (UDF) as configured in the International Non-VAL UDF profile (Value = DD3). Modules Used: 1. International Visitor Control (International Visit Info Info screen > [drop down list box]) Description Value Default Comments N/A N/A Y Placeholder for the first list box element. See Drop Down List Boxes How To s for the steps to add additional elements. Table International Non-VAL - Drop Down 4. International Non-VAL - Drop Down 4 (Row #91) - May Be Modified The list box elements are added in this profile for the drop down list box User Defined Field (UDF) as configured in the International Non-VAL UDF profile (Value = DD4). Modules Used: 1. International Visitor Control (International Visit Info Info screen > [drop down list box]) Description Value Default Comments N/A N/A Y Placeholder for the first list box element. See Drop Down List Boxes How To s for the steps to add additional elements. Table International Non-VAL - Drop Down 5. International Non-VAL - Drop Down 5 (Row #92) - May Be Modified The list box elements are added in this profile for the drop down list box User Defined Field (UDF) as configured in the International Non-VAL UDF profile (Value = DD5). Modules Used: 1. International Visitor Control (International Visit Info Info screen > [drop down list box]) Description Value Default Comments N/A N/A Y Placeholder for the first list box element. See Drop Down List Boxes How To s for the steps to add additional elements. System Profile 7-97

291 System Profile Elements Tables Back to this Table International Non-VAL - Visit Type. International Non-VAL - Visit Type (Row #93) - Do Not Modify Visit Type list box elements Modules Used: 1. International Visitor Control (International Visit Info Info screen > Visit Type list box) Description Value Default Comments Classified CLASS N Do not modify. Select 1 NULL N Do not modify. Unclassified UNCLS N Do not modify. Table International Non-VAL UDF. International Non-VAL UDF (Row #94) - Modify Description to enable UDF/Do Not Modify Value Placeholders for optional custom date (DT), data (FD), text box (TX) and drop down (DD) User Defined Fields (UDFs) in the International Visitor Control module. If utilized, the UDF fields display on the International Visit Info Info screen. These UDF fields do not display on the International Visit Info Info screen until the Description has been updated (i.e., it is no longer the default Description as shown in this table) on the Profile Detail Info screen. The Value should not be modified. After the Description has been modified and the field displays, the field can be renamed by updating the Description on the Profile Detail Info screen in the System Profile module, or by using the Screen Setup utility (Customize Field Name) in the International Visitor Control module. They can be hidden by updating the Description back to the default (i.e., the default Description as shown in this table), or by using the Hide checkbox in the Screen Setup utility. Changes made using the Screen Setup utility override changes made on the field s Profile Detail Info screen. Five of the fields are designated be used as drop down fields. They are the fields whose Value equals DD1, DD2, DD3, DD4 and DD5. The Description is first updated with the field name. Then the corresponding system profile element (e.g., International Non-VAL - Drop Down 1) is updated to include the applicable list box elements. Modules Used: International Visitor Control (International Visit Info Info screen > [UDF field(s)] Description Value Default Comments Hidden DD1 Y Drop down UDF. Do not modify the Value. Corresponding list box elements added in the International Non-VAL - Drop Down 1 profile. Hidden DD2 Y Drop down UDF. Do not modify the Value. Corresponding list box elements added in the International Non-VAL - Drop Down 2 profile. Hidden DD3 Y Drop down UDF. Do not modify the Value. Corresponding list box elements added in the International Non-VAL - Drop Down 3 profile. Hidden DD4 Y Drop down UDF. Do not modify the Value. Corresponding list box elements added in the International Non-VAL - Drop Down 4 profile. Hidden DD5 Y Drop down UDF. Do not modify the Value. Corresponding list box elements added in the International Non-VAL - Drop Down 5 profile. Hidden DT1 Y Date UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden DT10 Y Date UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden DT2 Y Date UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden DT3 Y Date UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden DT4 Y Date UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden DT5 Y Date UDF. Do not modify the Value System Profile

292 Back to this System Profile Elements Tables International Non-VAL UDF (Row #94) - Modify Description to enable UDF/Do Not Modify Value Hidden DT6 Y Date UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden DT7 Y Date UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden DT8 Y Date UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden DT9 Y Date UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden FD1 Y Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden FD10 Y Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden FD2 Y Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden FD3 Y Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden FD4 Y Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden FD5 Y Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden FD6 Y Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden FD7 Y Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden FD8 Y Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden FD9 Y Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden TX1 Y Text box UDF. Do not modify the Value. Table International Outgoing VAL - Disclosure Level. International Outgoing VAL - Disclosure Level (Row #95) - Do Not Modify Security Disclosure Level list box elements Modules Used: 1. International Outgoing VAL (International Visits screen > VAL Info tab > Security Disclosure Level list box) Description Value Default Comments Confidential DDB N Do not modify. Secret DDC1 N Do not modify. Select 1 NULL Y Do not modify. Table International Outgoing VAL - Drop Down 1. International Outgoing VAL - Drop Down 1 (Row #96) - May Be Modified The list box elements are added in this profile for the drop down list box User Defined Field (UDF) as configured in the International Outgoing VAL UDF profile (Value = DD1). Modules Used: 1. International Outgoing VAL (International Visits screen > VAL Info tab > [drop down list box] Description Value Default Comments N/A N/A Y Placeholder for the first list box element. See Drop Down List Boxes How To s for the steps to add additional elements. System Profile 7-99

293 System Profile Elements Tables Back to this Table International Outgoing VAL - Drop Down 2. International Outgoing VAL - Drop Down 2 (Row #97) - May Be Modified The list box elements are added in this profile for the drop down list box User Defined Field (UDF) as configured in the International Outgoing VAL UDF profile (Value = DD2). Modules Used: 1. International Outgoing VAL (International Visits screen > VAL Info tab > [drop down list box] Description Value Default Comments N/A N/A Y Placeholder for the first list box element. See Drop Down List Boxes How To s for the steps to add additional elements. Table International Outgoing VAL - Drop Down 3. International Outgoing VAL - Drop Down 3 (Row #98) - May Be Modified The list box elements are added in this profile for the drop down list box User Defined Field (UDF) as configured in the International Outgoing VAL UDF profile (Value = DD3). Modules Used: 1. International Outgoing VAL (International Visits screen > VAL Info tab > [drop down list box] Description Value Default Comments N/A N/A Y Placeholder for the first list box element. See Drop Down List Boxes How To s for the steps to add additional elements. Table International Outgoing VAL - Drop Down 4. International Outgoing VAL - Drop Down 4 (Row #99) - May Be Modified The list box elements are added in this profile for the drop down list box User Defined Field (UDF) as configured in the International Outgoing VAL UDF profile (Value = DD4). Modules Used: 1. International Outgoing VAL (International Visits screen > VAL Info tab > [drop down list box] Description Value Default Comments N/A N/A Y Placeholder for the first list box element. See Drop Down List Boxes How To s for the steps to add additional elements. Table International Outgoing VAL - Drop Down 5. International Outgoing VAL - Drop Down 5 (Row #100) - May Be Modified The list box elements are added in this profile for the drop down list box User Defined Field (UDF) as configured in the International Outgoing VAL UDF profile (Value = DD5). Modules Used: 1. International Outgoing VAL (International Visits screen > VAL Info tab > [drop down list box] Description Value Default Comments N/A N/A Y Placeholder for the first list box element. See Drop Down List Boxes How To s for the steps to add additional elements System Profile

294 Back to this System Profile Elements Tables Table International Outgoing VAL - Initiated/Invited by. International Outgoing VAL - Initiated/Invited by (Row #101) - Do Not Modify Initiated/Invited By list box elements Modules Used: 1. International Outgoing VAL (International Visits screen > VAL Info tab > Initiated/Invited By list box) Description Value Default Comments Initiated by Requesting Agency RAGEN N Do not modify. Invitation of the Agency or Facility to Be Visited RFAC N Do not modify. Select 1 NULL Y Do not modify. Table International Outgoing VAL - Initiative. International Outgoing VAL - Initiative (Row #102) - Do Not Modify Initiative list box elements Modules Used: 1. International Outgoing VAL (International Visits screen > VAL Info tab > Initiative list box) Description Value Default Comments Commercial Initiative COMM N Do not modify. Government Initiative GOVT N Do not modify. Select 1 NULL Y Do not modify. Table International Outgoing VAL - Program. International Outgoing VAL - Program (Row #103) - Do Not Modify Program(s) list box elements Modules Used: 1. International Outgoing VAL (International Visits screen > VAL Info tab > Program(s) list box) Description Value Default Comments N/A x N Do not modify. Select a programto add to the list x N Do not modify. Table International Outgoing VAL - Type. International Outgoing VAL - Type (Row #104) - Do Not Modify International Outgoing VAL types that display when the user clicks + Add New. Modules Used: 1. International Outgoing VAL Description Value Default Comments Contractor C N Do not modify. Contractor (NATO) CNATO N Do not modify. Dual D N Do not modify. Dual (NATO) DNATO N Do not modify. Government G N Do not modify. System Profile 7-101

295 System Profile Elements Tables Back to this International Outgoing VAL - Type (Row #104) - Do Not Modify Government (NATO) GNATO N Do not modify. Select 1 SELT1 Y Table International Outgoing VAL - Visit Status. International Outgoing VAL - Visit Status (Row #105) - Do Not Modify Visit Status list box elements Modules Used: 1. International Outgoing VAL (International Visits screen > VAL Info tab > Visit Status list box) Description Value Default Comments Active A N Do not modify. Archive I N Do not modify. Pending P N Do not modify. Table International Outgoing VAL - Visit Type. International Outgoing VAL - Visit Type (Row #106) - Do Not Modify Type of Visit Being Processed list box elements Modules Used: 1. International Outgoing VAL (International Visits screen > VAL Info tab > Type of Visit Being Processed list box) Description Value Default Comments Amendment AMEN N Do not modify. Emergency EMERG N Do not modify. One Time ONCE N Do not modify. Recurring RECUR N Do not modify. Select 1 NULL Y Table International Outgoing VAL Contract Facility - Drop Down 1. International Outgoing VAL Contract Facility - Drop Down 1 (Row #107) - May Be Modified The list box elements are added in this profile for the drop down list box User Defined Field (UDF) as configured in the International Outgoing VAL Contract Facility UDF profile (Value = DD1). Modules Used: 1. International Outgoing VAL (Contract Facilities Info screen > [drop down list box] Description Value Default Comments N/A N/A Y Placeholder for the first list box element. See Drop Down List Boxes How To s for the steps to add additional elements. Table International Outgoing VAL Contract Facility - Drop Down System Profile

296 Back to this System Profile Elements Tables International Outgoing VAL Contract Facility - Drop Down 2 (Row #108) - May Be Modified The list box elements are added in this profile for the drop down list box User Defined Field (UDF) as configured in the International Outgoing VAL Contract Facility UDF profile (Value = DD2). Modules Used: 1. International Outgoing VAL (Contract Facilities Info screen > [drop down list box] Description Value Default Comments N/A N/A Y Placeholder for the first list box element. See Drop Down List Boxes How To s for the steps to add additional elements. Table International Outgoing VAL Contract Facility - Drop Down 3. International Outgoing VAL Contract Facility - Drop Down 3 (Row #109) - May Be Modified The list box elements are added in this profile for the drop down list box User Defined Field (UDF) as configured in the International Outgoing VAL Contract Facility UDF profile (Value = DD3). Modules Used: 1. International Outgoing VAL (Contract Facilities Info screen > [drop down list box] Description Value Default Comments N/A N/A Y Placeholder for the first list box element. See Drop Down List Boxes How To s for the steps to add additional elements. Table International Outgoing VAL Contract Facility - Drop Down 4. International Outgoing VAL Contract Facility - Drop Down 4 (Row #110) - May Be Modified The list box elements are added in this profile for the drop down list box User Defined Field (UDF) as configured in the International Outgoing VAL Contract Facility UDF profile (Value = DD4). Modules Used: 1. International Outgoing VAL (Contract Facilities Info screen > [drop down list box] Description Value Default Comments N/A N/A Y Placeholder for the first list box element. See Drop Down List Boxes How To s for the steps to add additional elements. Table International Outgoing VAL Contract Facility - Drop Down 5. International Outgoing VAL Contract Facility - Drop Down 5 (Row #111) - May Be Modified The list box elements are added in this profile for the drop down list box User Defined Field (UDF) as configured in the International Outgoing VAL Contract Facility UDF profile (Value = DD5). Modules Used: 1. International Outgoing VAL (Contract Facilities Info screen > [drop down list box]) Description Value Default Comments N/A N/A Y Placeholder for the first list box element. See Drop Down List Boxes How To s for the steps to add additional elements. System Profile 7-103

297 System Profile Elements Tables Back to this Table International Outgoing VAL Contract Facility UDF. International Outgoing VAL Contract Facility UDF (Row #112) - Modify Description to enable UDF/Do Not Modify Value Placeholders for optional custom date (DT), data (FD), text box (TX) and drop down (DD) User Defined Fields (UDFs) in the International Outgoing VAL module. If utilized, the UDF fields display on the Contract Facilities Info screen. These UDF fields do not display on the Contract Facilities Info screen until the Description has been updated (i.e., it is no longer Hidden) on the Profile Detail Info screen. The Value should not be modified. After the Description has been modified and the field displays, the field can be renamed by updating the Description on the Profile Detail Info screen in the System Profile module, or by using the Screen Setup utility (Customize Field Name) in the International Outgoing VAL module. They can be hidden by updating the Description back to the default (i.e., the default Description as shown in this table), or by using the Hide checkbox in the Screen Setup utility. Changes made using the Screen Setup utility override changes made on the field s Profile Detail Info screen. Five of the fields are designated be used as drop down fields. They are the fields whose Value equals DD1, DD2, DD3, DD4 and DD5. The Description is first updated with the field name. Then the corresponding system profile element (e.g., International Outgoing VAL - Drop Down 1) is updated to include the applicable list box elements. Modules Used: International Outgoing VAL (Contract Facilities Info screen > [UDF field(s)]) Description Value Default Comments Hidden DD1 Y Drop down UDF. Do not modify the Value. Corresponding list box elements added in the International Outgoing VAL Contract Facility - Drop Down 1 profile. Hidden DD2 Y Drop down UDF. Do not modify the Value. Corresponding list box elements added in the International Outgoing VAL Contract Facility - Drop Down 2 profile. Hidden DD3 Y Drop down UDF. Do not modify the Value. Corresponding list box elements added in the International Outgoing VAL Contract Facility - Drop Down 3 profile. Hidden DD4 Y Drop down UDF. Do not modify the Value. Corresponding list box elements added in the International Outgoing VAL Contract Facility - Drop Down 4 profile. Hidden DD5 Y Drop down UDF. Do not modify the Value. Corresponding list box elements added in the International Outgoing VAL Contract Facility - Drop Down 5 profile. Hidden DT1 Y Date UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden DT10 Date UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden DT2 Date UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden DT3 Date UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden DT4 Date UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden DT5 Date UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden DT6 Date UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden DT7 Date UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden DT 8 Date UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden DT 9 Date UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden FD10 Y Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden FD2 Y Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden FD3 Y Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden FD4 Y Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden FD5 Y Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden FD6 Y Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden FD7 Y Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value System Profile

298 Back to this System Profile Elements Tables International Outgoing VAL Contract Facility UDF (Row #112) - Modify Description to enable UDF/Do Not Modify Value Hidden FD8 Y Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden FD9 Y Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden TX1 Y Text box UDF. Do not modify the Value. POC FD1 Y Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Table International Outgoing VAL Government Facility - Drop Down 1. International Outgoing VAL Government Facility - Drop Down 1 (Row #113) - May Be Modified The list box elements are added in this profile for the drop down list box User Defined Field (UDF) as configured in the International Outgoing VAL Government Facility UDF profile (Value = DD1). Modules Used: 1. International Outgoing VAL (Government Facilities and/or Agencies Info screen > [drop down list box] Description Value Default Comments N/A N/A Y Placeholder for the first list box element. See Drop Down List Boxes How To s for the steps to add additional elements. Table International Outgoing VAL Government Facility - Drop Down 2. International Outgoing VAL Government Facility - Drop Down 2 (Row #114) - May Be Modified The list box elements are added in this profile for the drop down list box User Defined Field (UDF) as configured in the International Outgoing VAL Government Facility UDF profile (Value = DD2). Modules Used: 1. International Outgoing VAL (Government Facilities and/or Agencies Info screen > [drop down list box] Description Value Default Comments N/A N/A Y Placeholder for the first list box element. See Drop Down List Boxes How To s for the steps to add additional elements. Table International Outgoing VAL Government Facility - Drop Down 3. International Outgoing VAL Government Facility - Drop Down 3 (Row #115) - May Be Modified The list box elements are added in this profile for the drop down list box User Defined Field (UDF) as configured in the International Outgoing VAL Government Facility UDF profile (Value = DD3). Modules Used: 1. International Outgoing VAL (Government Facilities and/or Agencies Info screen > [drop down list box] Description Value Default Comments N/A N/A Y Placeholder for the first list box element. See Drop Down List Boxes How To s for the steps to add additional elements. System Profile 7-105

299 System Profile Elements Tables Back to this Table International Outgoing VAL Government Facility - Drop Down 4. International Outgoing VAL Government Facility - Drop Down 4 (Row #116) - May Be Modified The list box elements are added in this profile for the drop down list box User Defined Field (UDF) as configured in the International Outgoing VAL Government Facility UDF profile (Value = DD4). Modules Used: 1. International Outgoing VAL (Government Facilities and/or Agencies Info screen > [drop down list box] Description Value Default Comments N/A N/A Y Placeholder for the first list box element. See Drop Down List Boxes How To s for the steps to add additional elements. Table International Outgoing VAL Government Facility - Drop Down 5. International Outgoing VAL Government Facility - Drop Down 5 (Row #117) - May Be Modified The list box elements are added in this profile for the drop down list box User Defined Field (UDF) as configured in the International Outgoing VAL Government Facility UDF profile (Value = DD5). Modules Used: 1. International Outgoing VAL (Government Facilities and/or Agencies Info screen > [drop down list box] Description Value Default Comments N/A N/A Y Placeholder for the first list box element. See Drop Down List Boxes How To s for the steps to add additional elements. Table International Outgoing VAL Government Facility UDF. International Outgoing VAL Government Facility UDF (Row #118) - Modify Description to enable UDF/ Do Not Modify Value Placeholders for optional custom date (DT), data (FD), text box (TX) and drop down (DD) User Defined Fields (UDFs) in the International Outgoing VAL module. If utilized, the UDF fields display on the Government Facilities and/or Agencies Info screen. These UDF fields do not display on the Government Facilities and/or Agencies Info screen until the Description has been updated (i.e., it is no longer Hidden) on the Profile Detail Info screen. The Value should not be modified. After the Description has been modified and the field displays, the field can be renamed by updating the Description on the Profile Detail Info screen in the System Profile module, or by using the Screen Setup utility (Customize Field Name) in the International Outgoing VAL module. They can be hidden by updating the Description back to the default (i.e., Hidden as shown in this table), or by using the Hide checkbox in the Screen Setup utility. Changes made using the Screen Setup utility override changes made on the field s Profile Detail Info screen. Five of the fields are designated be used as drop down fields. They are the fields whose Value equals DD1, DD2, DD3, DD4 and DD5. The Description is first updated with the field name. Then the corresponding system profile element (e.g., International Outgoing VAL Government Facility - Drop Down 1) is updated to include the applicable list box elements. Modules Used: International Outgoing VAL (Government Facilities and/or Agencies Info screen > [UDF field(s)] Description Value Default Comments Hidden DD1 Drop down UDF. Do not modify the Value. Corresponding list box elements added in the International Outgoing VAL Government Facility - Drop Down 1 profile System Profile

300 Back to this System Profile Elements Tables International Outgoing VAL Government Facility UDF (Row #118) - Modify Description to enable UDF/ Do Not Modify Value Hidden DD2 Drop down UDF. Do not modify the Value. Corresponding list box elements added in the International Outgoing VAL Government Facility - Drop Down 2 profile. Hidden DD3 Drop down UDF. Do not modify the Value. Corresponding list box elements added in the International Outgoing VAL Government Facility - Drop Down 3 profile. Hidden DD4 Drop down UDF. Do not modify the Value. Corresponding list box elements added in the International Outgoing VAL Government Facility - Drop Down 4 profile. Hidden DD5 Drop down UDF. Do not modify the Value. Corresponding list box elements added in the International Outgoing VAL Government Facility - Drop Down 5 profile. Hidden DT1 Y Date UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden DT10 Y Date UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden DT2 Y Date UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden DT3 Y Date UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden DT4 Y Date UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden DT5 Y Date UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden DT6 Y Date UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden DT7 Y Date UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden DT8 Y Date UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden DT9 Y Date UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden FD10 Y Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden FD2 Y Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden FD3 Y Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden FD4 Y Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden FD5 Y Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden FD6 Y Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden FD7 Y Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden FD8 Y Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden FD9 Y Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden TX1 Y Text box UDF. Do not modify the Value. POC FD1 Y Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Table International Outgoing VAL UDF. International Outgoing VAL UDF (Row #119) - Modify Description to enable UDF/Do Not Modify Value Placeholders for optional custom date (DT), data (FD), text box (TX) and drop down (DD) User Defined Fields (UDFs) in the International Outgoing VAL module. If utilized, the UDF fields display on the International Visits screen in Add New mode, and on the VAL Info tab in Update and View mode. These UDF fields do not display on the International Visits screen until the Description has been updated (i.e., it is no longer Hidden) on the Profile Detail Info screen. The Value should not be modified. After the Description has been modified and the field displays, the field can be renamed by updating the Description on the Profile Detail Info screen in the System Profile module, or by using the Screen Setup utility (Customize Field Name) in the International Outgoing VAL module. They can be hidden by updating the Description back to the default (i.e., Hidden as shown in this table), or by using the Hide checkbox in the Screen Setup utility. Changes made using the Screen Setup utility override changes made on the field s Profile Detail Info screen. System Profile 7-107

301 System Profile Elements Tables Back to this International Outgoing VAL UDF (Row #119) - Modify Description to enable UDF/Do Not Modify Value Five of the fields are designated be used as drop down fields. They are the fields whose Value equals DD1, DD2, DD3, DD4 and DD5. The Description is first updated with the field name. Then the corresponding system profile element (e.g., International Outgoing VAL - Drop Down 1) is updated to include the applicable list box elements. Modules Used: International Outgoing VAL (International Visits screen > VAL Info tab > [UDF field(s)]) Description Value Default Comments Hidden DD1 Y Drop down UDF. Do not modify the Value. Corresponding list box elements added in the International Outgoing VAL - Drop Down 1 profile. Hidden DD2 Y Drop down UDF. Do not modify the Value. Corresponding list box elements added in the International Outgoing VAL - Drop Down 2 profile. Hidden DD3 Y Drop down UDF. Do not modify the Value. Corresponding list box elements added in the International Outgoing VAL - Drop Down 3 profile. Hidden DD4 Y Drop down UDF. Do not modify the Value. Corresponding list box elements added in the International Outgoing VAL - Drop Down 4 profile. Hidden DD5 Y Drop down UDF. Do not modify the Value. Corresponding list box elements added in the International Outgoing VAL - Drop Down 5 profile. Hidden DT1 Y Date UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden DT10 Y Date UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden DT2 Y Date UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden DT3 Y Date UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden DT4 Y Date UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden DT5 Y Date UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden DT6 Y Date UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden DT7 Y Date UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden DT8 Y Date UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden DT9 Y Date UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden FD1 Y Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden FD10 Y Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden FD2 Y Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden FD3 Y Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden FD4 Y Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden FD5 Y Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden FD6 Y Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden FD7 Y Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden FD8 Y Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden FD9 Y Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden TX1 Y Text box UDF. Do not modify the Value System Profile

302 Back to this System Profile Elements Tables Table International Visitor - Drop Down 1. International Visitor - Drop Down 1 (Row #120) - May Be Modified The list box elements are added in this profile for the drop down list box User Defined Field (UDF) as configured in the International Incoming Visitor UDF profile (Value = DD1). Modules Used: 1. International Visitor Control (International Visitor Info screen > [drop down list box]) Description Value Default Comments N/A N/A Y Placeholder for the first list box element. See Drop Down List Boxes How To s for the steps to add additional elements. Table International Visitor - Drop Down 2. International Visitor - Drop Down 2 (Row #121) - May Be Modified The list box elements are added in this profile for the drop down list box User Defined Field (UDF) as configured in the International Incoming Visitor UDF profile (Value = DD2). Modules Used: 1. International Visitor Control (International Visitor Info screen > [drop down list box]) Description Value Default Comments N/A N/A Y Placeholder for the first list box element. See Drop Down List Boxes How To s for the steps to add additional elements. Table International Visitor - Drop Down 3. International Visitor - Drop Down 3 (Row #122) - May Be Modified The list box elements are added in this profile for the drop down list box User Defined Field (UDF) as configured in the International Incoming Visitor UDF profile (Value = DD3). Modules Used: 1. International Visitor Control (International Visitor Info screen > [drop down list box]) Description Value Default Comments N/A N/A Y Placeholder for the first list box element. See Drop Down List Boxes How To s for the steps to add additional elements. Table International Visitor - Drop Down 4. International Visitor - Drop Down 4 (Row #123) - May Be Modified The list box elements are added in this profile for the drop down list box User Defined Field (UDF) as configured in the International Incoming Visitor UDF profile (Value = DD4). Modules Used: 1. International Visitor Control (International Visitor Info screen > [drop down list box]) Description Value Default Comments N/A N/A Y Placeholder for the first list box element. See Drop Down List Boxes How To s for the steps to add additional elements. System Profile 7-109

303 System Profile Elements Tables Back to this Table International Visitor - Drop Down 5. International Visitor - Drop Down 5 (Row #124) - May Be Modified The list box elements are added in this profile for the drop down list box User Defined Field (UDF) as configured in the International Incoming Visitor UDF profile (Value = DD5). Modules Used: 1. International Visitor Control (International Visitor Info screen > [drop down list box]) Description Value Default Comments N/A N/A Y Placeholder for the first list box element. See User Defined Fields (UDFs) How To s for the steps to add additional elements. Table Inventory Status. Inventory Status (Row #125) - Do Not Modify Inventory Status list box elements Modules Used: 1. Inventory Management (Inventory Info screen > Inventory tab > Status list box) Description Value Default Comments Cancelled X N Do not modify. Closed C N Do not modify. Open O Y Do not modify. Table Inventory Type. Inventory Type (Row #126) - Do Not Modify Type of inventory list box elements Modules Used: 1. Inventory Management (Inventory Info screen > Inventory tab > Type list box) Description Value Default Comments Asset P N Do not modify. Document D Y Do not modify. Table InvestBy. InvestBy (Row #127) - May Be Modified (see Comments for exception) Investigative agency list box elements Modules Used: 1. Personnel Management (DOD Clearance Info screen > DOD Clearance Info tab > Investigation Completed By list box) 2. Personnel Management (Non-DOD Clearance Info screen > Non-DOD Clearance Info tab > By list box for Initial Investigation) 3. Visitor Control (DOD Clearance Info screen > DOD Clearance Info tab > Investigation Completed By list box) 4. Visitor Control (Non-DOD Clearance Info screen > Non-DOD Clearance Info tab > By list box for Initial Investigation) Description Value Default Comments CIA C N DOD D N Original installed settings. FBI F N System Profile

304 Back to this System Profile Elements Tables InvestBy (Row #127) - May Be Modified (see Comments for exception) None A Y Do not modify. NSA E N OPM B N Table Investigation Types. Investigation Types (Row #128) - May Be Modified (see Comments for exceptions) Background investigation types list box elements Modules Used: 1. Incoming Visit Request (New Visitor > Clearance/Access tab > Investigation Type list boxes for Clearance, Special Access 1, Special Access 2, Special Access 3, Special Access 4, and Special Access 5) 2. Personnel Management (DOD Clearance Info screen > DOD Clearance Info tab > Investigation Type list box) 3. Personnel Management (Non-DOD Clearance Info screen > Non-DOD Clearance Info tab > Investigation Type list box) 4. Personnel Management (Special Access Info screen > Special Access Info tab > Investigation Type list box) 5. Visitor Control (DOD Clearance Info screen > DOD Clearance Info tab > Investigation Type list box) 6. Visitor Control (Non-DOD Clearance Info screen > Non-DOD Clearance Info tab > Investigation Type list box) 7. Visitor Control (Special Access Info screen > Special Access Info tab > Investigation Type list box) Description Value Default Comments BI IT3 N CNAC IT9 N Original installed settings. L IL N NAC IT2 N NAC/LAC/CR IT8 N NACLC NACLC N Do not modify. PPR PPR N Do not modify. PRS PRS N Do not modify. Q IQ N SBI IT1 N SBPR SBPR N Do not modify. SSBI IT7 N SSBI/PR IT4 N Unknown U Y Table IS - Accred. Status. IS - Accred. Status (Row #129) - May Be Modified Accredidation list box elements Modules Used: 1. Information Systems (Information System Info screen > Main tab > Accred. Status list box) Description Value Default Comments ATC ATC N Original installed settings. ATO ATO N ATP ATP N De-accredited DEACC N System Profile 7-111

305 System Profile Elements Tables Back to this IS - Accred. Status (Row #129) - May Be Modified IATC IATC N IATO IATO N IATT IATT N None None Y Table IS_IS Associated Document Type. IS_IS Associated Document Type (Row #130) - May Be Modified (see Comments for exception) Type of documents appended list box elements Modules Used: 1. Information Systems (Information System Associated Doc. Info screen > Type of Action list box) Description Value Default Comments Accreditation Letter AL N MFR MFR N Original installed settings. Other O Y Do not modify. Review REV N Waiver WAIV N Table IS_Privilege User Type. IS_Privilege User Type (Row #131) - May Be Modified (see Comments for exceptions) User types for the information system list box elements Modules Used: 1. Information Systems (Information System User Info > User Type list box) Description Value Default Comments General User N/A Y Do not modify. ISSM ISSM N Original installed settings. ISSO ISSO N Do not modify. Privilege User POC N Do not modify. Table IS_SSP Action Type. IS_SSP Action Type (Row #132) - May Be Modified (see Comments for exception) SSP action types list box elements Modules Used: 1. Information Systems (Information System SSP Info > Type of Action list box) Description Value Default Comments Accreditation CRED N Customer Redlines RED N Original installed settings. Initial Submission INIT Y Do not modify. Resubmit RESUB N System Profile

306 Back to this System Profile Elements Tables Table IS Status. IS Status (Row #133) - Do Not Modify Status of the Information System list box elements Modules Used: 1. Information Systems (Information System Info screen > Main tab > Status list box) Description Value Default Comments Active A Y Do not modify. Inactive I N Do not modify. Table IS_Approvedfor. IS_Approvedfor (Row #134) - May Be Modified Description: System approval duration Modules Used: Information Systems Description Value Default Comments 1 Year 1yr Y 120 Days 120d N 3 Years 3yrs N 30 Days 30d N 60 Days 60d N 90 Days 90d N Table IS_Area Type. IS_Area Type (Row #135) - May Be Modified IS location area list box elements Modules Used: 1. Information Systems (Information System Info screen > Main tab > Type of Area list box) Description Value Default Comments Closed Area Close Y Other Other N Original installed settings. Restricted Area Rest N SCIF SCIF N SWA SWA N TSWA TSWA N System Profile 7-113

307 System Profile Elements Tables Back to this Table IS_Destruction. IS_Destruction (Row #136) - May Be Modified IS destruction method list box elements Modules Used: 1. Information Systems (Platform Specific Info (One per OS) screen > Sent to for Destruction list box) Description Value Default Comments Document Control DOC N NSA NSA Y Table IS_Encryption. IS_Encryption (Row #137) - May Be Modified IS encryption type list box elements Original installed settings. Modules Used: 1. Information Systems (Information System Info screen > Main tab > Encryption list box) Description Value Default Comments KG-145 KG145 N KIV-7 KIV-7 N Original installed settings. None None Y Table IS_FailedLogins. IS_FailedLogins (Row #138) - May Be Modified Number of allowed login attempts list box elements Modules Used: 1. Information Systems (Platform Specific Info (One per OS) Info screen > After # attempts list box) Description Value Default Comments 1 1 N 2 2 N Original installed settings. 3 3 N 4 4 N 5 5 N N/A N/A Y System Profile

308 Back to this System Profile Elements Tables Table IS_ProtectionLevel. IS_Protection Level (Row #139) Protection level for an Information System list box elements Modules Used: 1. Information Systems (Information System Info screen > Main tab > Protection Level list box) Description Value Default Comments 1 Prot1 Y 2 Prot2 N 3 Prot3 N 4 Prot4 N Original installed settings. Table IS_Reenable. IS_Reenable (Row #140) - May Be Modified Reset options for an Information System list box elements Modules Used: 1. Information Systems (Platform Specific Info (One per OS) Info screen > Account is Re-enabled? list box) Description Value Default Comments After 5 minutes 5min N Manually by a priviledged user Manu Y Original installed settings. Table IS_System Type. IS_System Type (Row #141) - May Be Modified IS network environment architecture list box elements Modules Used: 1. Information Systems (Information System Info screen >Main tab > System Type list box) Description Value Default Comments LAN LAN N Standalone alone Y Original installed settings. WAN (Interconnected) WAN2 N WNA (Unified) WAN1 N Table JPAS Mapping. JPAS Mapping (Row #142) - May Be Modified (see Comments for exception) Description: Mappings used in the JPAS import process to map the clearances/accesses used in JPAS to the equivalent clearances/accesses in A/C. Modules Used: JPAS Data Import/Refresh Description Value Default Comments C DDB N DDB is Confidential under ClearClassifications in A/C (see Table 7-28) Interim S DDCO N DDBZ is Interim Secret in A/C under ClearClassifications (see Table 7-28) System Profile 7-115

309 System Profile Elements Tables Back to this JPAS Mapping (Row #142) - May Be Modified (see Comments for exception) Interim T DDD0 N DDCZ is Interim TS in A/C under ClearClassifications (see Table 7-28) Rest Data RD N Do not modify. S DDC1 N DDC is Secret under ClearClassifications in A/C (see Table 7-28) TS DDD1 N DDD is Top Secret under ClearClassifications in A/C (see Table 7-28) Table MediaType. MediaType (Row #143) - May Be Modified Document Media Types list box elements Modules Used: 1. Document Management (Document Info screen > Document tab > Media Type list box) Description Value Default Comments ARTWORK AW N CHANGE PAGES CP N Original installed settings. COMPACT DISK CD N COMPUTER PRINTOUT CC N COVER LETTER LT N DRAFT COPY DC N DRAWING DW N FILM FL N FLASHCARD FS N FLOPPY DISKETTE FD N HARD DISK HD N MICRO FICHE MF N NEGATIVE NG N OPTICAL DISK OD N PAPER DOCUMENT PP Y SLIDE SL N TAPE TP N VIDEO VD N VIEWGRAPH VG N WORKING PAPER WP N System Profile

310 Back to this System Profile Elements Tables Table PasswordExpirationDays. PasswordExpirationDays (Row #144) - May Be Modified Password expiration codes list box elements In order for the days to be sorted correctly in the list box, the text # of days in the Description field must be 3-character length (e.g., 030 days). Modules Used: 1. User Profile (User Info screen > Password must be changed in list box) Description Value Default Comments 030 days 30 N 060 days 60 N Original installed settings. 090 days 90 N 180 days 180 N 365 days 365 N Never 000 Y Table PendingDocStatus. PendingDocStatus (Row #145) - Do Not Modify Pending document codes list box elements Modules Used: Document Management 1. Document Management (Document Info screen > Owner/OnLoan tab > Pending Dest/Xmit list box) Description Value Default Comments U S Please do not change or update. To be destroyed PD S Please do not change or update. To be transmitted PT S Please do not change or update. Table Personnel Contract Assignment Option. Personnel Contract Assignment Option (Row #146) - May Be Modified Setting to allow/disallow assignment of employees in pending status to a contract. Modules Used: Contract Administration and Personnel Management Description Value Default Comments Allow assigning pending employee(s) N N When Value = Y, security administrators can assign employees in pending status to a contract. Table Poly Status. Poly Status (Row #147) - May Be Modified Polygraph status list box elements Modules Used: Personnel Management 1. Personnel Management (Poly Info screen > Status list box) Description Value Default Comments Active A Y Please do not change or update. Inactive I N Please do not change or update. System Profile 7-117

311 System Profile Elements Tables Back to this Poly Status (Row #147) - May Be Modified Pending P N Please do not change or update. Withdrawn W N Please do not change or update. Table PolyBy. PolyBy (Row #148) - May Be Modified (see Comments for exception) Polygraph adminstering agency list box elements When the Value = N in the Hide Poly section in the Clearance Screen system parameter, this list box does not display on the Non-DOD Clearance Info tab. When the Value = N in the Hide Poly section in the Special Access Screen system parameter, this list box does not display on the Special Access Info tab. Modules Used: 1. Personnel Management (Non-DOD Clearance Info screen > Non-DOD Clearance Info tab > By list boxes for Polygraph 1 and Polygraph 2) 2. Personnel Management (Poly Info screen > Poly By list box) 3. Personnel Management (Special Access Info screen > Special Access Info tab > Poly By list box) 4. Visitor Control (Non-DOD Clearance Info screen > Non-DOD Clearance Info tab > By list boxes for Polygraph 1 and Polygraph 2) 5. Visitor Control (Special Access Info screen > Special Access Info tab > Poly By list box) Description Value Default Comments Agency AGCY N Center CENTR N Original installed settings. Customer CUS N DOD D N FBI F N None A Y Do not modify. NRO NRO N NSA E N OPM B N SAR C N Table PolygraphTypes. PolygraphTypes (Row #149) - May Be Modified (see Comments for exception) Polygraph types list box elements When the Value = N in the Hide Poly section in the Clearance Screen system parameter, this list box does not display on the Non-DOD Clearance Info tab. When the Value = N in the Hide Poly section in the Special Access Screen system parameter, this list box does not display on the Special Access Info tab. Modules Used: 1. Personnel Management (Non-DOD Clearance Info screen > Non-DOD Clearance Info tab > Type list boxes for Polygraph 1 and Polygraph 2) 2. Personnel Management (Poly Info screen > Poly Type list box) 3. Personnel Management (Special Access Info screen > Special Access Info tab > Poly Type list box) System Profile

312 Back to this System Profile Elements Tables PolygraphTypes (Row #149) - May Be Modified (see Comments for exception) 4. Visitor Control (Non-DOD Clearance Info screen > Non-DOD Clearance Info tab > Type list boxes 5. Visitor Control (Special Access Info screen > Special Access Info tab > Poly Type list box) Description Value Default Comments CI CL N Electroscopic EL N LS LS N TypeI 1 N TypeII 2 N Unknown U Y Do not modify. Table Prefixes. Prefixes (Row #150) - May Be Modified Name prefixes list box elements Original installed settings. Modules Used: 1. Incoming Visit Request (New Visitor screen > Visitor Info tab > Prefix list box) 2. International Incoming VAL (Add New International Visitor screen > Prefix list box) 3. Personnel Management (Personnel Info screen > Employee tab > Prefix list box) 4. Visitor Control (Visitor Info screen > Visitor Info tab > Prefix list box) Description Value Default Comments A Y Dr. F N Gen. G N Miss E N Mr. B N Mrs. C N Ms. D N Table ProgramAccessList. Original installed settings. ProgramAccessList (Row #151) - May Be Modified (see Comments for exception) Description: Access type for special programs Modules Used: Sponsor Program Description Value Default Comments Cobra III A N Condor B N Original installed settings. NativeSon C N Unknown U Y Please do not change or update. VirginMary D N System Profile 7-119

313 System Profile Elements Tables Back to this Table ProgramList. ProgramList (Row #152) - May Be Modified (see Comments for exception) Special Access programs list box elements Modules Used: 1. Personnel Management (Compartment Info screen > Program list box) 2. Personnel Management (Special Access Info screen > Program Info tab > Program list box) 3. Visitor Control (Compartment Info screen > Program list box) 4. Visitor Control (Special Access Info screen > Program Info tab > Program list box) Description Value Default Comments Eagle C N HellFire B N SpyMaster A N Unknown U Y Do not modify. Table PropertySubType. Original installed settings. PropertySubType (Row #153) - May Be Modified (see Comments for exception) Equipment sub types list box elements Modules Used: 1. Property Management (Property Info screen > Property tab > Sub Type list box) Description Value Default Comments ADT A N Unknown U Y Please do not change or update. Wells Fargo B N Table PropertyUDF. PropertyUDF (Row #154) - Modify Description to enable UDF/Do Not Modify Value Placeholders for optional custom data entry (FD) User Defined Fields (UDFs) in the Property Management module. These UDF fields do not display on the Property Info screen, Property tab until the Description has been updated (i.e., it is no longer Hidden) on the Profile Detail Info screen. The Value should not be modified. After the Description has been modified and the field displays, the field can be renamed by updating the Description on the Profile Detail Info screen in the System Profile module, or by using the Screen Setup utility (Customize Field Name) in the Property Info module. They can be hidden by updating the Description back to the default (i.e., the default Description as shown in this table), or by using the Hide checkbox in the Screen Setup utility. Changes made using the Screen Setup utility override changes made on the field s Profile Detail Info screen. Modules Used: 1. Property Management (Property Info screen > Property tab > 5 UDF fields) Description Value Default Comments Property UDF1 FD1 N Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Property UDF2 FD2 N Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Property UDF3 FD3 N Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Property UDF4 FD4 N Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Property UDF5 FD5 N Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value System Profile

314 Back to this System Profile Elements Tables Table PropSecuStat. PropSecuStat (Row #155) - Do Not Modify Property status list box elements Modules Used: 1. Property Management (Decal Info screen > Decal tab > Status list box) 2. Property Management (Property Info screen > Property tab > Status list box) Description Value Default Comments Active A Y Please do not change or update. InActive I N Please do not change or update. Table ReInvestBy. ReInvestBy (Row #156) - May Be Modified (see Comments for exception) Agency performing reinvestigations list box elements Modules Used: 1. Personnel Management (Non-DOD Clearance Info screen > Non-DOD Clearance Info tab > By list box for Reinvestigation) 2. Personnel Management (DOD Clearance Info screen > DOD Clearance Info tab > Reinvestigation Completed By list box) 3. Visitor Control (Non-DOD Clearance Info screen > Non-DOD Clearance Info tab > By list box for Reinvestigation) 4. Visitor Control (DOD Clearance Info screen > DOD Clearance Info tab > Reinvestigation Completed By list box Description Value Default Comments CIA C N DOD D N Original installed settings. FBI F N None A Y Do not modify. NSA E N OPM B N Table Reinvestigation Types. Reinvestigation Types (Row #157) - May Be Modified Types of reinvestigations list box elements Modules Used: 1. Personnel Management (Non-DOD Clearance Info screen > Non-DOD Clearance Info tab > Type list box for Reinvestigation) 2. Personnel Management (DOD Clearance Info screen > DOD Clearance Info tab > Reinvestigation Type list box) 3. Visitor Control (Non-DOD Clearance Info screen > Non-DOD Clearance Info tab > Type list box for Reinvestigation) 4. Visitor Control (DOD Clearance Info screen > DOD Clearance Info tab > Reinvestigation Type list box) Description Value Default Comments BLANK Y Original installed setting. System Profile 7-121

315 System Profile Elements Tables Back to this Table Report Category. ReportCategory (Row #158) - May Be Modified (see Comments for exception) Legend for report footer list box elements Modules Used: 1. Report Profile (Report Profile Detail Info screen > Report Category list box) Description Value Default Comments B Y Do not modify. Confidential C N Restricted R N Original installed settings. Top Secret T N Table SAM - Drop Down 1. SAM - Drop Down 1 (Row #159) - May Be Modified The list box elements are added in this profile for the drop down list box User Defined Field (UDF) as configured in the SAM UDF profile (Value = DD1). Modules Used: 1. Secured Area Management (Secured Area Management Info screen > Area Info tab > [drop down list box]) Description Value Default Comments N/A N/A Y Placeholder for the first list box element. See Drop Down List Boxes How To s for the steps to add additional elements. Table SAM - Drop Down 2. SAM - Drop Down 2 (Row #160) - May Be Modified The list box elements are added in this profile for the drop down list box User Defined Field (UDF) as configured in the SAM UDF profile (Value = DD2). Modules Used: 1. Secured Area Management (Secured Area Management Info screen > Area Info tab > [drop down list box]) Description Value Default Comments N/A N/A Y Placeholder for the first list box element. See Drop Down List Boxes How To s for the steps to add additional elements. Table SAM - Drop Down 3. SAM - Drop Down 3 (Row #161) - May Be Modified The list box elements are added in this profile for the drop down list box User Defined Field (UDF) as configured in the SAM UDF profile (Value = DD3). Modules Used: 1. Secured Area Management (Secured Area Management Info screen > Area Info tab > [drop down list box]) Description Value Default Comments N/A N/A Y Placeholder for the first list box element. See Drop Down List Boxes How To s for the steps to add additional elements System Profile

316 Back to this System Profile Elements Tables Table SAM - Drop Down 4. SAM - Drop Down 4 (Row #162) - May Be Modified The list box elements are added in this profile for the drop down list box User Defined Field (UDF) as configured in the SAM UDF profile (Value = DD4). Modules Used: 1. Secured Area Management (Secured Area Management Info screen > Area Info tab > [drop down list box]) Description Value Default Comments N/A N/A Y Placeholder for the first list box element. See Drop Down List Boxes How To s for the steps to add additional elements. Table SAM - Drop Down 5. SAM - Drop Down 5 (Row #163) - May Be Modified The list box elements are added in this profile for the drop down list box User Defined Field (UDF) as configured in the SAM UDF profile (Value = DD5). Modules Used: 1. Secured Area Management (Secured Area Management Info screen > Area Info tab > [drop down list box]) Description Value Default Comments N/A N/A Y Placeholder for the first list box element. See Drop Down List Boxes How To s for the steps to add additional elements. Table SAM Access Types. SAM Access Types (Row #164) - May Be Modified Types of secured area access types list box elements Modules Used: 1. Secured Area Management (Secured Area Management Info screen > Area Info tab > Access(es) checkboxes) Description Value Default Comments G G N SAP SAP N Original installed settings. SAR SAR N SCI SCI N SI SI N TK TK N System Profile 7-123

317 System Profile Elements Tables Back to this Table SAM Alarm Access Type. SAM Alarm Access Type (Row #165) - May Be Modified Types of secured area alarm access control types list box elements Modules Used: 1. Secured Area Management (Alarm/Access Control Info screen > Access Control Type list box) Description Value Default Comments FIPS 15 FIP15 N N/A N/A Y Original installed settings. Smart Card SMART N Table SAM Alarm Equipment Type. SAM Alarm Equipment Types (Row #166) - May Be Modified Types of secured area alarm equipment types list box elements Modules Used: 1. Secured Area Management (Alarm/Access Control Info screen > Equipment Type list box) Description Value Default Comments Access Control AC Y Alarm ALARM N Original installed settings. Table SAM Alarm Monitor. SAM Alarm Monitor (Row #167) - Do Not Modify Types of secured area alarm monitors list box elements Modules Used: 1. Secured Area Management (Secured Area Management Info screen > DSS147 tab > 14. SUPPLEMENTAL PROTECTION section > Alarm Monitor list box) Description Value Default Comments Proprietary P N Subcontract S N Original installed settings. Table SAM Alarm Provider. SAM Alarm Provider (Row #168) - May Be Modified Types of secured area alarm providers list box elements Modules Used: 1. Secured Area Management (Alarm/Access Control Info screen > Alarm Provider (UL Certificate Issuer) list box) Description Value Default Comments Other OTHER N Original installed settings. SAIC SAIC Y System Profile

318 Back to this System Profile Elements Tables Table SAM Alarm Type. SAM Alarm Type (Row #169) - May Be Modified Types of secured area alarm types list box elements Modules Used: 1. Secured Area Management (Alarm/Access Control Info screen > Alarm Type list box) Description Value Default Comments Alarm Type 1 ALRM1 N Alarm Type 2 ALRM2 N Original installed settings. N/A N/A Y Table SAM Amenity Type. SAM Amenity Type (Row #170) - May Be Modified Types of secured area amenities list box elements Modules Used: 1. Secured Area Management (Amenity Info screen > Type list box) Description Value Default Comments Gym GYM N Kitchen KITCH N Original installed settings. N/A N/A N Restaurant REST N Table SAM Area Type. SAM Area Type (Row #171) - May Be Modified Types of secured areas list box elements Modules Used: 1. Secured Area Management (Secured Area Management Info screen > Area Info tab > Area Type list box Description Value Default Comments Closed Area CLOSE N N/A N/A Y Original installed settings. Restricted RESTR N SAPF/Closed Storage SAPFC N SAPF/Open Storage SAPFO N SCIF/Closed Storage SCIFC N SCIF/Open Storage SCIFO N SWA SWA N TSWA TSWA N System Profile 7-125

319 System Profile Elements Tables Back to this Table SAM Built to Standard. SAM Built to Standard (Row #172) - May Be Modified Types of secured area built to standards list box elements Modules Used: 1. Secured Area Management (Accreditation History Info screen > Built to Standard list box) Description Value Default Comments DICD 1/21 DICD1 y DICD 6/9 DICD6 N Original installed settings. DSS 147 DSS N ICD 705 ICD N Table SAM Class Type. SAM Class Type (Row #173) - Do Not Modify Types of DSS147 classification list box elements Modules Used: 1. Secured Area Management (Secured Area Management Info screen > DSS147 tab > 1. TYPE section > Class Type list box) Description Value Default Comments A 10 N B 20 N Original installed settings. C 30 N Modular 40 N Table SAM Classifications. SAM Classifications (Row #174) - May Be Modified Secured area access types list box elements Modules Used: 1. Secured Area Management (Secured Area Management Info screen > Area Info tab > Classification list box) Description Value Default Comments Secret DDC1 N Top Secret DDD1 N Original installed settings. Table SAM CoUse Status. SAM CoUse Status (Row #175) - May Be Modified Status of industry partner co-use list box elements Modules Used: 1. Secured Area Management (x Info screen > x list box) Description Value Default Comments Active A Y Inactive I N Original installed settings System Profile

320 Back to this System Profile Elements Tables Table SAM Customer Approved By. SAM Customer Approved By (Row #176) - May Be Modified Approval customer types list box elements Modules Used: 1. Secured Area Management (Accreditation History Info screen > Approved by Customer list box) Description Value Default Comments CIA CIA N N/A N/A Y Original installed settings. NGA NGA N NRO NRO N NSA NSA N Table SAM Customer Approved Status. SAM Customer Approved Status (Row #177) - May Be Modified Status of secured area customer approval list box elements Modules Used: 1. Secured Area Management (Accreditation History Info screen > Accreditation Status list box) Description Value Default Comments Active A Y Inactive I N Original installed settings. Table SAM Customer Approved Storage Type. SAM Customer Approved Storage Type (Row #178) - May Be Modified Types of secured area storage types list box elements Modules Used: 1. Secured Area Management (Accreditation History Info screen > Storage Type list box) Description Value Default Comments Closed CLOSE N Modified/Open MOPEN N Original installed settings. N/A N/A Y Open OPEN N System Profile 7-127

321 System Profile Elements Tables Back to this Table SAM Customer Approved Type. SAM Customer Approved Type (Row #179) - May Be Modified Types of secured area approval types list box elements Modules Used: 1. Secured Area Management (Accreditation History Info screen > Accreditation Type list box) Description Value Default Comments Interim INTR N Interim Final INFIN N Original installed settings. N/A N/A Y Verbal VERBL N Verbal Final VBFIN N Table SAM Equipment Status. SAM Equipment Status (Row #180) - May Be Modified Status of secured area equipment list box elements Modules Used: 1. Secured Area Management (Equipment Info screen > Status list box) Description Value Default Comments Active A Y Inactive I N Original installed settings. Table SAM Equipment Type. SAM Equipment Type (Row #181) - May Be Modified Types of secured area equipment list box elements Modules Used: 1. Secured Area Management (Equipment Info screen > Equipment Type list box) Description Value Default Comments Laptop LAPTP N N/A N/A Y Original installed settings. Projector PROJ N TV TV N Table SAM Guards. SAM Guards (Row #182) - Do Not Modify Types of secured area guards list box elements Modules Used: 1. Secured Area Management (Secured Area Management Info screen > DSS147 tab > 14. SUPPLEMENTAL PROTECTION section > Guards list box) Description Value Default Comments Contractor C N Proprietary P N Original installed settings System Profile

322 Back to this System Profile Elements Tables Table SAM Industry Partner Status. SAM Industry Partner Status (Row #183) - May Be Modified Status of secured area industry partner list box elements Modules Used: 1. Secured Area Management (Industry Partner Info screen > Status list box) Description Value Default Comments Active A Y Inactive I N Original installed settings. Table SAM Inspecting Organization. SAM Inspecting Organization (Row #184) - May Be Modified Types of secured area inspecting organizations list box elements Modules Used: 1. Secured Area Management (Secured Area Inspection Info screen > Inspecting Organization list box) Description Value Default Comments DIA DIA N DSS DSS Y Original installed settings. FBI FBI N NRO NRO N NSA NSA N SAR SAR N USAF USAF N USCG USCG N Table SAM Inspection Rating. SAM Inspection Rating (Row #185) - May Be Modified Types of secured area inspection ratings list box elements Modules Used: 1. Secured Area Management (Secured Area Inspection Info screen > Rating list box) Description Value Default Comments Fail FAIL N Pass PASS N Original installed settings. Satisfactory SATI Y Satisfactory w/lien SATL N Superior SUPER N System Profile 7-129

323 System Profile Elements Tables Back to this Table SAM Inspection Type. SAM Inspection Type (Row #186) - May Be Modified Types of secured area inspections list box elements Modules Used: 1. Secured Area Management (Secured Area Inspection Info screen > Inspection Type list box) Description Value Default Comments Acceptance Criteria Test - IDE ACCCR N Initial or Pre-Accreditation INIT N Original installed settings. Physical Security Inspection PHYSI Y Semi-Annual Alarm Test - IDE ATEST N Staff Assistance Visit VISIT Y TSCM TSCM Y Table SAM Owner. SAM Owner (Row #187) - May Be Modified Types of secured area owners list box elements Modules Used: 1. Secured Area Management (Secured Area Management Info screen > Area Info tab > Owner list box) Description Value Default Comments Agency AGEN N Company COMP N Original installed settings. N/A N/A Y Table SAM Primary Sponsor YN. SAM Primary Sponsor YN (Row #188) - May Be Modified Secured area access primary sponsor status list box elements Modules Used: 1. Secured Area Management (Accreditation History Info screen > Primary Sponsor list box) Description Value Default Comments No N N Yes Y N Original installed settings. Table SAM Processing. SAM Processing (Row #189) - May Be Modified Types of secured area access types list box elements Modules Used: 1. Secured Area Management (Secured Area Management Info screen > Area Info tab > Processing list box) Description Value Default Comments No N N Yes Y N Original installed settings System Profile

324 Back to this System Profile Elements Tables Table SAM UDF. SAM UDF (Row #190) - Modify Description to enable UDF/Do Not Modify Value Placeholders for optional custom date (DT), data (FD), text box (TX) and drop down (DD) User Defined Fields (UDFs) in the Secured Area Management module. If utilized, the UDF fields display on the Secured Area Management Info screen in Add New mode, and on the VAL Info tab in Update and View mode. These UDF fields do not display on the Secured Area Management Info screen, Area Info tab until the Description has been updated (i.e., it is no longer Hidden) on the Profile Detail Info screen. The Value should not be modified. After the Description has been modified and the field displays, the field can be renamed by updating the Description on the Profile Detail Info screen in the System Profile module, or by using the Screen Setup utility (Customize Field Name) in the Secured Area Management module. They can be hidden by updating the Description back to the default (i.e., Hidden), or by using the Hide checkbox in the Screen Setup utility. Changes made using the Screen Setup utility override changes made on the field s Profile Detail Info screen. Five of the fields are designated to be used as drop down fields. They are the fields whose Value equals DD1, DD2, DD3, DD4 and DD5. The Description is first updated with the field name. Then the corresponding system profile element (e.g., SAM - Drop Down 1) is updated to include the applicable list box elements. Modules Used: Secured Area Management (Secured Area Management Info screen > Area Info tab > [UDF field(s)]) Description Value Default Comments Hidden DD1 N Drop down UDF. Do not modify the Value. Corresponding list box elements added in the SAM - Drop Down 1 profile. Hidden DD2 N Drop down UDF. Do not modify the Value. Corresponding list box elements added in the SAM - Drop Down 2 profile. Hidden DD3 N Drop down UDF. Do not modify the Value. Corresponding list box elements added in the SAM - Drop Down 3 profile. Hidden DD4 N Drop down UDF. Do not modify the Value. Corresponding list box elements added in the SAM - Drop Down 4 profile. Hidden DD5 N Drop down UDF. Do not modify the Value. Corresponding list box elements added in the SAM - Drop Down 5 profile. Hidden DT1 N Date UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden DT10 N Date UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden DT2 N Date UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden DT3 N Date UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden DT4 N Date UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden DT5 N Date UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden DT6 N Date UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden DT7 N Date UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden DT8 N Date UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden DT9 N Date UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden FD1 N Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden FD10 N Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden FD2 N Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden FD3 N Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden FD4 N Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden FD5 N Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden FD6 N Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. System Profile 7-131

325 System Profile Elements Tables Back to this SAM UDF (Row #190) - Modify Description to enable UDF/Do Not Modify Value Hidden FD7 N Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden FD8 N Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Hidden FD9 N Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Table SAM Waiver Restriction. SAM Waiver Restriction (Row #191) - May Be Modified Types of secured area waiver restriction list box elements Modules Used: 1. Secured Area Management (Waiver History Info screen > Waiver Restriction list box) Description Value Default Comments No No N Reciprocity RECIP N Yes Yes N Table SAM Waiver Restriction Standard. SAM Waiver Restriction Standard (Row #192) - May Be Modified Status of secured area waiver restriction standard list box elements Modules Used: 1. Secured Area Management (Waiver History Info screen > Standard list box) Description Value Default Comments Exceeds EXCED N Not Met NOMET N Table Secret/Top Secret Codes. Secret/Top Secret Codes (Row #193) - May Be Modified Final Clearances. All the clearance levels that are identified as Got Clearance must be entered here. Modules Used: Accesses Description Value Default Comments Secret DDC1 S Top Secret DDD1 S Table Sequence Type. Sequence Type (Row #194) - May Be Modified Sequence type list box elements Users with System Administrator privileges maintain the sequence types via the Maintain Sequences utility (Sequence Info screen > Sequence Type list box) System Profile

326 Back to this System Profile Elements Tables Sequence Type (Row #194) - May Be Modified Modules Used: 1. Document Management (Document Info screen > Document tab > Control # list box) 2. Document Management (Document Destruction Info screen > Destruction Certificate Info tab > Certificate list box) 3. Document Management (Document Listing - Assign to New Destruction Certificate screen > Certificate # list box) 4. Document Management (Document Transmittal Info screen > Certificate # list box) 5. Document Management (Document Listing - Assign to New Transmittal Certificate screen > Certificate # list box) 6. Facility Info (Facility Info screen > Physical Address tab > Facility Code list box) 7. Property Management (Property Info screen > Property tab > Safe/Item# list box) 8. Training and Conferences (Training/Conference Info screen > Training & Conference tab > Conference # list box) Description Value Default Comments Conference Number CNF N Destruction Certificate Number DES N Document Number DOC Y Facility Code FAC N Safe/Item Number ITM N Transmittal Certificate Number TRA N Table ServiceBranches. ServiceBranches (Row #195) - May Be Modified Branches of the military list box elements Modules Used: 1. Incoming Visit Request (New Visitor screen > Org. tab > Branch list box) 2. Personnel Management (Personnel Info screen > Org. tab > Branch list box) 3. Visitor Control (Visitor Info screen > Org. tab > Branch list box) Description Value Default Comments U Y Air Force F N Original installed settings. Army A N Marines M N Navy N N Table Sex. Sex (Row #196) - May Be Modified (see Comments for exception) Personnel gender list box elements Modules Used: 1. Incoming Visit Request (New Visitor screen > Personal tab> Sex list box) 2. Personnel Management (Personnel Info screen > Personal tab> Sex list box) 3. Visitor Control (Visitor Info screen > Personal tab > Sex list box) Description Value Default Comments Female F N Male M Y Original installed settings. Unknown U N Please do not change or update. Original installed settings. System Profile 7-133

327 System Profile Elements Tables Back to this Table Skills. Skills (Row #197) - No Longer Used This profile is no longer used. It is kept for version compatability purposes. Table Special Access Request Type. Special Access Request Type (Row #198) - May Be Modified Request types for accesses list box elements Modules Used: 1. Personnel Management (Compartment Info screen > Request Type list box) 2. Personnel Management (Special Access Info screen > Special Access Info tab > Request Type list box) 3. Visitor Control (Compartment Info screen > Request Type list box) 4. Visitor Control (Special Access Info screen > Special Access Info tab > Request Type list box) Description Value Default Comments Conversion to Intel C N Crossover Brief X N Initial Access I Y Reinstatement R N Table SponsorList. Original installed settings. SponsorList (Row #199) - May Be Modified (see Comments for exception) Description: Special Program Sponsors Modules Used: Sponsor Program Description Value Default Comments Army A N Bobby B N Original installed settings. Pauline C N Unknown U Y Do not modify. Table SponsorProgramUDF. SponsorProgramUDF (Row #200) - Modify Description to enable UDF/Do Not Modify Value Headers for the User Defined Fields (UDFs) on the Sponsor/Program Information Screen. Modules Used: Sponsor Program Description Value Default Comments Program UDF1 FD1 N Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Program UDF2 FD2 N Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Program UDF3 FD3 N Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Program UDF4 FD4 N Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Program UDF5 FD5 N Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value System Profile

328 Back to this System Profile Elements Tables Table SponsorStatus. SponsorStatus (Row #201) - Do Not Modify Sponsor Program Status Modules Used: Sponsor Program Description Value Default Comments Active A Y Please do not change or update. InActive I N Please do not change or update. Table SubContractStatus. SubContractStatus (Row #202) - Do Not Modify Subcontract status list box elements Modules Used: 1. Contract Management (SubContract Info screen > Status list box) Description Value Default Comments Active A Y Please do not change or update. InActive I N Please do not change or update. Table Suffixes. Suffixes (Row #203) - May Be Modified Personnel suffix list box elements Modules Used: 1. Incoming Visit Request (New Visitor screen, Visitor Info tab, Suffix list box) 2. Personnel Management (Personnel Info screen > Employee tab> Suffix list box) 3. Visitor Control (Visitor Info screen > Visitor Info tab> Suffix list box) Description Value Default Comments A Y III D N Original installed settings. Jr. B N PhD E N Sr. C N Table SupportingLocationStatus. SupportingLocationStatus (Row #204) - May Be Modified Supporting location status list box elements Modules Used: 1. Contract Management (Supporting Location Info screen > Status list box) Description Value Default Comments Active A Y Inactive I N Original installed settings. System Profile 7-135

329 System Profile Elements Tables Back to this Table Top Secret. Top Secret (Row #205) - May Be Modified Top Secret clearances codes All clearance levels identified as Top Secret Clearance must be entered here. Modules Used: Clearance Description Value Default Comments Top Secret DDD N Table TransmitType. TransmitType (Row #206) - May Be Modified Transmittal type list box elements Modules Used: 1. Document Management (Document Listing - Assign to New Transmittal Certificate screen > Transmittal Type list box) Description Value Default Comments OnLoan O N Please do not change or update. Transmittal T Y Please do not change or update. Table Unclassified. Unclassified (Row #207) - May Be Modified All clearance levels identified as Unclassified Clearance must be entered here. Modules Used: Clearance Description Value Default Comments Unclassified DDA N Original installed setting. Table US Citizen Description. US Citizen Description (Row #208) - May Be Modified (see Comments for exception) Citizenship types list box elements Modules Used: 1. Personnel Management (Personnel Info screen > Personal tab > US Citizen list box) Description Value Default Comments ForeignPerson NFP N Not Indicated NA N Original installed settings. PermanentResident NPR N USCitizen Y Y Do not modify System Profile

330 Back to this System Profile Elements Tables Table US State 2 characters. US State 2 characters (Row #209)- Do Not Modify Description: Two-letter state abbreviations. Used by JPAS to decode addresses. Modules Used: JPAS Data/Import Refresh Description Value Default Comments AK AK N Do not modify. AL AL N Do not modify. AR AR N Do not modify. AZ AZ N Do not modify. CA CA N Do not modify. CO CO N Do not modify. CT CT N Do not modify. DC DC N Do not modify. DE DE N Do not modify. FL FL N Do not modify. GA GA N Do not modify. GU GU N Do not modify. HI HI N Do not modify. IA IA N Do not modify. ID ID N Do not modify. IL IL N Do not modify. IN IN N Do not modify. KS KS N Do not modify. KY KY N Do not modify. LA LA N Do not modify. MA MA N Do not modify. MD MD N Do not modify. ME ME N Do not modify. MI MI N Do not modify. MN MN N Do not modify. MO MO N Do not modify. MS MS N Do not modify. MT MT N Do not modify. NC NC N Do not modify. ND ND N Do not modify. NE NE N Do not modify. NH NH N Do not modify. NJ NJ N Do not modify. NM NM N Do not modify. NV NV N Do not modify. NY NY N Do not modify. System Profile 7-137

331 System Profile Elements Tables Back to this US State 2 characters (Row #209)- Do Not Modify OH OH N Do not modify. OK OK N Do not modify. OR OR N Do not modify. PA PA N Do not modify. RI RI N Do not modify. SC SC N Do not modify. SD SD N Do not modify. TN TN N Do not modify. TX TX N Do not modify. UT UT N Do not modify. VA VA N Do not modify. VT VT N Do not modify. WA WA N Do not modify. WI WI N Do not modify. WV WV N Do not modify. WY WY N Do not modify. Table US state Name. US State Name (Row #210)- Do Not Modify Description: Names of the states in the United States. Used by JPAS to decode addresses. Modules Used: JPAS Data/Import Refresh Description Value Default Comments Alaska AK N Do not modify. Alabama AL N Do not modify. Arkansas AR N Do not modify. Arizona AZ N Do not modify. California CA N Do not modify. Colorado CO N Do not modify. Connecticut CT N Do not modify. District of Colombia DC N Do not modify. Deleware DE N Do not modify. Florida FL N Do not modify. Georgia GA N Do not modify. Guam GU N Do not modify. Hawaii HI N Do not modify. Iowa IA N Do not modify. Idaho ID N Do not modify. Illinois IL N Do not modify. Indiana IN N Do not modify. Kansas KS N Do not modify System Profile

332 Back to this System Profile Elements Tables US State Name (Row #210)- Do Not Modify Kentucky KY N Do not modify. Louisiana LA N Do not modify. Massachusetts MA N Do not modify. Maryland MD N Do not modify. Maine ME N Do not modify. Michigan MI N Do not modify. Minnesota MN N Do not modify. Missouri MO N Do not modify. Mississippi MS N Do not modify. Montana MT N Do not modify. North Carolina NC N Do not modify. North Dakota ND N Do not modify. Nebraska NE N Do not modify. New Hampshire NH N Do not modify. New Jersey NJ N Do not modify. New Mexico NM N Do not modify. Nevada NV N Do not modify. New York NY N Do not modify. Ohio OH N Do not modify. Oklahoma OK N Do not modify. Oregon OR N Do not modify. Pennsylvania PA N Do not modify. Rhode Island RI N Do not modify. South Carolina SC N Do not modify. South Dakota SD N Do not modify. Tennessee TN N Do not modify. Texas TX N Do not modify. Utah UT N Do not modify. Virginia VA N Do not modify. Vermont VT N Do not modify. Washington WA N Do not modify. Wisconsin WI N Do not modify. West Virginia WV N Do not modify. Wyoming WY N Do not modify. Table VALClassifications. VALClassifications (Row #211) - May Be Modified Visitor request classifications list box elements Modules Used: 1. Incoming Visit Request (Incoming Visit Request Search, Clearance list box) 2. Outgoing Visit Request (Outgoing Visit Request Search, Clearance list box) System Profile 7-139

333 System Profile Elements Tables Back to this VALClassifications (Row #211) - May Be Modified Description Value Default Comments Confidential DDB N Interim Secret DDC0 N Interim TS DDD0 N ISA Secret SARC0 N ISA Top Secret SARC1 N ISSA Secret SARD0 N ISSA Top Secret SARD1 N None DDA Y Secret DDC1 N Top Secret DDD1 N TSSI NSA3 N Table ViolationType. ViolationType (Row #212) - May Be Modified Violation types list box elements Original installed settings. Modules Used: 1. Personnel Management (Offense Info screen > Type list box) 2. Visitor Control (Offense Info screen > Type list box) Description Value Default Comments OffenseType1 A Y OffenseType2 B N Table VisitorBadgeType. VisitorBadgeType (Row #213) - Do Not Modify Visitor badge types list box elements Original installed settings. Modules Used: 1. Incoming Visit Request (New Visitor screen > Visitor Info tab > Badge Type list box) 2. Visitor Control (Visit Info screen > Visit Info tab > Badge Type list box) 3. Visitor Control (Visitor Info screen > Visitor Info tab > Badge Type list box) Description Value Default Comments Conference C N Please do not change or update. Employee E N Please do not change or update. Guard G N Please do not change or update. Permanent Visitor P N Please do not change or update. Visitor T Y Please do not change or update System Profile

334 Back to this System Profile Elements Tables Table VisitorUDF. VisitorUDF (Row #214) - Modify Description to enable UDF/Do Not Modify Value Placeholders for optional custom data entry (FD) User Defined Fields (UDFs) in the Visitor Control module. These UDF fields do not display on the Visitor Info screen, Flag/Rem. tab until the Description has been updated (i.e., it is no longer the Description as shown in this table) on the Profile Detail Info screen. The Value should not be modified. After the Description has been modified and the field displays, the field can be renamed by updating the Description on the Profile Detail Info screen in the System Profile module, or by using the Screen Setup utility (Customize Field Name) in the Visitor Control module. They can be hidden by updating the Description back to the default (i.e., the Description as shown in this table), or by using the Hide checkbox in the Screen Setup utility. Changes made using the Screen Setup utility override changes made on the field s Profile Detail Info screen. Modules Used: 1. Visitor Control (Visitor Info screen > Flag/Rem. tab > 5 UDF fields) Description Value Default Comments User Defined Field 1 FD1 N Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. User Defined Field 2 FD2 N Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. User Defined Field 3 FD3 N Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. User Defined Field 4 FD4 N Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. User Defined Field 5 FD5 N Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Table VisitReqStatus. VisitReqStatus (Row #215) - May Be Modified (see Comments for exceptions) Visit request status list box elements Modules Used: 1. Incoming Visit Request (Incoming Visit Request Info screen > Status list box) 2. Outgoing Visit Request (Outgoing Visit Request Info screen > Status list box) 3. Personnel Management (Personnel Listing - Assign to New Outgoing Visit Request > Status list box) Description Value Default Comments Closed C N Please do not change or update. Open O Y Please do not change or update. Pending P N Rejected X N Original installed settings. Table VisitReqTypes. VisitReqTypes (Row #216) - Do Not Modify Visit request types list box elements Modules Used: 1. Incoming Visit Request (Incoming Visit Request Info screen > Visit Type list box) 2. Outgoing Visit Request (Outgoing Visit Request Info screen > Visit Type list box) 3. Personnel Management (Personnel Listing - Assign to New Outgoing Visit Request > Status list box) Description Value Default Comments Incoming I N Please do not change or update. Outgoing O Y Please do not change or update. System Profile 7-141

335 System Profile Elements Tables Back to this Table VisitReqUDF. VisitReqUDF (Row #217) - Modify Description to enable UDF/Do Not Modify Value Placeholders for optional custom data entry (FD) User Defined Fields (UDFs) in the Incoming Visit Request module. These UDF fields do not display on the Incoming Visit Request Info screen until the Description has been updated (i.e., it is no longer the Description as shown in this table) on the Profile Detail Info screen. The Value should not be modified. After the Description has been modified and the field displays, the field can be renamed by updating the Description on the Profile Detail Info screen in the System Profile module, or by using the Screen Setup utility (Customize Field Name) in the Incoming Visit Request module. They can be hidden by updating the Description back to the default (i.e., the Description as shown in this table), or by using the Hide checkbox in the Screen Setup utility. Changes made using the Screen Setup utility override changes made on the field s Profile Detail Info screen. Modules Used: 1. Incoming Visit Request (Incoming Visit Request Info screen > 5 UDF fields) Description Value Default Comments VisitReq UDF1 FD1 N Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. VisitReq UDF2 FD2 N Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. VisitReq UDF3 FD3 N Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. VisitReq UDF4 FD4 N Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. VisitReq UDF5 FD5 N Data entry UDF. Do not modify the Value. Table VisitType. VisitType (Row #218) - Do Not Modify Visit type list box elements Modules Used: 2. Visitor Control (Visit Info screen > Visit Info tab > Visit Type list box) Description Value Default Comments Classified B N Please do not change or update. Unclassified A Y Please do not change or update. Table Web Session Parameters. Web Session Parameters (Row #219) Web parameters for several utilities and modules. Modules Used: System Admin Description Value Default Comments \AC3:1445 DB_IP N The name or the IP address of the Database server where the Access Commander database resides. This value is given by the DBS of the database server of Access Commander. The format should be: DB_Server_Name_or_IP_Address\SQL_Server_ Instance,Port_Number System Profile

336 Back to this System Profile Elements Tables Web Session Parameters (Row #219) Add facility read access to all users for each new DOD facility Add facility read access to all users for each new Non-DOD facility Allow Right Click Y N Applies systemwide. Examples: DB_Server_Name_or_IP_Address= In this case the Default SQL Server Instance is used in the default port DB_Server_Name_or_IP_Address=www. accesscommander.com SQL_Server_Instance=SQLEXPRESS in the default port MCSQL02\ACDB:1444 DB_Server_Name_or_IP_Address=MCSQL02 SQL_Server_Instance=ACDB Port 1444 N Y When Value = Y, all users are automatically given read access to all new DOD facilities. The users do not have to be given read access to the facility/ies in the User Profile module. N Y When Value = Y, all users are automatically given read access to all new Non-DOD facilities. The users do not have to be given read access to the facility/ies in the User Profile module. When Value = Y, the right-click menu displays (Undo, Cut, Paste, Copy, Delete, Select All) when a user right-clicks in an applicable field. Auto Logoff User When Connection Need Y N/A When Value = Y, the server logs off the user who has the longest inactive time that is longer than the amount of time set in Inactive Interval (in seconds). Required for Auto Logoff. DB Version 3.10 N/A The version of the installed Access Commander database. Default Session Timeout (in seconds) 3600 N/A If there is nothing set for Default Session Timeout (in seconds) in the user s record (in User Profile), then the user will be automatically logged off when his/her session is inactive longer than the value (in seconds) set here. Disable Help Link N N When Value = Y, the Help link is not active. Enable Document Info Screen Copy#/ Total # Copies/Series Cannot be changed. N N Applies to the Document Management module. When Value = N, the Copy #, Series # and # Copies fields are disabled on the Document Info screen. Enable Setup Screen Fields Y N Applies to all modules except for International Outgoing VAL. Inactive Interval (in seconds) Required for Auto Logoff When Value = Y, the Setup Screen link displays, and the functionality is enabled, in the upper right-hand corner of Info screens. 600 N/A When the Auto Logoff User When Connection Need is set to Y, the user who has the longest inactive time, and it is longer than the value set here, will be logged off automatically when a new Logon is requested. System Profile 7-143

337 System Profile Elements Tables Back to this Web Session Parameters (Row #219) Refresh Interval (in seconds) for User Monitor 30 N/A Applies to the User Monitor module. How often, in seconds, the User Monitor screen refreshes. SAM - Hide Facility Inspection Y N Applies to the Secured Area Management module. When Value = Y, the Facility Inspection fields do not display. Cannot be changed. Stop Using RAS Server Y N When Value = Y, the report application server is no longer used. Applies to earlier installations of A/C utilizing the Crystal Report Server. The path for Crystal Report files when the Stop Using RAS Server Value=Y is configured in the Access Commander System Parameters profile (see Table 7-4) on line #10. Use LDAP for authentication N N Applies to customers using the Employee Generated Outgoing VAL Request utility. When Value = N, LDAP is not used for authentication. For customers using the Employee Generated Outgoing VAL Request utility, who do not have LDAP, they must use either Last Name, Employee Number or Login ID as USERID, and last 4 or 5 digits of their SSNs as password for authentication. See Table 7-54, Enterprise Authentication System Profile

338 Back to this List Boxes/System Parameters/UDFs by Module Cross Reference Tables List Boxes/System Parameters/UDFs by Module Cross Reference Tables Table Adhoc Query module list boxes/system parameters. Adhoc Query List Box Name Tab, if applicable Corresponding System Profile Adhoc Query Screen Files Not Applicable Filter field(s) parameters Not Applicable System Parameters Max Number of records Returned in Ad-Hoc Queries(- 1=unlimited) See Row #37 in Table 7-4. Access Commander System Parameters Table Contract Management module list boxes/system parameters/udfs. Contract Management List Box Name Tab, if applicable Corresponding System Profile Contract Info Screen Closing Action Contract ClosingActions (see Table 7-31) Contract Status Contract ContractStat (see Table 7-37) Contract Sub Type Contract ContractType (see Table 7-38) Facility Clearance Contract ClearClassifications (see Table 7-28) Market Type Contract ContractMarket (see Table 7-36) Safeguarding Contract ClearClassifications (see Table 7-28) DD254 Form Info Screen Facility Clearance Required ClearClassifications (see Table 7-28) Level of Safeguarding Required ClearClassifications (see Table 7-28) SubContract Info Screen Facility Clearance ClearClassifications (see Table 7-28) Facility Code System generated Safeguard ClearClassifications (see Table 7-28) Status SubContractStatus (see Table 7-205) Type ContractType (see Table 7-38) Supporting Location Info Screen Closing Action ClosingActions (see Table 7-31) Status SupportingLocationStatus (see Table 7-207) System Parameters Check special access(es) when assigning people to contract See Row #16 in Table 7-4. Access Commander System Parameters Contract - Set Items 11a-c Exclusively See Row #18 in Table 7-4. Access Commander System Parameters System Profile 7-145

339 List Boxes/System Parameters/UDFs by Module Cross Reference Tables Back to this Contract Management List Box Name Tab, if applicable Corresponding System Profile Max Upload File Size (MB) Show Contract Reciprocity checkbox Use CPRL features for NSA Contract(s) Use the new Contract screen UDFs (User Defined Fields) Date and data entry UDFs are available for configuration within this module See Row #38 in Table 7-4. Access Commander System Parameters See Row #51 in Table 7-4. Access Commander System Parameters See Row #57 in Table 7-4. Access Commander System Parameters See Row #64 in Table 7-4. Access Commander System Parameters See Table User Defined Fields (UDFs) by Module Table Document Management module list boxes/system parameters/udfs. Document Management List Box Name Tab, if applicable Corresponding System Profile Document Copy Screen Document # for new copies Available number sequences are configured by a System Administrator using the Maintain Sequences utility. Document Destruction Info Screen Certificate # Destruction Certificate Info Sequence Type (see Table 7-197) The list of available sequences displays only in Add New mode. Available certificate number sequences are configured by a System Administrator using the Maintain Sequences utility. Facility Code Destruction Certificate Info System generated Method Destruction Certificate Info DestroyMethod (see Table 7-42) Document Info Screen 10 Year Exempt Declassification Docctrl10Years (see Table 7-43) 25 Year Exempt Declassification Docctrl25Years (see Table 7-44) Access(es) Document AccessType (see Table 7-10) Classification Document ClearClassifications (see Table 7-28) Compartment # Document AccessCompart (see Table 7-8) Control # Document Sequence Type (see Table 7-197) The list of available sequences displays only in Add New mode. Available certificate number sequences are configured by a System Administrator using the Maintain Sequences utility. Doc. Type Document DocctrlType (see Table 7-47) Drawer # Document Drawers (see Table 7-49) Facility Code Document System generated Media Type Document MediaType (see Table 7-146) Pending Dest/Xmit Owner/OnLoan PendingDocStatus (see Table 7-148) SCIF Document System generated System Profile

340 Back to this List Boxes/System Parameters/UDFs by Module Cross Reference Tables Document Management List Box Name Tab, if applicable Corresponding System Profile Status Document Defaults to document status. Inactive - user cannot change. Document Listing - Assign to New Destruction Certificate Screen Certificate # The list of available sequences displays only in Add New mode. Facility Code Sequence Type (see Table 7-197) Available certificate number sequences are configured by a System Administrator using the Maintain Sequences utility. Defaults to logged in user s facility code. Inactive - user cannot change. Method DestroyMethod (see Table 7-42) Document Listing - Assign to New Transmittal Certificate Screen Certificate # Sequence Type (see Table 7-197) Available certificate number sequences are configured by a System Administrator using the Maintain Sequences utility. From Facility Code System generated and protected, or user selected. Depends on setting for Allow Selecting the Facility to Transmit Docs (see Row #6 in Table 7-4, Access Commander System Parameters). Transmittal Type TransmitType (see Table 7-209) Document Transmittal Info Screen Certificate # Transmittal Sequence Type (see Table 7-197) The list of available sequences displays only in Add New mode. Available certificate number sequences are configured by a System Administrator using the Maintain Sequences utility. From Facility Code Transmittal System generated and protected, or user selected. Depends on setting for Allow Selecting the Facility to Transmit Docs (see Row #6 in Table 7-4, Access Commander System Parameters). Transmittal Type Transmittal TransmitType (see Table 7-209) System Parameters Allow Selecting the Facility to Transmit Docs See Row #6 in Table 7-4. Access Commander System Parameters Always Force to Pick a Sequence on Generated Number Fields (Doc #, Cert #...) Check Facility Verification Info when Assigning VALs and Transmittal Certs Document Copy # Starts At 1 Keep Custodian When Xmit/Destr Docs See Row #7 in Table 7-4. Access Commander System Parameters See Row #15 in Table 7-4. Access Commander System Parameters See Row #21 in Table 7-4. Access Commander System Parameters See Row #30 in Table 7-4. Access Commander System Parameters System Profile 7-147

341 List Boxes/System Parameters/UDFs by Module Cross Reference Tables Back to this Document Management List Box Name Tab, if applicable Corresponding System Profile Keep the Received Date when assigning documents to custodians Max Upload File Size (MB) Print Document Assignment Receipt Set Default CageCode in Detailed Screen Set Default CageCode in Selection Screen Single Document Assignment Zero-Filled Document Copy Number Length UDFs (User Defined Fields) Data entry UDFs are available for configuration within this module See Row #31 in Table 7-4. Access Commander System Parameters See Row #38 in Table 7-4. Access Commander System Parameters See Row #42 in Table 7-4. Access Commander System Parameters See Row #47 in Table 7-4. Access Commander System Parameters See Row #48 in Table 7-4. Access Commander System Parameters See Row #52 in Table 7-4. Access Commander System Parameters See Row #68 in Table 7-4. Access Commander System Parameters See Table User Defined Fields (UDFs) by Module Table Facility Info module list boxes/system parameters/udfs. Facility Info List Box Name Tab, if applicable Corresponding System Profile Facility Info Screen Clearance Physical/Mailing Address ClearClassifications (see Table 7-28) Country Classified Address Country List (see Table 7-41) Country Granted By Address Country List (see Table 7-41) Country (for Physical Address) Physical/Mailing Address Country List (see Table 7-41) Country (for Mailing Address) Physical/Mailing Address Country List (see Table 7-41) Facility Access(es) Physical/Mailing Address AccessType (see Table 7-10) Facility Code Sequence Type (see Table 7-197) The list of available sequences displays only in Add New mode. Available facility code sequences are configured by a System Administrator using the Maintain Sequences utility. Facility Type Physical/Mailing Address Facility Type (see Table 7-60) Safeguard Physical/Mailing Address ClearClassifications (see Table 7-28) Safeguard Access(es) Physical/Mailing Address AccessType (see Table 7-10) Status Physical/Mailing Address CageCodeStat (see Table 7-20) Gate Info Screen Gate Status GateStatus (see Table 7-63) Facility Inspection Info Screen Inspection Type InspectType (see Table 7-77) Inspection Organization Facility Inspection Organization (see Table 7-58) System Profile

342 Back to this List Boxes/System Parameters/UDFs by Module Cross Reference Tables Facility Info List Box Name Tab, if applicable Corresponding System Profile Rating Facility Inspection Rating (see Table 7-59) System Parameters Always Force to Pick a Sequence on Generated Number Fields (Doc #, Cert #...) Max Upload File Size (MB) UDFs (User Defined Fields) Data entry UDFs are available for configuration within this module See Row #7 in Table 7-4. Access Commander System Parameters See Row #38 in Table 7-4. Access Commander System Parameters See Table User Defined Fields (UDFs) by Module Table Incoming Visit Request module list boxes/system parameters/udfs. Incoming Visit Request List Box Name Tab, if applicable Corresponding System Profile New Visitor Access Type (Special Access 1) Clearance/Access AccessType (see Table 7-10) Access Type (Special Access 2) Clearance/Access AccessType (see Table 7-10) Access Type (Special Access 3) Clearance/Access AccessType (see Table 7-10) Access Type (Special Access 4) Clearance/Access AccessType (see Table 7-10) Access Type (Special Access 5) Clearance/Access AccessType (see Table 7-10) Badge Type Visitor Info VisitorBadgeType (see Table 7-216) Branch Org. Service Branches (see Table 7-198) Clearance Clearance/Access ClearClassifications (see Table 7-28) Granted By (Clearance) Clearance/Access Clearance Granted By (see Table 7-22) Granted By (Special Access 1) Clearance/Access Access Granted By (see Table 7-5) Granted By (Special Access 2) Clearance/Access Access Granted By (see Table 7-5) Granted By (Special Access 3) Clearance/Access Access Granted By (see Table 7-5) Granted By (Special Access 4) Clearance/Access Access Granted By (see Table 7-5) Granted By (Special Access 5) Clearance/Access Access Granted By (see Table 7-5) Investigation Type (Clearance) Clearance/Access Investigation Types (see Table 7-131) Investigation Type (Special Access 1) Clearance/Access Investigation Types (see Table 7-131) Investigation Type (Special Access 2) Clearance/Access Investigation Types (see Table 7-131) Investigation Type (Special Access 3) Clearance/Access Investigation Types (see Table 7-131) Investigation Type (Special Access 4) Clearance/Access Investigation Types (see Table 7-131) Investigation Type (Special Access 5) Clearance/Access Investigation Types (see Table 7-131) Prefix Visitor Info Prefixes (see Table 7-153) Sex Personal Sex (see Table 7-199) Status Clearance/Access ClearStatus (see Table 7-29) Status (Special Access 1) Clearance/Access ClearStatus (see Table 7-29) Status (Special Access 2) Clearance/Access ClearStatus (see Table 7-29) Status (Special Access 3) Clearance/Access ClearStatus (see Table 7-29) System Profile 7-149

343 List Boxes/System Parameters/UDFs by Module Cross Reference Tables Back to this Incoming Visit Request List Box Name Tab, if applicable Corresponding System Profile Status (Special Access 4) Clearance/Access ClearStatus (see Table 7-29) Status (Special Access 5) Clearance/Access ClearStatus (see Table 7-29) Suffix Visitor Info Suffixes (see Table 7-206) Incoming Visit Request Info Screen Clearance ClearClassifications (see Table 7-28) Status VisitReqStatus (see Table 7-218) Defaults to the visit s status. Inactive - user cannot change. Visiting Facility Code System generated Visit Type VisitReqTypes (see Table 7-219) System Parameters Max Upload File Size (MB) Pass Incoming Visitors to VisiCommander Expecting Visitors Set Default CageCode in Detailed Screen Use the new Visitor input screen in Incoming VAL UDFs (User Defined Fields) Data entry UDFs are available for configuration within this module Defaults to Incoming. Inactive - user cannot change. See Row #38 in Table 7-4. Access Commander System Parameters See Row #41 in Table 7-4. Access Commander System Parameters See Row #47 in Table 7-4. Access Commander System Parameters See Row #67 in Table 7-4. Access Commander System Parameters See Table User Defined Fields (UDFs) by Module Table Information Systems module list boxes/system parameters. Information Systems List Box Name Tab, if applicable Corresponding System Profile Information System Associated Doc. Info Screen Type of Action IS_IS Associated Document Type (see Table 7-133) Information System Info Screen Accred. Status Main IS - Accred. Status (see Table 7-132) Classification Main ClearClassifications (see Table 7-28) Encryption Main IS_Encryption (See Table 7-140) Facility Code Main System generated Protection Level Main IS_Protection Level (see Table 7-142) Status Main IS Status (see Table 7-136) System Type Main IS_System Type (see Table 7-144) Type of Area Main IS_Area Type (see Table 7-138) Information System SSP Info Screen Type of Action IS_SSP Action Type (see Table 7-135) System Profile

344 Back to this List Boxes/System Parameters/UDFs by Module Cross Reference Tables Information Systems List Box Name Tab, if applicable Corresponding System Profile Information System User Info Screen User Type IS_Privilege User Type (see Table 7-134) Platform Specific Info (One per OS) Account is Re-enabled? IS_Reenable (see Table 7-143) After # attempts IS_Failed Logins (see Table 7-141) Sent to for Destruction IS_Destruction (see Table 7-139) System Parameters Max Upload File Size (MB) See Row #38 in Table 7-4. Access Commander System Parameters Set Default CageCode in Detailed Screen See Row #47 in Table 7-4. Access Commander System Parameters Set Default CageCode in Selection Screen See Row #48 in Table 7-4. Access Commander System Parameters Table International Incoming VAL module list boxes/system parameters/udfs. International Incoming VAL List Box Name Tab, if applicable Corresponding System Profile Add New International Visitor Screen Prefix Prefixes (see Table 7-153) Clearance Level International Incoming VAL - Clearance Level (see Table 7-79) NATO Briefed Country of Citizenship Country List (see Table 7-41) International Incoming VAL Info Screen Country of Visit VAL Info Country List (see Table 7-41) Add New mode - no tabs Disclosure Level VAL Info Add New mode - no tabs International Incoming VAL - Disclosure Level (see Table 7-80) Host Facility Code VAL Info Add New mode - no tabs May prepopulate. See Row #47, Set Default CageCode in Detailed Screen, in Table 7-4. Access Commander System Parameters Type of Sponsorship VAL Info International Incoming VAL - Type Sponsorship (see Table 7-86) Visit Status VAL Info International Incoming VAL - Visit Status (see Table 7-81) Visit Type VAL Info International Incoming VAL - Visit Type (see Table 7-88) System Parameters Check Clearance When Assigning People to International Incoming VALs Max Number of Records Allowed per International Incoming VAL(- 1=unlimited) See Row #14 in Table 7-4. Access Commander System Parameters See Row #36 in Table 7-4. Access Commander System Parameters System Profile 7-151

345 List Boxes/System Parameters/UDFs by Module Cross Reference Tables Back to this International Incoming VAL Max Upload File Size (MB) Set Default CageCode in Detailed Screen Set Default CageCode in Selection Screen Use International Visitor Modules UDFs (User Defined Fields) Date, data entry, drop down and text entry UDFs are available for configuration within this module See Row #38 in Table 7-4. Access Commander System Parameters See Row #47 in Table 7-4. Access Commander System Parameters See Row #48 in Table 7-4. Access Commander System Parameters See Row #59 in Table 7-4. Access Commander System Parameters See Table User Defined Fields (UDFs) by Module Table International Outgoing VAL module list boxes/system parameters/udfs. International Outgoing VAL List Box Name Tab, if applicable Corresponding System Profile Contractor Facilities Screen Facility System generated International Visits Screen The list boxes below display for all six visit request types: Classified Contractor Classified Government Classified (Dual) Classified NATO Contractor Classified NATO Government Classified NATO (Dual) Country of Visit/Lead Time (default=37 working days) Add New mode - no tabs Country List (see Table 7-41) Facility Code Add New mode - no tabs May prepopulate. See Row #47, Set Default CageCode in Detailed Screen, in Table 7-4. Access Commander System Parameters Initiative Add New mode - no tabs International Outgoing VAL - Initiative (see Table 7-105) Initiated/Invited By Add New mode - no tabs International Outgoing VAL - Initiated/Invited by (see Table 7-104) Programs Add New mode - no tabs International Outgoing VAL - Programs (see Table 7-106) Security Disclosure Level Add New mode - no tabs International Outgoing VAL - Disclosure Level (see Table 7-98) Visit Status Add New mode - no tabs International Outgoing VAL - Visit Status (see Table 7-108) Default is Pending - cannot be changed by user. Type of Visit Being Processed Add New mode - no tabs International Outgoing VAL - Visit Type (see Table 7-109) System Parameters Max Number of Employees Allowed per Internation Outgoing VAL(-1=unlimited) Set Default CageCode in Detailed Screen See Row #35 in Table 7-4. Access Commander System Parameters See Row #47 in Table 7-4. Access Commander System Parameters System Profile

346 Back to this List Boxes/System Parameters/UDFs by Module Cross Reference Tables International Outgoing VAL Set Default CageCode in Selection Screen Use International Visitor Modules UDFs (User Defined Fields) Date, data entry, drop down and text entry UDFs are available for configuration within this module See Row #48 in Table 7-4. Access Commander System Parameters See Row #59 in Table 7-4. Access Commander System Parameters See Table User Defined Fields (UDFs) by Module Table International Visitor Control module list boxes/system parameters/udfs. International Visitor Control List Box Name Tab, if applicable Corresponding System Profile International Visit Info Info Screen Country Representing Country List (see Table 7-41) Visit Type International Non-VAL - Visit Type (see Table 7-96) International Visitor Info Screen Clearance Level Visitor Info International Incoming VAL - Clearance Level (see Table 7-79) Country of Citizenship Visitor Info Country List (see Table 7-41) NATO Briefed Visitor Info System generated Y/N field. Prefix Visitor Info Prefixes (see Table 7-153) System Parameters Use International Visitor Modules See Row #59 in Table 7-4. Access Commander System Parameters UDFs (User Defined Fields) Date, data entry, drop down and text entry UDFs are See Table User Defined Fields (UDFs) by Module available for configuration within this module Table Inventory Management module list boxes/system parameters. Inventory Management List Box Name Tab, if applicable Corresponding System Profile Inventory Info Screen Facility Code Inventory May prepopulate. See Row #47, Set Default CageCode in Detailed Screen, in Table 7-4. Access Commander System Parameters Scanner Device Inventory Status Inventory Inventory Status (see Table 7-128) Type Inventory Inventory Type (see Table 7-129) System Parameters Set Default CageCode in Detailed Screen See Row #47 in Table 7-4. Access Commander System Parameters Set Default CageCode in Selection Screen See Row #48 in Table 7-4. Access Commander System Parameters System Profile 7-153

347 List Boxes/System Parameters/UDFs by Module Cross Reference Tables Back to this Table Outgoing Visit Request module list boxes/system parameters/udfs. Outgoing Visit Request List Box Name Tab, if applicable Corresponding System Profile Outgoing Visit Request Info Screen Access(es) AccessType (see Table 7-10) Clearance ClearClassifications (see Table 7-28) From Facility Code May prepopulate. See Row #47, Set Default CageCode in Detailed Screen, in Table 7-4. Access Commander System Parameters Status VisitReqStatus (see Table 7-218) Defaults to the visit s status. Inactive - user cannot change. Visit Type VisitReqTypes (see Table 7-219) System Parameters Allow People Clearance/Access to be modified in VALS Always PRINT Full Clearance(s) in VALs Always PRINT Full Special Access(s) in VALs Check Facility Verification Info when Assigning VALs and Transmittal Certs Set Default CageCode in Detailed Screen Use the new Outgoing Visit Request screen UDFs (User Defined Fields) Data entry UDFs are available for configuration within this module Defaults to Outgoing. Inactive - user cannot change. See Row #5 in Table 7-4. Access Commander System Parameters See Row #8 in Table 7-4. Access Commander System Parameters See Row #9 in Table 7-4. Access Commander System Parameters See Row #15 in Table 7-4. Access Commander System Parameters See Row #47 in Table 7-4. Access Commander System Parameters See Row #65 in Table 7-4. Access Commander System Parameters See Table User Defined Fields (UDFs) by Module Table Personnel Management module list boxes/system parameters/udfs. Personnel Management List Box Name Tab, if applicable Corresponding System Profile Additional Badge(s) Info Screen Issuing Agency Badge Agency (see Table 7-16) Badge Type Additional Badge Type (see Table 7-13) Badge Status Additional Badge Status (see Table 7-12) Organization Badge Org (see Table 7-17) Compartment Info Screen Compartment AccessCompart profile (see Table 7-8) Level AccessLevel (see Table 7-9) Program ProgramList (see Table 7-155) Request Type Special Access Request Type (see Table 7-201) Status CompartStat (see Table 7-32) System Profile

348 Back to this List Boxes/System Parameters/UDFs by Module Cross Reference Tables Personnel Management List Box Name Tab, if applicable Corresponding System Profile Courier Info Screen Clearance ClearClassifications (see Table 7-28) DOD Clearance Info Screen Clearance Status DOD Clearance Info ClearStatus (see Table 7-29) Clearance DOD Clearance Info ClearClassifications (see Table 7-28) Facility Code DOD Clearance Info System generated Granted By DOD Clearance Info Clearance Granted By (see Table 7-22) Investigation Completed By DOD Clearance Info InvestBy (see Table 7-130) Investigation Type DOD Clearance Info Investigation Types (see Table 7-131) Reinvestigation Completed By DOD Clearance Info ReInvestBy (see Table 7-159) Reinvestigation Type DOD Clearance Info Reinvestigation Types (see Table 7-160) Request Type DOD Clearance Info Clearance Request Type (see Table 7-24) Foreign Travel Info Destination Country Trip Info Country List (see Table 7-41) Origination Country Trip Info Country List (see Table 7-41) Non-DOD Clearance Info Screen By (Initial Investigation) Non-DOD Clearance Info InvestBy (see Table 7-130) By (Polygraph 1) Non-DOD Clearance Info PolyBy (see Table 7-151) By (Polygraph 2) Non-DOD Clearance Info PolyBy (see Table 7-151) By (Reinvestigation) Non-DOD Clearance Info ReInvestBy (see Table 7-159) Clearance Non-DOD Clearance Info ClearClassifications (see Table 7-28) Facility Code Non-DOD Clearance Info System generated Granted By Non-DOD Clearance Info Clearance Granted By (see Table 7-22) Investigation Type Non-DOD Clearance Info Investigation Types (see Table 7-131) Request Type Non-DOD Clearance Info Clearance Request Type (see Table 7-24) Sponsor Non-DOD Clearance Info Clearance Sponsors (see Table 7-25) Status Non-DOD Clearance Info ClearStatus (see Table 7-29) Type (Polygraph 1) Non-DOD Clearance Info PolygraphTypes (see Table 7-152) Type (Polygraph 2) Non-DOD Clearance Info PolygraphTypes (see Table 7-152) Type (Reinvestigation) Non-DOD Clearance Info Reinvestigation Types (see Table 7-160) Offense Info Screen Type ViolationType (see Table 7-215) Personnel Info Screen Badge Type Badge(s) BadgeType (see Table 7-18) Branch Org. Service Branches (see Table 7-198) Employee Type Employee EmployeeType (see Table 7-52) Facility Code Org. May prepopulate. See Row #47, Set Default CageCode in Detailed Screen, in Table 7-4. Access Commander System Parameters Prefix Employee Prefixes (see Table 7-153) System Profile 7-155

349 List Boxes/System Parameters/UDFs by Module Cross Reference Tables Back to this Personnel Management List Box Name Tab, if applicable Corresponding System Profile Sex Personal Sex (see Table 7-199) Status Employee EmployeeStat (see Table 7-51) Suffix Employee Suffixes (see Table 7-206) US Citizen Personal US Citizen Description (see Table 7-211) Personnel Listing - Assign to New Outgoing Visit Request Screen Access(es) AccessType (see Table 7-10) Clearance ClearClassifications (see Table 7-28) From Facility Code System generated Status VisitReqStatus (see Table 7-218) Defaults to Open. Inactive - user cannot change. Visit Type VisitReqTypes (see Table 7-219) Defaults to Outgoing. Inactive - user cannot change. Poly Info Screen Facility Code System generated Poly By PolyBy (see Table 7-151) Poly Type PolygraphTypes (see Table 7-152) Status Poly Status (7-150) Special Access Info Screen Access Type Special Access Info AccessType (see Table 7-10) Billet Number Program Info Facility Code Special Access Info System generated Granted By Special Access Info Access Granted By (see Table 7-5) Investigation Type Special Access Info Investigation Types (see Table 7-131) Poly By Special Access Info PolyBy (see Table 7-151) Poly Type Special Access Info PolygraphTypes (see Table 7-152) Program Program Info ProgramList (see Table 7-155) Request Type Special Access Info Special Access Request Type (see Table 7-201) Sponsor Special Access Info Access Sponsors (see Table 7-7) Status Special Access Info ClearStatus (see Table 7-29) System Parameters Check CageCode When Assign Property See Row #13 in Table 7-4. Access Commander System Parameters Check special access(es) when assigning people to contract See Row #16 in Table 7-4. Access Commander System Parameters Enable Post Assignment Access Check See Row #22 in Table 7-4. Access Commander System Parameters Hide Poly section in the Clearance Screen See Row #26 in Table 7-4. Access Commander System Parameters System Profile

350 Back to this List Boxes/System Parameters/UDFs by Module Cross Reference Tables Personnel Management List Box Name Tab, if applicable Corresponding System Profile Hide Poly section in the Special Access Screen Inactivate Clearance(s)/Special Access(es) when Inactivating Employee(s) Keep the Received Date when asigning documents to custodians Max Upload File Size (MB) Select default facility in Personnel Selection Screen Set Default CageCode in Detailed Screen Show Clearance Reinvestigation Info In Personnel Screen Single Document Assignment Single Property Assignment Use FOCI_ITAR Use New JPAS like Clearance Screen Use the new Advanced Personnel Search screen Use the new Special Access screen UDFs (User Defined Fields) Date and data entry UDFs are available for configuration within this module See Row #27 in Table 7-4. Access Commander System Parameters See Row #28 in Table 7-4. Access Commander System Parameters See Row #31 in Table 7-4. Access Commander System Parameters See Row #38 in Table 7-4. Access Commander System Parameters See Row #46 in Table 7-4. Access Commander System Parameters See Row #47 in Table 7-4. Access Commander System Parameters See Row #50 in Table 7-4. Access Commander System Parameters See Row #52 in Table 7-4. Access Commander System Parameters See Row #53 in Table 7-4. Access Commander System Parameters See Row #58 in Table 7-4. Access Commander System Parameters See Row #60 in Table 7-4. Access Commander System Parameters See Row #63 in Table 7-4. Access Commander System Parameters See Row #66 in Table 7-4. Access Commander System Parameters See Table User Defined Fields (UDFs) by Module Table Property Management module list boxes/system parameters/udfs. Property Management List Box Name Tab, if applicable Corresponding System Profile Decal Info Facility Code Decal System generated Status Decal PropSecuStat (see Table 7-158) Incident Info Incident Type IncidentType (see Table 7-76) Property Info Access(es) Property AccessType (see Table 7-10) Classification Property ClearClassifications (see Table 7-28) Compart # Property AccessCompart (see Table 7-8) Facility Code Property System generated System Profile 7-157

351 List Boxes/System Parameters/UDFs by Module Cross Reference Tables Back to this Property Management List Box Name Tab, if applicable Corresponding System Profile Ownership Property EquipOwner (see Table 7-55) Safe/Item# Property Sequence Type (see Table 7-197) The list of available sequences displays only in Add New mode Available safe/item number sequences are configured by a System Administrator using the Maintain Sequences utility. Status Property PropSecuStat (see Table 7-158) Sub Type Property PropertySubType (see Table 7-156) Type Property EquipType (see Table 7-57) System Parameters Always Force to Pick a Sequence on Generated Number Fields (Doc #, Cert #...) Check CageCode When Assign Property Set Default CageCode in Detailed Screen Set Default CageCode in Selection Screen Single Document Assignment Single Property Assignment UDFs (User Defined Fields) Data entry UDFs are available for configuration within this module See Row #7 in Table 7-4. Access Commander System Parameters See Row #13 in Table 7-4. Access Commander System Parameters See Row #47 in Table 7-4. Access Commander System Parameters See Row #48 in Table 7-4. Access Commander System Parameters See Row #52 in Table 7-4. Access Commander System Parameters See Row #53 in Table 7-4. Access Commander System Parameters See Table User Defined Fields (UDFs) by Module Table Report Profile module list box. Report Profile List Box Name Tab, if applicable Corresponding System Profile Report Profile Detail Info Screen Report Category Report Category (see Table 7-161) Table Secured Area Management module list boxes/system parameters/udfs. Secured Area Management List Box Name Tab, if applicable Corresponding System Profile Accreditation History Info Screen Accreditation Status SAM Customer Approved Status (see Table 7-180) Accreditation Type SAM Customer Approved Type (see Table 7-182) Approved by Customer SAM Customer Approved By (see Table 7-179) Built To Standard SAM Built To Standard (see Table 7-175) Primary Sponsor SAM Primary Sponsor YN (see Table 7-191) Storage Type SAM Customer Approved Storage Type (see Table 7-181) System Profile

352 Back to this List Boxes/System Parameters/UDFs by Module Cross Reference Tables Secured Area Management List Box Name Tab, if applicable Corresponding System Profile Alarm/Access Control Info Screen Access Control Type SAM Alarm Access Type (see Table 7-168) Alarm Provider (UL Certificate SAM Alarm Provider (see Table 7-171) Issuer) Alarm Type SAM Alarm Type (see Table 7-172) Equipment Type SAM Alarm Equipment Type (see Table 7-169) Amenity Info Type SAM Amenity Type (see Table 7-173) Equipment Info Screen Equipment Type SAM Equipment Type (see Table 7-184) Status SAM Equipment Status (see Table 7-183) Industry Partner Info Screen Status SAM Industry Partner Status (see Table 7-186) Secured Area Inspection Info Screen Inspection Type SAM Inspection Type (see Table 7-189) Inspecting Organization SAM Inspecting Organization (see Table 7-187) Rating SAM Inspecton Rating (see Table 7-188) Secured Area Management Info Screen Access(es) Area Info SAM Access Types (see Table 7-167) Area Type Area Info SAM Area Type (see Table 7-174) Classification Area Info SAM Classifications (see Table 7-177) Facility Code Area Info System generated Processing Area Info SAM Processing (see Table 7-192) Owner Area Info SAM Owner (see Table 7-190) Area Type DSS147 SAM Area Type (see Table 7-174) Class Type DSS147 SAM Class Type (see Table 7-176) Alarm Monitor DSS147 SAM Alarm Monitor (see Table 7-170) Alarm Type DSS147 SAM Alarm Type (see Table 7-172) Guards DSS147 SAM Guards (see Table 7-185) Waiver History Info Screen Waiver Restriction SAM Waiver Restriction (see Table 7-194) Standard SAM Waiver Restriction Standard (see Table 7-195) System Parameters Set Default CageCode in Detailed Screen See Row #47 in Table 7-4. Access Commander System Parameters Set Default CageCode in Selection Screen See Row #48 in Table 7-4. Access Commander System Parameters SAM - Hide Faciilty Inspection See Row #13 in Table Web Session Parameters UDFs (User Defined Fields) System Profile 7-159

353 List Boxes/System Parameters/UDFs by Module Cross Reference Tables Back to this Secured Area Management List Box Name Tab, if applicable Corresponding System Profile Date, data entry and drop down UDFs are available See Table User Defined Fields (UDFs) by Module for configuration within this module Table Training and Conferences module list boxes/system parameters/udfs. Training and Conferences List Box Name Tab, if applicable Corresponding System Profile Training/Conference Info Screen Access Briefed/Refreshed Training & Conference Conference/Training for Access (see Table 7-34) Access(es) Required Training & Conference AccessType (see Table 7-10) Clearance Training & Conference ClearClassifications (see Table 7-28) Conference # Training & Conference Sequence Type (see Table 7-197) The list of available sequences displays only in Add New mode. Available safe/item number sequences are configured by a System Administrator using the Maintain Sequences utility. Facility Code Training & Conference System generated Status Training & Conference Conference Status (see Table 7-33) System Parameters Always Force to Pick a Sequence on Generated Number Fields (Doc #, Cert #...) Pass Incoming Visitors to VisiCommander Expected Visitors Set Default CageCode in Detailed Screen Show Clearance Reinvestigation Info In Personnel Screen Use FOCI_ITAR UDFs (User Defined Fields) Data entry UDFs are available for configuration within this module See Row #7 Table 7-4. Access Commander System Parameters See Row #41 in Table 7-4. Access Commander System Parameters See Row #47 in Table 7-4. Access Commander System Parameters See Row #50 in Table 7-4. Access Commander System Parameters See Row #58 in Table 7-4. Access Commander System Parameters See Table User Defined Fields (UDFs) by Module Table User Profile module list boxes/system parameters. User Profile List Box Name Tab, if applicable Corresponding System Profile User Info Screen Password must be changed in PasswordExpirationDays (see Table 7-147) System Parameters Set Employment Facility Updatable When Assign User(s) Row #49 in Access Commander System Parameters (see Table 7-4) Add facility read access to all users for each new DOD Row #1 in Web Session Parameters (see Table 7-222) facility System Profile

354 Back to this List Boxes/System Parameters/UDFs by Module Cross Reference Tables User Profile Add facility read access to all users for each new Non- DOD facility Row #2 in Web Session Parameters (see Table 7-222) Table Visitor Control module list boxes/system parameters/udfs. Visitor Control List Box Name Tab, if applicable Corresponding System Profile Compartment Info Screen Compartment AccessCompart (see Table 7-8) Level AccessLevel (see Table 7-9) Program ProgramList (see Table 7-155) Request Type Special Access Request Type (see Table 7-201) Status CompartStat (see Table 7-32) Courier Info Screen Clearance ClearClassifications (see Table 7-28) DOD Clearance Info Screen By (Initial Investigation) DOD Clearance Info InvestBy (see Table 7-130) By (Polygraph 1) DOD Clearance Info PolyBy (see Table 7-151) By (Polygraph 2) DOD Clearance Info PolyBy (see Table 7-151) By (Reinvestigation) DOD Clearance Info ReInvestBy (see Table 7-159) Clearance DOD Clearance Info ClearClassifications (see Table 7-28) Facility Code DOD Clearance Info System generated Granted By DOD Clearance Info Clearance Granted By (see Table 7-22) Investigation Type (Initial) DOD Clearance Info Investigation Types (see Table 7-131) Request Type DOD Clearance Info Clearance Request Type (see Table 7-24) Sponsor DOD Clearance Info Clearance Sponsors (see Table 7-25) Status DOD Clearance Info ClearStatus (see Table 7-29) Type (Polygraph 1) DOD Clearance Info PolyBy (see Table 7-151) Type (Polygraph 2) DOD Clearance Info PolyBy (see Table 7-151) Type (Reinvestigation) DOD Clearance Info Reinvestigation Types (see Table 7-160) Foreign Travel Info Destination Country Country List (see Table 7-41) Origination Country Country List (see Table 7-41) Non-DOD Clearance Info Screen By (Initial Investigation) Non-DOD Clearance Info InvestBy (see Table 7-130) By (Polygraph 1) Non-DOD Clearance Info PolyBy (see Table 7-151) By (Polygraph 2) Non-DOD Clearance Info PolyBy (see Table 7-151) By (Reinvestigation) Non-DOD Clearance Info ReInvestBy (see Table 7-159) Clearance Non-DOD Clearance Info ClearClassifications (see Table 7-28) Facility Code Non-DOD Clearance Info System generated Granted By Non-DOD Clearance Info Clearance Granted By (see Table 7-22) System Profile 7-161

355 List Boxes/System Parameters/UDFs by Module Cross Reference Tables Back to this Visitor Control List Box Name Tab, if applicable Corresponding System Profile Investigation Type (Initial) Non-DOD Clearance Info Investigation Types (see Table 7-131) Request Type Non-DOD Clearance Info Clearance Request Type (see Table 7-24) Sponsor Non-DOD Clearance Info Clearance Sponsors (see Table 7-25) Status Non-DOD Clearance Info ClearStatus (see Table 7-29) Type (Polygraph 1) Non-DOD Clearance Info PolygraphTypes (see Table 7-152) Type (Polygraph 2) Non-DOD Clearance Info PolygraphTypes (see Table 7-152) Type (Reinvestigation) Non-DOD Clearance Info Reinvestigation Types (see Table 7-160) Offense Info Type ViolationType (see Table 7-215) Special Access Info Access Type Special Access Info AccessType (see Table 7-10) Billet Number Program Info Facility Code Special Access Info System generated Granted By Special Access Info Access Granted By (see Table 7-5) Investigation Type Special Access Info Investigation Types (see Table 7-131) Poly By Special Access Info PolyBy (see Table 7-151) Poly Type Special Access Info PolygraphTypes (see Table 7-152) Program Program Info ProgramList (see Table 7-155) Request Type Special Access Info Special Access Request Type (see Table 7-201) Sponsor Special Access Info Access Sponsors (see Table 7-7) Status Special Access Info ClearStatus (see Table 7-29) Visit Info Screen Badge Type Visit Info VisitorBadgeType (see Table 7-216) Visit Type Visit Info VisitType (see Table 7-221) Visiting Facility Visit Info System generated Visitor Info Screen Badge Type Visitor Info VisitorBadgeType (see Table 7-216) Branch Org. Service Branches (see Table 7-198) Prefix Visitor Info Prefixes (see Table 7-153) Sex Personal Sex (see Table 7-199) Suffix Visitor Info Suffixes (see Table 7-206) Visitor Listing - Assign to New Incoming Visit Request Screen Access(es) AccessType (see Table 7-10) Clearance ClearClassifications (see Table 7-28) Visiting Facility Code System generated Status VisitReqStatus (see Table 7-218) Defaults to Open. Inactive - user cannot change System Profile

356 Back to this List Boxes/System Parameters/UDFs by Module Cross Reference Tables Visitor Control List Box Name Tab, if applicable Corresponding System Profile Visit Type VisitReqTypes (see Table 7-219) System Parameters Enable Post Assignment Access Check Hide Poly section in the Clearance Screen Hide Poly section in the Special Access Screen Keep the Received Date when assigning documents to custodians Set Default CageCode in Detailed Screen Single Document Assignment Single Property Assignment Use FOCI_ITAR Use New JPAS like Clearance Screen Use the new Special Access screen UDFs (User Defined Fields) Date and data entry UDFs are available for configuration within this module Defaults to Incoming. Inactive - user cannot change. See Row #22 in Table 7-4. Access Commander System Parameters See Row #26 in Table 7-4. Access Commander System Parameters See Row #27 in Table 7-4. Access Commander System Parameters See Row #31 in Table 7-4. Access Commander System Parameters See Row #47 in Table 7-4. Access Commander System Parameters See Row #52 in Table 7-4. Access Commander System Parameters See Row #53 in Table 7-4. Access Commander System Parameters See Row #58 in Table 7-4. Access Commander System Parameters See Row #60 in Table 7-4. Access Commander System Parameters See Row #66 in Table 7-4. Access Commander System Parameters See Table User Defined Fields (UDFs) by Module System Profile 7-163

357 UDFs Cross Reference Table Back to this User Defined Fields (UDFs) Cross Reference Table Table User Defined Fields (UDFs) by module. User Defined Fields (UDFs) by Module List Box Name Contract Management HIDDEN 1-12: 5 date fields [DT#] 7 data entry fields [FD#] Document Management Doc UDF1-5: 5 data entry fields [FD#] Facility Info Facility UDF1-5: 5 data entry fields [FD#] Incoming Visit Request VisitReq UDF1-5: 5 data entry fields [FD#] International Incoming VAL Hidden 1-26: 10 date fields [DT#] 10 data entry fields [FD#] 5 drop down fields [DD#] 1 text entry field [TX#] International Outgoing VAL Hidden 1-26: 10 date fields [DT#] 10 data entry fields [FD#] 5 drop down fields [DD#] 1 text entry field [TX#] Hidden 1-26: 10 date fields [DT#] 10 data entry fields [FD#] 5 drop down fields [DD#] 1 text entry field [TX#] Hidden 1-26: 10 date fields [DT#] 10 data entry fields [FD#] 5 drop down fields [DD#] 1 text entry field [TX#] International Visitor Control Hidden 1-26: 10 date fields [DT#] 10 data entry fields [FD#] 5 drop down fields [DD#] 1 text entry field [TX#] Screen Name, Tab Name (if applicable) Contract Info screen, Contract tab Document Info screen, Remarks/Other tab Notificaiton Info (displays only for Host facilities) Incoming Visit Request Info screen International Incoming VAL Info screen, Val Info tab Contract Facilities Info screen Government Facilities and/or Agencies Info screen International Visits screen, VAL Info tab International Visitor Info screen, Visitor Info tab Corresponding System Profile ContractUDF (see Table 7-39) DocUDF (see Table 7-48) FacilityUDF (see Table 7-61) VisitReqUDF (see Table 7-220) International Incoming VAL UDF (see Table 7-89) International Outgoing VAL Contract Facility UDF (see Table 7-115) International Outgoing VAL Government Facility UDF (see Table 7-121) International Outgoing VAL UDF (see Table 7-122) International Incoming Visitor UDF (see Table 7-90) System Profile

358 Back to this UDFs Cross Reference Table User Defined Fields (UDFs) by Module Hidden 1-26: 10 date fields [DT#] 10 data entry fields [FD#] 5 drop down fields [DD#] 1 text entry field [TX#] Outgoing Visit Request VisitReq UDF1-5: 5 data entry fields [FD#] Personnel Management Special Access Date UDF 1-10 and Special Access UDF1-5: 10 date fields [DT#] 4 data entry fields [FD#] Clearance Date UDF 1-10 and Clearance UDF1-5: 10 date fields [DT#] 5 data entry fields [FD#] Clearance Date UDF 1-10 and Clearance UDF1-5: 10 date fields [DT#] 5 data entry fields [FD#] Employee UDF1-5: 5 data entry fields [FD#] VisitReq UDF1-5: 5 data entry fields [FD#] International Visit Info Info screen Outgoing Visit Request Info screen Special Access Info screen, Special Access Info tab DOD Clearance Info screen, Remarks/Customized Info. tab Non-DOD Clearance Info screen, Remarks/Customized Info. tab Personnel Info screen, Flag/Rem. tab Personnel Listing - Assign to New Outgoing Visit Request screen International Non-VAL UDF (see Table 7-97) VisitReqUDF (see Table 7-220) AccessUDF (see Table 7-11) NOTE: 7 of the date fields are preconfigured ClearanceDODUDF (see Table 7-26) NOTE: 7 of the date fields are preconfigured ClearanceNonDODUDF (see Table 7-27) EmployeeUDF (see Table 7-53) Visit ReqUDF (see Table 7-220) 5 data entry fields [UDF#] Additional Badge(s) Info screen AdditionalBadgeUDF (see Table 7-14) Property Management Property UDF1-5: 5 data entry fields [FD#] Secured Area Management HIDDEN 1-25: 10 date fields [DT#] 10 data entry fields [FD#] 5 drop down fields [DD#] Training and Conferences Conference UDF1-5: 5 data entry fields [FD#] Visitor Control Special Access Date UDF 1-10 and Special Access UDF1-5: 10 date fields [DT#] 4 data entry fields [FD#] Clearance Date UDF 1-10 and Clearance UDF1-5: 10 date fields [DT#] 5 data entry fields [FD#] Property Info screen, Property tab Secured Area Management Info screen, Area Info tab Training/Conference Info screen, Remarks/Other tab Special Access Info screen, Remarks/Customized Info tab DOD Clearance Info screen, Remarks/Customized Info. tab PropertyUDF (see Table 7-157) SAM UDF (see Table 7-193) Conference UDF (see Table 7-35) AccessUDF (see Table 7-11) NOTE: 7 of the date fields are preconfigured ClearanceDODUDF (see Table 7-26) System Profile 7-165

359 UDFs Cross Reference Table Back to this User Defined Fields (UDFs) by Module Clearance Date UDF 1-10 and Clearance UDF1-5: 10 date fields [DT#] 5 data entry fields [FD#] User Defined Field 1-5: 5 data entry fields [FD#] Non-DOD Clearance screen, InfoRemarks/Customized Info. tab Visitor Info screen, Flag/Rem. tab ClearanceNonDODUDF (see Table 7-27) VisitorUDF (See Table 7-217) System Profile

360 Back to this System Parameters by Features Cross Reference Tables System Parameters by Features Cross Reference Tables Table Associated documents file size setting. Associated Documents File Size Setting Parameter Description/Profile Row # on Profile Detail Listing Screen/Table Max Upload File Size (MB) Row #38 in Access Commander System Parameters (see Table 7-4) Table Clearance settings. Clearance Settings Parameter Description/Profile Row # on Profile Detail Listing Screen/Table Always PRINT Full Clearance(s) in VALS Row #8 in Access Commander System Parameters (see Table 7-4) Check Clearance When Assigning People Row #14 in Access Commander System Parameters (see Table 7-4) to International Incoming VALs Clearance Granted By See Table Clearance Owner See Table Clearance Request Type See Table Clearance Sponsors See Table ClearanceDODUDF See Table ClearanceNonDODUDF See Table ClearClassifications See Table Inactivate Clearance(s)/Special Access(es) Row #28 in Access Commander System Parameters (see Table 7-4) when Inactivating Employee(s) Table Database settings. Database Settings Parameter Description/Profile Row # on Profile Detail Listing Screen/Table default (Value = DB_IP) in Web Session Parameters (see Table 7-222) DB Version Row #5 in Web Session Parameters (see Table 7-222) Table Notification setting. Notification Setting Parameter Description/Profile Row # on Profile Detail Listing Screen/Table Notification Configuration Table 7-50 Table Employee Generated Outgoing VAL Request setting. Employee Generated Outgoing VAL Request Setting Parameter Description/Profile Row # on Profile Detail Listing Screen/Table Use LDAP for authentication Row #15 in Web Session Parameters (see Table 7-222) Enterprise Authentication Table 7-54 System Profile 7-167

361 System Parameters by Features Cross Reference Tables Back to this Table Facility code segmentatation setting. Facility Code Segmentation Setting Parameter Description/Profile Row # on Profile Detail Listing Screen/Table Force CageCode Segmentation Row #24 in Access Commander System Parameters (see Table 7-4) Table Facility update/read access/verification settings. Facility Update and Read Access Settings Parameter Description/Profile Add facility read access to all users for each new DOD facility Add facility read access to all users for each new Non-DOD facility Check Facility Verification Info when Assigning VALs and Transmittal Certs Set Employment Facility Updatable When Assign User(s) Row # on Profile Detail Listing Screen/Table Row #1 in Web Session Parameters (see Table 7-213) Row #2 in Web Session Parameters (see Table 7-213) Row #15 in Access Commander System Parameters (see Table 7-4) Row #49 in Access Commander System Parameters (see Table 7-4) Table Help setting. Help Setting Parameter Description/Profile Row # on Profile Detail Listing Screen/Table Disable Help Link Row #7 in Web Session Parameters (see Table 7-213) Table Info screens settings. Info Screens Settings Parameter Description/Profile Row # on Profile Detail Listing Screen/Table Confirm when leaving Detail Data Entry screens Row #17 in Access Commander System Parameters (see Table 7-4) Enable Setup Screen Fields Row #9 in Web Session Parameters (see Table 7-213) Set Default CageCode in Detailed Screen Row #47 in Access Commander System Parameters (see Table 7-4) Table International modules activation setting. International Modules Activation Setting Parameter Description/Profile Row # on Profile Detail Listing Screen/Table Use International Visitor Modules Row #59 in Access Commander System Parameters (see Table 7-4) Table JPAS related settings. JPAS Related Settings Parameter Description/Profile Row # on Profile Detail Listing Screen/Table Update PI information from JPAS Row #56 in Access Commander System Parameters (see Table 7-4) Use New JPAS like Clearance Screen Row #60 in Access Commander System Parameters (see Table 7-4) System Profile

362 Back to this System Parameters by Features Cross Reference Tables Table Listing Screen settings. Listing Screen Settings Parameter Description/Profile Row # on Profile Detail Listing Screen/Table Max # of Records/Page in Listing Row #33 in Access Commander System Parameters (see Table 7-4) Table Password settings. Password Settings Parameter Description/Profile Row # on Profile Detail Listing Screen/Table Allow Flexible Password Row #4 in Access Commander System Parameters (see Table 7-4) ReUse Password Row #45 in Access Commander System Parameters (see Table 7-4) Table Polygraph settings. Polygraph Settings Parameter Description/Profile Row # on Profile Detail Listing Screen/Table Hide Poly section in the Clearance Screen Row #26 in Access Commander System Parameters (see Table 7-4) Hide Poly section in the Special Access Screen Row #27 in Access Commander System Parameters (see Table 7-4) Table Reinvestigation date automatic update in Rebrief Date field setting. Reinvestigation Date Automatic Update in Rebrief Date Field Setting Parameter Description/Profile Show Clearance Reinvestigation Info In Personnel Screen Row # on Profile Detail Listing Screen/Table Row #50 in Access Commander System Parameters (see Table 7-4) Table Reminder settings. Reminder Settings Parameter Description/Profile Row # on Profile Detail Listing Screen/Table Notification Configuration Table 7-50 Table Reporting settings. Reporting Settings Parameter Description/Profile Row # on Profile Detail Listing Screen/Table default Row #1 in Access Commander System Parameters (see Table 7-4) [installed drive]:\accesscommander_v2(or V3)/Reports Row #11 in Access Commander System Parameters (see Table 7-4) Stop Using RAS Server Row #14 in Web Session Parameters (see Table 7-213) System Profile 7-169

363 System Parameters by Features Cross Reference Tables Back to this Table Search screens settings. Search Screen Settings Parameter Description/Profile Row # on Profile Detail Listing Screen/Table Set Default CageCode in Selection Screen Row #48 in Access Commander System Parameters (see Table 7-4) Use the new Advanced Personnel Search screen Row #63 in Access Commander System Parameters (see Table 7-4) Table Search for Assignment screens setting. Search for Assignment Screen Setting Parameter Description/Profile Row # on Profile Detail Listing Screen/Table Max # of Records Allowed in Listing Row #32 in Access Commander System Parameters (see Table 7-4) Table Short-cut menu (right-click) setting. Short-Cut Menu Settings Parameter Description/Profile Row # on Profile Detail Listing Screen/Table Allow Right Click Row #3 in Web Session Parameters (see Table 7-213) Table Special Access settings. Special Access Settings Parameter Description/Profile Row # on Profile Detail Listing Screen/Table Always PRINT Full Clearance(s) in VALS Row #8 in Access Commander System Parameters (see Table 7-4) Access Granted By See Table 7-5. Access Sponsors See Table 7-7. AccessType See Table AccessUDF See Table Check special access(es) when assigning people to Row #16 in Access Commander System Parameters (see Table 7-4) contract Clearance Granted By See Table Enable Post Assignment Access Check Row #22 in Access Commander System Parameters (see Table 7-4) Ignored Accesses See Table 7-65 through Inactivate Clearance(s)/Special Access(es) when Row #28 in Access Commander System Parameters (see Table 7-4) Inactivating Employee(s) Show Clearance Reinvestigation Info In Personnel Row #50 in Access Commander System Parameters (see Table 7-4) Screen Use new special access rules Row #61 in Access Commander System Parameters (see Table 7-4) Use the new Special Access screen Row #66 in Access Commander System Parameters (see Table 7-4) System Profile

364 Back to this System Parameters by Features Cross Reference Tables Table Timeout, refresh interval, and auto logoff settings. Timeout, Refresh and Auto Logoff Interval Settings Parameter Description/Profile Row # on Profile Detail Listing Screen/Table Auto Logoff User When Connection Need Row #4 in Web Session Parameters (see Table 7-213) Default Session Timeout (in seconds) Row #6 in Web Session Parameters (see Table 7-213) Inactive Interval (in seconds) Required for Row #10 in Web Session Parameters (see Table 7-213) Auto Logoff Max DB Block Timeout (seconds) Row #34 in Access Commander System Parameters (see Table 7-4) Applies systemwide and should not be modified. Refresh Interval (in seconds) for Main Menu Row #43 in Access Commander System Parameters (see Table 7-4) Refresh Interval (in seconds) for User Monitor Row #12 in Web Session Parameters (see Table 7-213) Applies to User Monitor only. Table ViSi Commander settings. ViSi Commander Settings Parameter Description Pass Conference Attendees to VisiCommander Expecting Visitors Pass Incoming Visitors to VisiCommander Expecting Visitors Row # on Profile Detail Listing Screen/Table Row #40 in Access Commander System Parameters (see Table 7-4) Row #41 in Access Commander System Parameters (see Table 7-4) System Profile 7-171

365

366 Chapter 8 Main Menu User Monitor In This Chapter 99 Module Overview 99 Active User Listing Info 99 Database Transaction Info 99 User Monitor How To s Contents Overview User Monitor Screen Overview Accessing User Monitor Screen Active User Listing Info Active User Listing Section Columns Database Transactions Info Database Transactions Section Columns User Monitor How To s Refresh the List of Active Users Close the Active User Monitor Log a User Off the System User Monitor 8-1

367 Overview Back to this Overview The User Monitor module within Access Commander is accessed from the System Administration menu. It is used to: View a list of current Access Commander users that are connected (logged on) to the system Log off a user, when necessary View database transaction information The Active User Listing section displays the following information for each user: Name Host facility code Remote host, if applicable IP address for the session Time the user logged on to the system Number of seconds since the user s last keystroke Number of seconds of inactivity until the system logs the user off User s and phone number, if entered on the Personnel Info screen Read-only or licensed connection access Also displayed is the maximum number of connections allowed, and the number of those connections currently being used. Users logged in via read-only access do not count toward the number of connections. The Database Transactions section displays the following information for each user: Name Start Time Time Passed (seconds) Transaction time Time Passed (seconds) Current SQL Statement Location 8-2 User Monitor

368 Back to this User Monitor Screen User Monitor Screen Overview The User Monitor screen displays when you click the: User Monitor icon on the System Administration menu screen Active User Monitor option from the System Admin link (on Search, Listing, Info, Reports, Main Menu screens) Figure 8-1. The User Monitor screen. This screen displays both: Active User Listing information Database Transactions information Also displayed is the maximum number of connections allowed, and the number of those connections currently being used. Accessing User Monitor Screen Depending on where you are in the Access Commander system, there are two ways to access the User Monitor screen: System Administration screen, User Monitor icon System Admin link (on Search, Listing, Info, Reports, Main Menu screens), Active User Monitor option To use the User Monitor icon: 1. Access the System Administration menu screen. (Need help? See Accessing System Administration User Monitor 8-3

369 User Monitor Screen Back to this Menu Screen in Chapter 2.) 2. Click the User Monitor icon. The Active User Listing screen displays. To use the Active User Monitor option: 1. Place the cursor on the System Admin link on the Search, Listing, Info, Reports, or Main Menu screen. The options display. 2. Click the Active User Monitor option. The Active User Listing screen displays. Active User Listing Info The Active User Listing section displays the following information for each user: Name Host facility code Remote host, if applicable IP address for the session Time the user logged on to the system Number of seconds since the user s last keystroke Number of seconds of inactivity until the system logs the user off The System Administrator can log a user off of the system, if necessary. Figure 8-2. The Active User Listing section on the User Monitor screen. Active User Listing Section Columns There are eleven columns in the Active User Listing section. Table 8-1 lists and describes the data in the columns. Table 8-1. Columns on the Active User Listing screen. User Facility Command Displays the user s name. Displays the user s host facility code. Description 8-4 User Monitor

370 Back to this User Monitor Screen IP/Remote Host Logon At Last Access Max Inactive Interval (sec) Phone Login From R/O Logoff Displays the user s IP address. Displays the time the user logged on to the system. Displays, in seconds, how long it has been since the user s last keystroke or mouse movement. Displays, in seconds, how long before the user is logged out of the system due to inactivity. Displays the user s , if entered on the Personnel Info screen. Displays the user s , if entered on the Personnel Info screen. Displays Y if the user is logged in using read-only access. Read-only users do not count toward the maximum number of connections allowed. Displays N if the user is not logged in using read-only access. Link that logs the user out of the system. Database Transactions Info The Database Transactions section displays the following information for each user: Name Time the user logged on to the database Number of seconds since the user s last keystroke Time used for each transaction Current SQL statement used Location Figure 8-3. The Database Transactions section on the User Monitor screen. Database Transactions Section Columns There are seven columns on the Database Transactions section. Table 8-2 lists and describes the data in the columns. Table 8-2. Columns on the Active User Listing screen. Command DBUser Start Time Time Passed (seconds) Description Displays the user s name. Displays the time the user logged on to the database. Displays in seconds, how long before the user is logged off. User Monitor 8-5

371 User Monitor Screen Back to this Transaction Time Time Passed (seconds) Current SQL Statement Location Displays the time for each transaction. Displays, in seconds, how long the transaction took. Displays the most recent SQL statement. Displays the location. 8-6 User Monitor

372 Back to this User Monitor How s To User Monitor How To s How To s In This Section 99 Refresh the List of Active Users 99 Close the Active User Monitor 99 Log a User Off the System Refresh the List of Active Users g g The automatic refresh interval displays under the Refresh Immediately and Stop Monitor buttons (e.g., This screen will refresh every 30 seconds.) To refresh the list of active users: Active User Listing screen, Refresh Immediately button To use the Refresh Immediately button: Figure 8-4. The Refresh Immediately button. 1. Access the Active User Listing screen. (Need help? See Accessing Active User Listing Screen in this chapter.) 2. Click the Refresh Immediately button. The list refreshes and displays any current users. User Monitor 8-7

373 User Monitor How s To Back to this Close the Active User Monitor To close the user monitor: User Monitor screen, Active User Listing section, Stop Monitor button To use the Stop Monitor button: Figure 8-5. The Stop Monitor button. 1. Click the Stop Monitor button on the User Monitor screen. The screen closes. The screen from which you accessed the monitor displays. Log a User Off the System To log a user off the system: User Monitor screen, Active User Listing section, Logoff link 8-8 User Monitor

374 Back to this User Monitor How s To To use the Logoff link: Figure 8-6. The Logoff link. 1. Click the Logoff link for the logged on user in the last column in the Active User Listing section. The user is logged off the system and no longer displays on the Active User Listing screen. User Monitor 8-9

375

376 Chapter 9 Main Menu User Profile In This Chapter 99 Module Overview 99 User Profile Screens 99 User Info 99 User Security 99 Facility Access 99 User Activities Contents Overview User Selection Screen Overview Accessing User Selection Screen User Listing Screen Overview User Listing Screen Commands Accessing User Listing Screen User Info Screen Overview User Info Screen Commands on the User Info Screen Accessing User Info Screen User Info Screen - Data Fields Employee Search Screen Select Employee(s) to Assign Screen Basic User Profile How To s Assign a User to the System Unassign a User from the System Modify a User s System Profile User Security Overview Assign User s Security Screen Buttons on the Assign User s Security Screen Accessing Assign User s Security Screen Assign or Modify a User s Security Profile Assign User s Security Screen - Permissions Facility Access Overview Facility View/Update Access Listing Screen Command on the Facility View/Update Access Listing Screen Accessing Facility View/Update Access Listing Screen Facility View/Update Access Info Screen User Profile 9-1

377 Contents Back to this Accessing Facility View/Update Access Info Screen - Add New Accessing Facility View/Update Access Info Screen - Update Accessing Facility View/Update Access Info Screen - View Facility View/Update Access Info Screen - Data Fields Facility Update/View Access Search Screen Facility Listing Screen Add a Facility Access Update a User s Facility Access (Update/View) Delete a Facility Access from a User View (Read-Only) a Facility Access User Activities Overview User s Login Sessions Listing Screen Columns on the User s Login Sessions Listing Screen Accessing User s Login Sessions Listing Screen User s Session Activities Listing Screen Columns on the User s Sessions Activities Listing Screen Accessing User s Sessions Activities Listing Screen View (Read-Only) a User s Session Activities User Profile

378 Back to this Overview Overview The User Profile module within Access Commander is accessed from the System Administration menu. It is used to: Assign users to the system and set their basic access elements (e.g., password, logon ID, user type) Designate the modules to which the user has access and his/her permissions within each module and module subsystem Designate the facilities to which the user has system access (this applies only when facility ID segmentation is active) Modify a user s permissions Unassign (remove) users from the system View a user s session activities On the User Info screen, users are assigned a/an: ID Password User type (i.e., System Admin, Security Admin, Contract Admin, Shared User, International Outgoing VAL Requestor) Allowed IP Password setting Timeout setting The Assign User s Security screen is used to designate the: Modules to which the user has access (i.e., Add, Update, Delete, View, Reports) User s permissions within each module and module subsystem (e.g., assign visit requests within the Personnel Management module) The Facility View/Update Access Listing screen applies when facility ID segmentation is active. This screen is used to: Add facilities to which the user has access. He/She can be given Update or View access to the facility s records. The user can also be given Update or View access to all host facilities. Update the user s access from Update to View, or vice versa View a user s facility access(es) Delete a user s facility access(es) For the selected login session, the User s Sessions Activities Listing screen displays: Activity that took place during the session (e.g., Login, Logout) Time at which the Action occurred File Record# Web Session ID User Profile 9-3

379 Overview Back to this When assigning a new user to the system, complete these steps in the following order: Assign him/her to the system (see the User Info section in this chapter) Grant the applicable permissions (see the User Security section in this chapter) If facility segmentation is active, grant View or Update access to the appropriate facilities (see the Facility Access section in this chapter) 9-4 User Profile

380 Back to this User Selection Screen User Selection Screen Overview The User Selection screen displays when you click the: User Profile icon on the System Administration menu screen User Profile Management option from the System Admin link Search link on the User Listing screen Search link on the User Info screen The User Selection screen contains the fields that can be filled in and/or selected as search criteria. This allows you to narrow down the search for a specific user, or group of users. Figure 9-1. The User Selection screen. Accessing User Selection Screen Depending on where you are in Access Commander, there are two ways to access the User Selection screen: System Administration menu screen, User Profile icon System Admin link, User Profile Management option User Profile 9-5

381 User Selection Screen Back to this To use the User Profile icon: 1. Access the System Administration menu screen. (Need Help? See Accessing System Administration Menu Screen in Chapter 2.) 2. Click the User Profile icon. The User Listing screen displays. To use the User Profile Management option: 1. Place the cursor on the System Admin link on the Search, Listing, Info, Reports, or Main Menu screen. The options display. 2. Click the User Profile Management option. The User Listing screen displays. 9-6 User Profile

382 Back to this User Listing Screen User Listing Screen Overview The User Listing screen displays when you click the: Find button on the User Selection screen Back to User Listing command on the User Info screen Cancel & Return or Save & Return button on the Assign User s Security screen User Listing command on the Facility View/Update Access Listing screen Return button on the User s Login Sessions Listing screen The User Listing screen displays the results of your search on the User Selection screen. The users assigned to the system and the available IDs to which a user has not yet been assigned display in table format. Figure 9-2. The User Listing screen. User Listing Screen Commands When one record is selected on the User Listing screen, 5 commands display, as shown in Figure 9-3. User Profile 9-7

383 User Listing Screen Back to this Figure 9-3. The commands on the User Listing screen. Table 9-1 lists and describes the commands. Table 9-1. Commands on the User Listing screen. Command Screen Accessed Use the command to Update User Info User Info Update a user s: User ID Password User type (i.e., System Admin, Security Admin, Contract Admin, Shared User, International Outgoing VAL Requestor) Allowed IP Password setting Timeout setting Assign Security Assign User s Security Designate the modules to which a new user has access and his/ her permissions within those modules. Assign Facility Code Facility View/Update Access Listing Designate the facilities to which the user has system access. This applies only when facility ID segmentation is active. UnAssign User Remove a user from the system. User Activities User s Login Sessions Listing View a user s system activities. Accessing User Listing Screen Depending on where you are in Access Commander, there are five ways to access the User Listing screen: User Selection screen, Find button User Info screen, Back to User Listing command Assign User s Security screen, Cancel & Return or Save & Return button Facility View/Update Access Listing screen, User Listing command User s Login Sessions Listing screen, Return button 9-8 User Profile

384 Back to this User Listing Screen To use the Find button: 1. Access the User Selection screen. (Need help? See Accessing User Selection Screen in this chapter.) 2. Enter search criteria to narrow down the search for the specific user, or group of users. 3. Click the Find button. The User Listing screen displays with the results of your search. g g If no records are found matching the entered search criteria, a blank User Listing screen displays. To use the Back to User Listing command: 1. On the User Info screen, place the cursor on the Command link. The options display. 2. Click the Back to User Listing command. The User Listing screen displays. To use the Cancel & Return or Save & Return button: 1. On the Assign User s Security screen, click the Cancel & Return or Save & Return button, as applicable. The User Listing screen displays. To use the User Listing command: 1. On the Facility View/Update Access Listing screen, place the cursor on the Command link. The options display. 2. Click the User Listing command. The User Listing screen displays. To use the Return button: 1. On the User s Login Sessions Listing screen, click the Return button. The User Listing screen displays. User Profile 9-9

385 User Info Screen Back to this User Info Screen Overview The User Info screen is used to assign users to the system and set their basic access elements (e.g., password, logon ID). See Table 9-3 for a list and description of the data elements on the User Info screen. User Info Screen The User Info screen displays in Update mode when you click the: Update User Info command after selecting a user on the User Listing screen The User Info screen is used to add or update a user s: ID Password User type (e.g., System Admin, Security Admin, Contract Admin, Shared User, International Outgoing VAL Requestor) Allowed IP Password setting Timeout setting Figure 9-4. The User Info screen User Profile

386 Back to this User Info Screen Commands on the User Info Screen When one assigned profile is selected on the User Listing screen, six commands display, as shown in Figure 9-5. Figure 9-5. The commands on the User Info screen. When an unassigned profile is selected, only two commands display: Assign User Back to User Listing Table 9-2 lists and describes the commands. Table 9-2. Commands on the User Info screen. Command Screen Accessed Use the command to Assign User User Info assign a user to an unassigned profile. Back to User Listing User Listing return to the User Listing screen without saving any revised data. Update User Info User Info add or update an assigned user s: User ID Password User type (I.e., System Admin, Security Admin, Contract Admin, Shared User, International Outgoing VAL Requestor) Allowed IP Password setting Timeout setting Assign Security Assign User s Security designate the modules to which a new user has access and his/ her permissions within those modules. Assign Facility Code Facility View/Update Access Listing designate the facilities to which the user has system access. This applies only when facility ID segmentation is active. UnAssign User remove a user from the system. User Activities User s Login Sessions Listing view a user s system activities. User Profile 9-11

387 User Info Screen Back to this Accessing User Info Screen To access the User Info screen: User Listing screen, Update User Info command To use the Update User Info command: 1. Access the User Listing screen. (Need help? See Accessing User Listing Screen in this chapter.) 2. Click the Select checkbox for the desired user. The screen refreshes and the record displays highlighted (in black) with a checkmark in its checkbox. 3. Place the cursor on the Commands link. The options display. 4. Click the Update User Info command. The User Listing screen displays. User Info Screen - Data Fields The data fields on the User Info screen are listed in Table 9-3. Table 9-3. User Info screen data fields. Field Name Assign User ID Password Password Again System Admin Explanation REQUIRED. This is populated from the User Listing screen. Revise it when appropriate. REQUIRED. Enter the password. REQUIRED. Enter the password again. Click if this applies. Should be given only to users who will be System Administrators. No default permissions are granted. The System Administrator must assign the System Administrator s permissions on the Assign User s Security screen. Security Admin. This user has Update access to all facilities. PROTECTED. Default is checked. No default permissions are granted. The System Administrator must assign the user s permissions on the Assign User s Security screen. Contract Admin. This user has Update access to his/her own employment facility if the Set Employment Facility Updatable When Assign User(s) is set to Y (see Table 7-4, Row #46 in Chapter 7, System Profile). Click if this applies. Gives the user full access to the Contracts subsystem (e.g., permission to reopen a closed contract). No default permissions are granted. The System Administrator must assign the user s permissions on the Assign User s Security screen User Profile

388 Back to this User Info Screen Shared User Field Name Explanation For web portal administrator use. Configures the user as A/C View Only for all web portal users. Intended for enterprise A/C use. Always see SSN even Hidden in View mode Int. Out VAL Requestor (non-security user) No default permissions are granted. The System Administrator must assign the Shared User s permissions on the Assign User s Security screen. Click if this applies. Gives the user permission to see the Social Security Number for a record even if it has been hidden in View mode. Click if this applies. Gives the user access to submit/resubmit international outgoing VALs, modify the request data before it becomes active, and when the user logs in, he/she is taken directly to the International Outgoing VAL module (no access is given to any other modules within Access Commander). Allowed IP Password Must Be Changed In User Must Change Password On Next Logon Assign Employee Max Inactive Interval (sec) If this is selected, check only the VAL Requestor Only checkbox (International Outgoing VAL section) on the Assign User s Security screen. REQUIRED. Prepopulates with *.*.*.* To specify the IP of the computer the user is allowed to log onto, enter it in this field. Change to the desired number of days after which the user will be prompted to change the password, if other than the default. Click if this applies. REQUIRED. Click to search for, select, and assign the employee. Change to the desired timeout duration, if other than the default. User Profile 9-13

389 Employee Search Screen Back to this Employee Search Screen The Employee Search screen displays when you click the: Assign Employee button on the User Info screen The search criteria for the employee being assigned are entered on this screen. Figure 9-6. The Employee Search screen User Profile

390 Back to this Select Employee(s) to Assign Screen Select Employee(s) to Assign Screen The Select Employee(s) to Assign screen displays when you click the: Find button on the Employee Search screen Search command on the Employee Listing screen The user being assigned is selected on this screen. Figure 9-7. The Select Employee(s) to Assign screen. User Profile 9-15

391 Basic User Profile How To s Back to this Basic User Profile How To s How To s In This Section 99 Assign a User to the System 99 Unassign a User from the System 99 Modify a User s System Profile Assign a User to the System To assign a user to the system: User Listing screen, Assign User command To use the Assign User command: 1. Access the User Listing screen. (Need help? See Accessing User Listing Screen in this chapter.) 2. Click the Select checkbox for an UNASSIGNED profile. The screen refreshes. The selected profile displays highlighted (in black) with a checkmark in its checkbox. 3. Place the cursor on the Commands link. The commands display. 4. Click the Assign User command. A blank User Info screen displays. 5. Enter the password in the Password field, and then the same password again in the Password Again field. 6. Click the appropriate checkbox(es). Refer to Table Enter the IP address of the computer onto which the user is allowed to log on in the Allowed IP field. 8. Change the default value in the Password must be changed in field, if needed. 9. Click the User must change password on next logon checkbox, if needed. 10. Click the Assign Employee button. The Employee Search screen displays. 11. Enter the search criteria. 12. Click the Find button. The Select Employee to Assign screen displays. 13. Click the Select checkbox next to the employee to assign. The screen refreshes. The selected employee record displays highlighted (in black) with a checkmark in its checkbox. 14. Place the cursor on the Commands link. The commands display User Profile

392 Back to this Basic User Profile How To s 15. Click the Assign selected record(s) command. The User Info screen displays. The assigned user s name displays in the Assign Employee field. 16. Change the default value in the Max Inactive Interval (sec) field, if needed. 17. Click the Update button. The message, The information has been updated. displays. g g You can now add the new user s security profile by selecting the Assign Security command. 18. To return to the User Listing screen, click the Done button. The User Listing screen displays. The newly assigned user displays in the list highlighted (in black) with a checkmark in its Select checkbox. g g If you have not already done so, add the new user s security profile by selecting the Assign Security command. See the User Security section of this chapter for step-by-step instructions. Unassign a User from the System g g When a user is unassigned, the User ID, Password, and access type checkboxes (e.g., System Admin, Security Admin) are reset. To unassign a user from the system: User Listing screen, UnAssign User command To use the UnAssign User command: 1. Access the User Listing screen. (Need help? See Accessing User Listing Screen in this chapter.) 2. Click the Select checkbox next to the user profile you re unassigning. The screen refreshes. The selected profile displays highlighted (in black) with a checkmark in its checkbox. 3. Place the cursor on the Commands link. The commands display. 4. Click the UnAssign User command. A pop-up window with the message, Successfully unassign: [user name]. displays. 5. Click the OK button. The User Listing screen displays. The profile now displays zz-uunassigned in the Assigned to column. The profile is now available to be assigned to another user. User Profile 9-17

393 Basic User Profile How To s Back to this Modify a User s System Profile To modify a user s system profile: User Listing screen, Update User Info command To use the Update User Info command: 1. Access the User Listing screen. (Need help? See Accessing User Listing Screen in this chapter.) 2. Click the Select checkbox for the desired user s profile. The screen refreshes. The selected profile displays highlighted (in black) with a checkmark in its checkbox. 3. Place the cursor on the Commands link. The commands display. 4. Click the Update User Info command. The User Info screen displays. 5. Make the necessary revisions. 6. Click the Update button. The message, The information has been updated. displays. 7. Click the Done button. The User Listing screen displays. The modified profile displays in the list highlighted (in black) with a checkmark in its Select checkbox. 8. To modify another user s profile, repeat from step 2 above User Profile

394 Back to this User Security User Security How To In This Section 99 Assign or Modify a User s Security Profile Overview The Assign User s Security screen is used to select the modules to which the user has access and his/ her permissions within each module. Tables 9-5 through 9-29 in this section list and describe the modules and their permissions. Assign User s Security Screen The Assign User s Security screen displays when you click the: Assign Security command after selecting a user on the User Listing screen Update User Info command on the User Info screen The Assign User s Security screen is used to designate the: Modules to which the user has access, and the type of access (i.e., Add, Update, Delete, View) User s permissions within each module and module subsystem (e.g., assign visit requests within the Personnel Management module) Figure 9-8. Personnel section < Main Menu < Assign User s Security screen. User Profile 9-19

395 User Security Back to this Figure 9-9. Property section < Main Menu < Assign User s Security screen. Figure Secured Area section < Main Menu < Assign User s Security screen. Figure Document section < Main Menu < Assign User s Security screen. Figure Visit Request section < Main Menu < Assign User s Security screen. Figure Visitor section < Main Menu < Assign User s Security screen User Profile

396 Back to this User Security Figure Contract section < Main Menu < Assign User s Security screen. Figure Training and Conference section < Main Menu < Assign User s Security screen. Figure Information Systems section < Main Menu < Assign User s Security screen. Figure International Incoming VAL section < Main Menu < Assign User s Security screen. Figure International Visitor section < Main Menu < Assign User s Security screen. Figure International Outgoing VAL section < Main Menu < Assign User s Security screen. User Profile 9-21

397 User Security Back to this Figure Facility Info section < System Administration < Assign User s Security screen. Figure User Profile section < System Administration < Assign User s Security screen. Figure System Profile section < System Administration < Assign User s Security screen. Figure Report Profile section < System Administration < Assign User s Security screen. Figure Reminder section < System Administration < Assign User s Security screen. Figure Monitor section < System Administration < Assign User s Security screen. Figure Adhoc Query section < System Administration < Assign User s Security screen. Figure Inventory section < System Administration < Assign User s Security screen. Figure Maintain Sequence(s) section < System Administration < Assign User s Security screen. Figure JPAS section < System Administration < Assign User s Security screen User Profile

398 Back to this User Security Figure HRDW Load section < System Administration < Assign User s Security screen. Figure Maintain Skill(s) section < System Administration < Assign User s Security screen. Buttons on the Assign User s Security Screen Six buttons display at the top and bottom of the Assign User s Security screen, as shown in Figure Figure Buttons at the top of the Assign User s Security screen. Table 9-4 lists and describes the buttons. Table 9-4. Buttons at the top of the Assign User s Security screen. Button Save & Return Read Only Set All Clear All Reset Cancel & Return Description Saves the changes that were made and returns you to the User Listing screen. Gives the user only View permission (cannot add, update, or delete records, or access reports). User is given add, update, delete, view and reporting permissions for every module. No checkboxes are checked. No permissions are granted within any module. Populates the screen with the most recently saved settings. No changes are saved and you re taken back to the User Listing screen. Accessing Assign User s Security Screen Depending on where you are within the Access Commander system, there are two ways to access the Assign User s Security screen: User Listing screen, Assign Security command User Info screen, Assign Security command To use the Assign Security command from the User Listing screen: 1. Access the User Listing screen. (Need help? See Accessing User Listing Screen in this chapter.) User Profile 9-23

399 User Security Back to this 2. Click the Select checkbox for the desired user. The screen refreshes and the record displays highlighted (in black) with a checkmark in its checkbox. 3. Place the cursor on the Commands link. The options display. 4. Click the Assign Security command. The Assign User s Security screen displays. To use the Assign Security command from the User Info screen: 1. Access the User Info screen. (Need help? See Accessing User Info Screen in this chapter.) 2. Place the cursor on the Commands link. The options display. g g If you have made any changes on the User Info screen, click the Update button before selecting the Assign Security command or the changes will not be saved. 3. Click the Assign Security command. The Assign User s Security screen displays. Assign or Modify a User s Security Profile To assign or modify a user s security profile: User Listing screen, Assign Security command To use the Assign Security command: 1. Access the User Listing screen. (Need help? See User Listing Screen in this chapter.) 2. Click the Select checkbox next to the user profile for which you re entering/modifying the security profile. 3. Place the cursor on the Commands link. The commands display. 4. Click the Assign Security command. The Assign User s Security screen displays. 5. Using the buttons and/or checkboxes, assign/modify the user s permissions. Use the buttons at the top of the screen to set permissions globally. See Table 9-4 for a description of the buttons. Use the buttons and/or checkboxes within each module section to set the permissions within individual modules, as needed. Tables 9-5 through 9-29 describe the permissions within each module. 6. Click the Save & Return button. The User Listing screen displays. The updated user profile displays highlighted (in black) and its checkbox is checked User Profile

400 Back to this User Security g g The next step for a new user is to assign his/her applicable facility code(s). If segmentation does not apply to your facility, you do not need to assign facility codes. User s for whom the System Admin checkbox was checked on the User Info screen will automatically be given Update access to all facilities. Assign User s Security Screen - Permissions The modules on the Assign User s Security screen are listed in Table 9-5 through Table Each module s permissions are listed and explained in the corresponding table. Table 9-5. Assign User s Security screen, Main Menu, Personnel Management module permissions. Field Name MAIN MENU: Personnel section Explanation Read Only button - click to give the user view (read-only) permission to all the features in the Personnel Management module. Set All - click to give the user all permissions within the Personnel Management module. Add Update Delete View Report Assign Visit Request Assign Contract Assign Conference Assign Skill(s) Assign Document Assign Property Transfer Document Transfer Property Personnel Subsystems Access Clear All - click to remove the user s permission to access the Personnel Management module. The icon appears greyed out on the Main Menu screen. Click to give the user permission to add new employee records. Click to give the user permission to update employee records. Click to give the user permission to delete employee records. Click to give the user permission to view (read-only) employee records. Click to give the user permission to generate employee reports. Click to give the user permission to assign employees to outgoing visit requests. Click to give the user permission to assign employees to contracts. Click to give the user permission to assign a conference. Click to give the user permission to assign skills set. Click to give the user permission to assign documents to employees. Click to give the user permission to assign property to employees. Click to give the user permission to transfer document. Click to give the user permission to transfer property. Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to: Add - add special accesses for an employee. Update - update an employee s special access(es). Delete - delete an employee s special access(es). View - view (read-only) an employee s special access(es). Report generate an employee s special access(es) reports. Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all Access permissions (i.e., Add, Update, Delete, and View). Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all Access permissions. User Profile 9-25

401 User Security Back to this Field Name Clearance (DOD) Explanation Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to: Add - add DOD clearances for an employee. Update - update an employee s DOD clearances. Delete - delete an employee s DOD clearances. View - view (read-only) an employee s DOD clearances. Report generate an employee s DOD clearances reports. Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all Clearance (DOD) permissions (i.e., Add, Update, Delete, and View). Clearance (Non-DOD) Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all Clearance (DOD) permissions. Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to: Add - add Non-DOD clearances for an employee. Update - update an employee s Non-DOD clearances. Delete - delete an employee s Non-DOD clearances. View - view (read-only) an employee s Non-DOD clearances. Report generate an employee s Non-DOD clearances reports. Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all Clearance (Non-DOD) permissions (i.e., Add, Update, Delete, and View). Courier Info Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all Clearance (Non-DOD) permissions. Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to: Add - add courier information for an employee. Update - update an employee s courier information. Delete - delete an employee s courier information. View - view (read-only) an employee s courier information. Report generate an employee s courier information reports. Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all Courier Info permissions (i.e., Add, Update, Delete, and View). Foreign Travel Note Pad Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all Courier Info permissions. Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to: Add - add foreign travel information for an employee. Update - update an employee s foreign travel information. Delete - delete an employee s foreign travel information. View - view (read-only) an employee s foreign travel information. Report generate an employee s foreign travel information reports. Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all Foreign Travel permissions (i.e., Add, Update, Delete, and View). Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all Foreign Travel permissions. Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to: Add - add notepad information for an employee. Update - update an employee s notepad information. Delete - delete an employee s notepad information. View - view (read-only) an employee s notepad information. Report generate an employee s notepad information reports. Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all Note Pad permissions (i.e., Add, Update, Delete, and View). Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all Note Pad permissions User Profile

402 Back to this User Security Offense Field Name Explanation Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to: Add - add offense information for an employee. Update - update an employee s offense information. Delete - delete an employee s offense information. View - view (read-only) an employee s offense information. Report generate an employee s offense information reports. Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all Offense permissions (i.e., Add, Update, Delete, and View). Compartment Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all Offense permissions. Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to: Add - add compartment information for an employee. Update - update an employee s compartment information. Delete - delete an employee s compartment information. View - view (read-only) an employee s compartment information. Report generate an employee s compartment information reports. Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all Compartment permissions (i.e., Add, Update, Delete, and View). Poly Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all Compartment permissions. Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to: Add - add polygraph information for an employee. Update - update an employee s polygraph information. Delete - delete an employee s polygraph information. View - view (read-only) an employee s polygraph information. Report generate an employee s polygraph information reports. Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all Polygraph permissions (i.e., Add, Update, Delete, and View). Associated Doc(s) Associated Doc(s) - No PII Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all Compartment permissions. Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to: Upload - upload associated document(s). Remove - remove associated document(s). View - view only the associated document. Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to: Upload - upload associated document(s) that do not contain Personally Identifiable Information (PII). Remove - remove associated document(s) that do not contain Personally Identifiable Information (PII). View - view only the associated document that do not contain Personally Identifiable Information (PII). User Profile 9-27

403 User Security Back to this Table 9-6. Assign User s Security screen, Main Menu, Property Management module permissions. Field Name MAIN MENU: Property section Explanation Read Only button - click to give the user view (read-only) permission to all the features in the Property Management module. Set All - click to give the user all permissions within the Property Management module. Add Update Delete View Report Assign Access Assign Contract Assign People Property Subsystem Incident Associated Doc(s) Clear All - click to remove the user s permission to access the Property Management module. The icon appears greyed out on the Main Menu screen. Click to give the user permission to add new property records. Click to give the user permission to update property records. Click to give the user permission to delete property records. Click to give the user permission to view (read-only) property records. Click to give the user permission to generate property reports. Click to give the user permission to assign access. Click to give the user permission to assign property to a contract. Click to give the user permission to assign people. Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to: Add - add incidents for an employee. Update - update an employee s incidents. Delete - delete an employee s incidents. View - view (read-only) an employee s incidents. Report - generate an employee s incident reports. Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all Incident permissions (i.e., Add, Update, Delete, View and Report). Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all Incident permissions. Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to: Upload - upload document(s). Remove - rmove associated document(s). View - view only the associated document. Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all Associated Doc(s) permissions (i.e., Updload, Remove, and View). Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all Associated Doc(s) permissions. Table 9-7. Assign User s Security screen, Main Menu, Secured Area Management module permissions. Field Name MAIN MENU: Secured Area section Explanation Read Only button - click to give the user view (read-only) permission to all the features in the Secured Area Management module. Set All - click to give the user all permissions within the Secured Area Management module. Clear All - click to remove the user s permission to access the Secured Area Management module. The icon appears greyed out on the Main Menu screen User Profile

404 Back to this User Security Add Update Delete View Report Field Name Assign Contract Assign IS Assign Property Secured Area Subsystems Alarm & Access Control Explanation Click to give the user permission to add new secured area records. Click to give the user permission to update secured area records. Click to give the user permission to delete secured area records. Click to give the user permission to view (read-only) secured area records. Click to give the user permission to generate secured area reports. Click to give the user permission to assign secured area to contracts. Click to give the user permission to assign an information system to a secured area. Click to give the user permission to assign property to a secured area. Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to: Add - add alarm and access control information for a secured area. Update - update a secured area s alarm and access control information. Delete - delete a secured area s alarm and access control information. View - view (read-only) a secured area s alarm and access control information. Report generate a secured area s alarm and access control reports. Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all secured area Alarm/Access Control permissions (i.e., Add, Update, Delete, and View). Amenity Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all Alarm/Access Control permissions. Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to: Add - add amenity information for a secured area. Update - update a secured area s amenity information. Delete - delete a secured area s amenity information. View - view (read-only) a secured area s amenity information. Report generate a secured area s amenity reports. Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all secured area Amenity permissions (i.e., Add, Update, Delete, and View). Accreditation History Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all Amenity permissions. Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to: Add - add accreditation history information for a secured area. Update - update a secured area s accreditation history information. Delete - delete a secured area s accreditation history information. View - view (read-only) a secured area s accreditation history information. Report generate a secured area s accreditation history reports. Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all secured area Accreditation History permissions (i.e., Add, Update, Delete, and View). Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all Accreditation History permissions. User Profile 9-29

405 User Security Back to this Equipment Field Name Explanation Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to: Add - add equipment information for a secured area. Update - update a secured area s equipment information. Delete - delete a secured area s equipment information. View - view (read-only) a secured area s equipment information. Report generate a secured area s equipment reports. Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all secured area Equipment permissions (i.e., Add, Update, Delete, and View). Facility Inspection Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all Equipment permissions. Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to: Add - add facility inspection information for a secured area. Update - update a secured area s facility inspection information. Delete - delete a secured area s facility inspection information. View - view (read-only) a secured area s facility inspection information. Report generate a secured area s facility inspection reports. Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all secured area Facility Inspection permissions (i.e., Add, Update, Delete, and View). Secured Area Inspection Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all Facility Inspection permissions. Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to: Add - add inspection information for a secured area. Update - update a secured area s inspection information. Delete - delete a secured area s inspection information. View - view (read-only) a secured area s inspection information. Report generate a secured area s inspection reports. Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all secured area Inspection permissions (i.e., Add, Update, Delete, and View). Industry Partner Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all Inspection permissions. Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to: Add - add industry partner information for a secured area. Update - update a secured area s industry partner information. Delete - delete a secured area s industry partner information. View - view (read-only) a secured area s industry partner information. Report generate a secured area s industry partner reports. Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all secured area Industry Partner permissions (i.e., Add, Update, Delete, and View). Waiver History Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all Industry Partner permissions. Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to: Add - add waiver history information for a secured area. Update - update a secured area s waiver history information. Delete - delete a secured area s waiver history information. View - view (read-only) a secured area s waiver history information. Report generate a secured area s waiver history reports. Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all secured area Waiver History permissions (i.e., Add, Update, Delete, and View). Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all Waiver History permissions User Profile

406 Back to this User Security Field Name Associated Doc(s) Explanation Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to: Upload - upload associated document(s). Remove - rmove associated document(s). View - view only the associated document. Table 9-8. Assign User s Security screen, Main Menu, Document Management module permissions. Field Name MAIN MENU: Document section Explanation Read Only button - click to give the user view (read-only) permission to all the features in the Document Management module. Set All - click to give the user all permissions within the Document Management module. Add Update Delete View Report Assign People Assign Contract Incorporate Document Revise Document Copy Document Transmittal - Internal Receipt Document Subsystems Associated Doc(s) Clear All - click to remove the user s permission to access the Document Management module. The icon appears greyed out on the Main Menu screen. Click to give the user permission to add new document records. Click to give the user permission to update document records. Click to give the user permission to delete document records. Click to give the user permission to view (read-only) document records. Click to give the user permission to generate document reports. Click to give the user permission to assign employees to documents. Click to give the user permission to assign contracts to documents. Click to give the user permission to incorporate documents. Click to give the user permission to review documents. Click to give the user permission to copy documents. Click to give the user permission to acknowledge receipt of internal transmittals. Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to: Upload - upload associated document(s). Remove - remove associated document(s). View - view only the associated document(s). Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all Associated Doc(s) permissions (i.e., Updload, Remove, and View). Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all Associated Doc(s) permissions. User Profile 9-31

407 User Security Back to this Field Name Destruction Certificate Explanation Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to: Add - add a destruction certificate. Update - update a destruction certificate. Delete - delete a destruction certificate. View - view (read-only) a destruction certificate. Report - generate destruction certificate reports. Assign Doc assign documents to a destruction certificate. Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all Destruction Certificate permissions (i.e., Add, Update, Delete, and View). Associated Doc(s) Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all Destruction Certificate permissions. Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to: Upload - upload associated document(s) for the Destruction Certificate. Remove - remove associated document(s) for the Destruction Certificate. View - view only the associated document(s) for the Destruction Certificate. Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all Destruction Certificate Associated Doc(s) permissions (i.e., Updload, Remove, and View). Transmittal Certificate Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all Destruction Certificate Associated Doc(s) permissions. Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to: Add - add a transmittal certificate. Update - update a transmittal certificate. Delete - delete a transmittal certificate. View - view (read-only) a transmittal certificate. Report - generate transmittal certificate reports. Assign Doc assign documents to a transmittal certificate. Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all Transmittal Certificate permissions (i.e., Add, Update, Delete, and View). Associated Doc(s) Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all Transmittal Certificate permissions. Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to: Upload - upload associated document(s) for the Transmittal Certificate. Remove - remove associated document(s) for the Transmittal Certificate. View - view only the associated document(s) for the Transmittal Certificate. Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all Transmittal Certificate Associated Doc(s) permissions (i.e., Updload, Remove, and View). Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all Transmittal Certificate Associated Doc(s) permissions User Profile

408 Back to this User Security Table 9-9. Assign User s Security screen, Main Menu, Incoming Visit Request and Outgoing Visit Request modules permissions. Field Name MAIN MENU: Visit Request Explanation Read Only button - click to give the user view (read-only) permission to all the features in the Incoming Visit Request and Outgoing Visit Request modules. Set All - click to give the user all permissions within the Incoming Visit Request and Outgoing Visit Request modules. Add Update Delete View Report Assign Access Assign Contract Assign People Visit Request Subsystems Associated Doc(s) Clear All - click to remove the user s permission to access the Incoming Visit Request and Outgoing Visit Request modules. The icons appear greyed out on the Main Menu screen. Click to give the user permission to: Incoming Visit Request: add new incoming visit requests Outgoing Visit Request: add new outgoing visit requests Click to give the user permission to: Incoming Visit Request: update incoming visit requests Outgoing Visit Request: update outgoing visit requests Click to give the user permission to: Incoming Visit Request: delete incoming visit requests Outgoing Visit Request: delete outgoing visit requests Click to give the user permission to: Incoming Visit Request: view (read-only) incoming visit requests Outgoing Visit Request: view (read-only) outgoing visit requests Click to give the user permission to: Incoming Visit Request: generate incoming visit request reports Outgoing Visit Request: generate outgoing visit request reports Click to give the user permission to: assign employees to outgoing visit requests. Incoming Visit Request: assign access(es) to incoming visit requests Outgoing Visit Request: assign access(es) to outgoing visit requests Click to give the user permission to: Incoming Visit Request: assign contracts to incoming visit requests Outgoing Visit Request: assign contracts to outgoing visit requests Click to give the user permission to: Incoming Visit Request: assign visitors to incoming visit requests Outgoing Visit Request: assign employees to outgoing visit requests Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to: Upload - upload document(s). Remove - rmove associated document(s). View - view only the associated document(s). Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all Associated Doc(s) permissions (i.e., Updload, Remove, and View). Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all Associated Doc(s) permissions. User Profile 9-33

409 User Security Back to this Table Assign User s Security screen, Main Menu, Visitor Control module permissions. Field Name MAIN MENU: Visitor section Explanation Read Only button click to give the user view (read-only) permission to all the features in the Visitor Control module. Set All click to give the user all permissions within the Visitor Control module. Add Update Delete View Report Assign Visit Request Assign Contract Assign Conference Assign Document Assign Property Transfer Document Transfer Property Visitor Subsystems Access Clear All click to remove the user s permission to access the Visitor Control module. The icon appears greyed out on the Main Menu screen. Click to give the user permission to add new visitor records. Click to give the user permission to update visitor records. Click to give the user permission to delete visitor ployee records. Click to give the user permission to view (read-only) visitor records. Click to give the user permission to generate visitor reports. Click to give the user permission to assign visitors to incoming visit requests. Click to give the user permission to assign visitors to contracts. Does not apply. Click to give the user permission to assign documents to visitors. Click to give the user permission to assign property to visitors. Does not apply. Does not apply. Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to: Add add special accesses for a visitor. Update update a visitor s special access(es). Delete delete a visitor s special access(es). View view (read-only) a visitor s special access(es). Report generate a visitor s special access reports. Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all Visitor permissions (i.e., Add, Update, Delete, and View). Clearance (DOD) Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all Visitor permissions. Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to: Add add DOD clearances for a visitor. Update update a visitor s DOD clearances. Delete delete a visitor s DOD clearances. View view (read-only) a visitor s DOD clearances. Report generate a visitor s DOD clearance reports. Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all Clearance (DOD) permissions (i.e., Add, Update, Delete, and View). Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all Clearance (DOD) permissions User Profile

410 Back to this User Security Field Name Clearance (Non-DOD) Explanation Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to: Add add Non-DOD clearances for a visitor. Update update a visitor s Non-DOD clearances. Delete delete a visitor s Non-DOD clearances. View view (read-only) a visitor s Non-DOD clearances. Report generate a visitor s Non-DOD clearance reports. Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all Clearance (Non-DOD) permissions (i.e., Add, Update, Delete, and View). Courier Info Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all Clearance (Non-DOD) permissions. Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to: Add add courier information for a visitor. Update update a visitor s courier information. Delete delete a visitor s courier information. View view (read-only) a visitor s courier information. Report generate a visitor s courier information reports. Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all Courier Info permissions (i.e., Add, Update, Delete, and View). Foreign Travel Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all Courier Info permissions. Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to: Add add foreign travel information for a visitor. Update update a visitor s foreign travel information. Delete delete a visitor s foreign travel information. View view (read-only) a visitor s foreign travel information. Report generate a visitor s foreign travel information reports. Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all Foreign Travel permissions (i.e., Add, Update, Delete, and View). Note Pad Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all Foreign Travel permissions. Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to: Add add notepad information for a visitor. Update update a visitor s notepad information. Delete delete v notepad information. View view (read-only) a visitor s notepad information. Report generate a visitor s note pad information reports. Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all Note Pad permissions (i.e., Add, Update, Delete, and View). Offense Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all Note Pad permissions. Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to: Add add offense information for a visitor. Update update a visitor s offense information. Delete delete a visitor s offense information. View view (read-only) a visitor s offense information. Report generate a visitor s offense information reports. Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all Offense permissions (i.e., Add, Update, Delete, and View). Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all Offense permissions. User Profile 9-35

411 User Security Back to this Field Name Compartment Explanation Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to: Add add compartment information for a visitor. Update update a visitor s compartment information. Delete delete a visitor s compartment information. View view (read-only) a visitor s compartment information. Report generate a visitor s compartment information reports. Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all Compartment permissions (i.e., Add, Update, Delete, and View). Visit History Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all Compartment permissions. Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to: Add add visit history for a visitor. Update update a visitor s visit history information. Delete delete a visitor s visit history information. View view (read-only) a visitor s visit history information. Report generate a visitor s visit history reports. Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all Visit History permissions (i.e., Add, Update, Delete, and View). Associated Doc(s) Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all Visit History permissions. Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to: Upload - upload document(s). Remove - rmove associated document(s). View - view only the associated document(s). Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all Associated Doc(s) permissions (i.e., Updload, Remove, and View). Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all Associated Doc(s) permissions. Table Assign User s Security screen, Main Menu, Contract Administration module permissions. Field Name MAIN MENU: Contract section Explanation Read Only button click to give the user view (read-only) permission to all the features in the Contract Administration module. Set All click to give the user all permissions within the Contract Administration module. Add Update Delete View Report Assign Property Assign Document Assign Access Clear All click to remove the user s permission to access the Contract Administration module. The icon appears greyed out on the Main Menu screen. Click to give the user permission to add new contract records. Click to give the user permission to update contract records. Click to give the user permission to delete contract records. Click to give the user permission to view (read-only) contract records. Click to give the user permission to generate contract reports. Click to give the user permission to assign property(ies) to a contract. Click to give the user permission to assign documents to a contract. Click to give the user permission to assign accesses to a contract User Profile

412 Back to this User Security Field Name Assign Employee Assign Visitor Contract Subsystems SubContract Explanation Click to give the user permission to assign employees to a contract. Click to give the user permission to assign visitors to a contract. Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to: Add add subcontracts for a contract. Update update a contract s subcontract(s). Delete delete a contract s subcontract(s). View view (read-only) a contract s subcontract(s). Report generate a contract s subcontract(s) reports. Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all SubContract permissions (i.e., Add, Update, Delete, and View). Perf. Facility Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all SubContract permissions. Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to: Add add performance facilities for a contract. Update update a contract s performance facility(ies). Delete delete a contract s performance facility(ies). View view (read-only) a contract s performance facility(ies). Report generate a contract s performance facility(ies) reports. Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all Perf. Facility permissions (i.e., Add, Update, Delete, and View). DD254 Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all Perf. Facility permissions. Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to: Add add DD254 forms for a contract. Update update a contract s DD254 form(s). Delete delete a contract s DD254 form(s). View view (read-only) a contract s DD254 form(s). Report generate a contract s DD254 reports. Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all DD254 permissions (i.e., Add, Update, Delete, and View). Associated Doc(s) Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all DD254 permissions. Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to: Upload - upload document(s). Remove - rmove associated document(s). View - view only the associated document(s). Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all Associated Doc(s) permissions (i.e., Updload, Remove, and View). Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all Associated Doc(s) permissions. User Profile 9-37

413 User Security Back to this Table Assign User s Security screen, Main Menu, Training & Conferences module permissions. Field Name MAIN MENU: Training & Conference section Add Update Delete View Report Assign Access Assign Employee Assign Visitor Training & Conference Subsystems Associated Doc(s) Explanation Read Only button click to give the user view (read-only) permission to all the features in the Training & Conferences module. Set All click to give the user all permissions within the Training & Conferences module. Clear All click to remove the user s permission to access the Training & Conferences module. The icon appears greyed out on the Main Menu screen. Click to give the user permission to add new training/conference events. Click to give the user permission to update training/conference events. Click to give the user permission to delete training/conference events. Click to give the user permission to view (read-only) training/conference events. Click to give the user permission to generate training/conference event reports. Click to give the user permission to assign accesses to training/conference events. Click to give the user permission to assign employees to training/conference events. Click to give the user permission to assign visitors to training/conference events. Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to: Upload - upload document(s). Remove - rmove associated document(s). View - view only the associated document(s). Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all Associated Doc(s) permissions (i.e., Updload, Remove, and View). Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all Associated Doc(s) permissions. Table Assign User s Security screen, Main Menu, Information Systems module permissions. Field Name MAIN MENU: Information Systems section Add Update Delete View Report Information Systems Subsystems Explanation Read Only button click to give the user view (read-only) permission to all the features in the Information Systems module. Set All click to give the user all permissions within the Information Systems module. Clear All click to remove the user s permission to access the Information Systems module. The icon appears greyed out on the Main Menu screen. Click to give the user permission to add new information systems. Click to give the user permission to update information system records. Click to give the user permission to delete information system records. Click to give the user permission to view (read-only) information system records. Click to give the user permission to generate information system reports User Profile

414 Back to this User Security Hardware Field Name Explanation Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to: Add add hardware for an IS. Update update an IS s hardware. Delete delete an IS s hardware. View view (read-only) an IS s hardware. Report generate an IS s hardware reports. Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all Hardware permissions (i.e., Add, Update, Delete, and View). Software Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all Hardware permissions. Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to: Add add software for an IS. Update update an IS s software. Delete delete an IS s software. View view (read-only) an IS s software. Report generate an IS s software reports. Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all Software permissions (i.e., Add, Update, Delete, and View). Seal Log CTG Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all Software permissions. Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to: Add add a seal log record for an IS. Update update an IS s seal log record(s). Delete delete an IS s seal log record(s). View view (read-only) an IS s seal log record(s). Report generate an IS s seal log record(s) reports. Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all Seal Log permissions (i.e., Add, Update, Delete, and View). Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all Seal Log permissions. Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to: Add add a CTG record for an IS. Update update an IS s CTG record(s). Delete delete an IS s CTG record(s). View view (read-only) an IS s CTG record(s). Report generate an IS s CTG record(s) reports. Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all CTG permissions (i.e., Add, Update, Delete, and View). Review Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all CTG permissions. Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to: Add add a Review record for an IS. Update update an IS s Review record(s). Delete delete an IS s Review record(s). View view (read-only) an IS s Review record(s). Report generate an IS s Review record(s) reports. Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all Review permissions (i.e., Add, Update, Delete, and View). Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all Review permissions. User Profile 9-39

415 User Security Back to this OS Field Name Explanation Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to: Add add an OS record for an IS. Update update an IS s OS record(s). Delete delete an IS s OS record(s). View view (read-only) an IS s OS record(s). Report generate an IS s OS record(s) report. Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all OS permissions (i.e., Add, Update, Delete, and View). Associated Doc(s) Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all OS permissions. Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to: Add add an associated document for an IS. Update update an IS s associated document(s). Delete delete an IS s associated document(s). View view (read-only) an IS s associated document(s). Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all Associated Doc(s) permissions (i.e., Add, Update, Delete, and View). SSP Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all Associated Doc(s) permissions. Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to: Add add an SSP record for an IS. Update update an IS s SSP record(s). Delete delete an IS s SSP record(s). View view (read-only) an IS s SSP record(s). Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all SSP permissions (i.e., Add, Update, Delete, and View). User(s) Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all SSP permissions. Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to: Assign assign an employee or visitor to an IS. Unassign unassign an IS s employee/visitor record(s). Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all User(s) permissions (i.e., Add, Update, Delete, and View). Contract(s) Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all User(s) permissions. Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to: Assign assign a contract to an IS. Unassign unassign contract(s). Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all Contract(s) permissions (i.e., Add, Update, Delete, and View). Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all Contract(s) permissions User Profile

416 Back to this User Security Table Assign User s Security screen, Main Menu, International Incoming VAL module permissions. Field Name MAIN MENU: International Incoming VAL section Add Update Delete Report Assign People View International Incoming VAL Subsystem Associated Doc(s) Explanation Read Only button click to give the user view (read-only) permission to all the features in the International Incoming VAL module. Set All click to give the user all permissions within the International Incoming VAL module. Clear All click to remove the user s permission to access the International Incoming VAL module. The icon appears greyed out on the Main Menu screen. Click to give the user permission to add new international incoming VAL records. Click to give the user permission to update international incoming VAL records. Click to give the user permission to delete international incoming VAL records. Click to give the user permission to generate international incoming VAL reports. Click to give the user permission to assign visitors to an international incoming VAL. Click to give the user permission to view international incoming VALs. Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to: Upload - upload associated document(s). Remove - remove associated document(s). View - view only the associated document(s). Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all Associated Doc(s) permissions (i.e., Updload, Remove, and View). Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all Associated Doc(s) permissions. Table Assign User s Security screen, Main Menu, International Visitor Control module permissions. Field Name MAIN MENU: International Visitor section Add Update Delete Report Assign Visit Request View Explanation Read Only button click to give the user view (read-only) permission to all the features in the International Visitor Control module. Set All click to give the user all permissions within the International Visitor Control module. Clear All click to remove the user s permission to access the International Visitor Control module. The icon appears greyed out on the Main Menu screen. Click to give the user permission to add new international visitor records. Click to give the user permission to update international visitor records. Click to give the user permission to delete international visitor records. Click to give the user permission to generate international visitor reports. Click to give the user permission to assign visitors to an international VAL. Click to give the user permission to view international visitor records. User Profile 9-41

417 User Security Back to this Field Name International Visitor Control Subsystem Associated Doc(s) Explanation Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to: Upload - upload document(s). Remove - remove associated document(s). View - view only the associated document(s). Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all Associated Doc(s) permissions (i.e., Updload, Remove, and View). Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all Associated Doc(s) permissions. Table Assign User s Security screen, Main Menu, International Outgoing VAL module permissions. Field Name MAIN MENU: International Outgoing VAL section Add Update Delete VAL Requestor Only Assign People View International Outgoing VAL Subsystem Associated Doc(s) Explanation Read Only button click to give the user view (read-only) permission to all the features in the International Outgoing VAL module. Set All click to give the user all permissions within the International Outgoing VAL module. Clear All click to remove the user s permission to access the International Outgoing VAL module. The icon appears greyed out on the Main Menu screen. Click to give the user permission to add new international outgoing VAL records. Click to give the user permission to update international outgoing VAL records. Click to give the user permission to delete international outgoing VAL records. Click to give the user permission to only submit/resubmit requests and only modify the request data before it becomes active. Only effective when selected alone in this group. Also, the Int. Out VAL Requester (non-security user) checkbox must be checked on the User Info screen. Click to give the user permission to assign visitors to an international outgoing VAL. Click to give the user permission to view international outgoing VALs. Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to: Upload - upload associated document(s). Remove - remove associated document(s). View - view only the associated document(s). Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all Associated Doc(s) permissions (i.e., Updload, Remove, and View). Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all Associated Doc(s) permissions User Profile

418 Back to this User Security Table Assign User s Security screen, System Administration, Facility Info module permissions. Field Name SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION: Facility Info section Explanation Read Only button click to give the user view (read-only) permission to all the features in the Facility Info module. Set All click to give the user all permissions within the Facility Info module. Add Update Delete View Report Assign Safeguard Access Assign Facility Access Assign Gate Facility Subsystems Verification Clear All click to remove the user s permission to access the Facility Info module. The icon appears greyed out on the System Administration menu screen. Click to give the user permission to add new facility records. Click to give the user permission to update facility records. Click to give the user permission to delete facility records. Click to give the user permission to view (read-only) facility records. Click to give the user permission to generate facility reports. Click to give the user permission to assign safeguard access(es) to the facility. Click to give the user permission to assign access(es) to the facility. Click to give the user permission to assign gate(s) to the facility. Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to: Add - add verifications for a facility. Update - update a facility s verification(s). Delete - delete a facility s verification(s). View - view (read-only) a facility s verification(s). Report - generate facility s verification(s) reports. Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all Verification permissions (i.e., Add, Update, Delete, and View). Inspection Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all Verification permissions. Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to: Add - add inspections for a facility. Update - update a facility s inspection(s). Delete - delete a facility s inspection(s). View - view (read-only) a facility s inspection(s). Report - generate facility s inspection(s) reports. Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all Inspection permissions (i.e., Add, Update, Delete, and View). Maintain Gate Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all Inspection permissions. Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to: Add - add gates for a facility. Update - update a facility s gate(s). Delete - delete a facility s gate(s). View - view (read-only) a facility s gate(s). Report - generate facility s gate(s) reports. Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all Maintain Gate permissions (i.e., Add, Update, Delete, and View). Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all Maintain Gate permissions. User Profile 9-43

419 User Security Back to this Field Name Associated Doc(s) Explanation Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to: Upload - upload associated document(s). Remove - rmove associated document(s). View - view only the associated document(s). Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all Associated Doc(s) permissions (i.e., Updload, Remove, and View). Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all Associated Doc(s) permissions. Table Assign User s Security screen, System Administration, User Profile module permissions. Field Name SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION User Profile section Assign Employee Unassign Employee Assign Security User Profile Subsystem Assign Facility Explanation Set All click to give the user all permissions within the User Profile module. Clear All click to remove the user s permission to access the User Profile module. The icon appears greyed out on the System Administration menu screen. Click to give the user permission to assign employees to the Access Commander system. Click to give the user permission to unassign employees from the Access Commander system. Click to give the user permission to assign a user s permissions within the Access Commander modules. Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to: Add - add facility access(es) for a user. Update - update a user s facility access(es). Delete - delete a user s facility access(es). View - view (read-only) a user s facility access(es). Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all Assign Facility permissions (i.e., Add, Update, Delete, and View). Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all Assign Facility permissions. Table Assign User s Security screen, System Administration, System Profile module permissions. Field Name SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION: System Profile Report System Profile Subsystem Explanation Set All - click to give the user all permissions within the System Profile module. Clear All - click to remove the user s permission to access the System Profile module. The icon appears greyed out on the System Administration menu screen. Click to give the user permission to generate System Profile reports User Profile

420 Back to this User Security Detail Field Name Explanation Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to: Add - add a detail item to a profile. Update - update a profile s detail item(s). Delete - delete a profile s detail item(s). View - view (read-only) a profile s detail item(s). Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all Detail permissions (i.e., Add, Update, Delete, and View). Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all Detail permissions. Table Assign User s Security screen, System Administration, Report Profile module permissions. Field Name SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION: Report Profile section Report Report Profile Subsystem Detail Explanation Set All click to give the user all permissions within the Report Profile module. Clear All click to remove the user s permission to access the Report Profile module. The icon appears greyed out on the System Administration menu screen. Click to give the user permission to generate Report Profile reports. Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to: Add - add a report to a module. Update - update a module s report(s). Delete - delete a profile s report(s). View - view (read-only) a profile s report(s). Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all Detail permissions (i.e., Add, Update, Delete, and View). Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all Detail permissions. Table Assign User s Security screen, System Administration, Reminder Setup module permissions. Field Name SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION: Reminder section Set Notified User(s) Setup Explanation Set All - click to give the user all permissions within the Reminder Setup module. Clear All - click to remove the user s permission to access the Reminder Setup module. The icon appears greyed out on the System Administration menu screen. Click to give the user permission to select the users to receive reminder notifications. When clicked, the user will see the Reminder icon for reminder fields on the corresponding Info screen. Click to give the user permission to change a reminder task s status (i.e., Active or Inactive) and notification period. User Profile 9-45

421 User Security Back to this Table Assign User s Security screen, System Administration, User Monitor module permissions. Field Name SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION: Monitor section Active User Monitor Visitor Monitor Explanation Set All - click to give the user all permissions within the User Monitor module. Clear All - click to remove the user s permission to access the User Monitor module. The icons appear greyed out on the System Administration menu screen. Click to give the user permission to access the User Monitor module. No longer applies. Table Assign User s Security screen, System Administration, Adhoc Query module permissions. Field Name SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION: Adhoc Query section Adhoc Query Explanation Click to give the user permission to access the Adhoc Query module. Table Assign User s Security screen, System Administration, Adhoc Report module permissions. Field Name SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION: Adhoc Report section Auto Refresh Manually Refresh Explanation Click to give the user permission to access the Adhoc Report module directly from the System Administration menu. The linked tables are removed every time the users close the MS Access database and re-linked when the user opens ADHOC Report the next time. Click to give the user permission to access the Adhoc Report module directly from the System Administration menu. The linked tables are not removed every time the users close the MS Access database and not re-linked when the user opens the ADHOC Report the next time. Users have the option to remove/re-link/refresh the tables manually. Table Assign User s Security screen, System Administration, Inventory Management module permissions. Field Name SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION: Inventory section Inventory Explanation Click to give the user access to the Inventory Management module. When not checked, the Inventory Management module icon displays greyed out on the Main Menu screen User Profile

422 Back to this User Security Table Assign User s Security screen, System Administration, Maintain Sequences permissions. Field Name SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION: Maintain Sequence(s) section Maintain Sequence(s) Explanation Click to give user permission to maintain sequences. Table Assign User s Security screen, System Administration, JPAS permissions. Field Name SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION: JPAS section JPAS - Import/Refresh Explanation Click to give the user permission to import or refresh JPAS. Table Assign User s Security screen, System Administration, HRDW Load permissions. Field Name SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION: HRDW Load section HRDW Load - Approve Change(s) Explanation Click to give the user permission to access the utility and approve changes from a nightly HR database (e.g., PeopleSoft) to A/C uploads. Table Assign User s Security screen, System Administration, Maintain Skills permissions. Field Name SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION: Maintain Skill(s) section Maintain Skill(s) Explanation Click to give the user permission to update maintain skill(s). User Profile 9-47

423 Facility Access Back to this Facility Access How To s In This Section 99 Add a Facility Access 99 Update a User s Facility Access (Update/View) 99 Delete a Facility Access 99 View (Read-Only) a Facility Access Overview From the Facility View/Update Access Listing screen, the System Administrator can: Add facilities to which the user has access. He/She can be given Update or View access to the facility s records. The user can also be given Update or View access to all host facilities. Update the user s access from Update to View, or vice versa View a user s facility access(es) Delete a user s facility access(es) When a new user is assigned, facility accesses are added using the following algorithm: If the user is a System Administrator, he/she will have Update access to all facilities If the user is not a System Administrator, but the A/C system profile parameter Set Employment Facility Updatable When Assign User(s) is set to Y (see Table 6-3 in Chapter 6, System Profile), then he/she will have Update access to his/her own employment facility (in employee record). g g Based on customer requirements, changes may have been made to these rules. When a new host facility is added: All System Administrators are given Update access to the newly added host facility Depending on customer requirement, all non-system Administrators may also be given View access to the newly added host facility When a host facility is updated: If the facility code is changed, all accesses assigned to the old facility are transferred to the new one If the host facility is changed to a customer facility, all accesses assigned to users will be removed for the facility When a host facility is deleted: All accesses assigned to users for the facility are removed 9-48 User Profile

424 Back to this Facility Access When a customer facility is updated: If the customer facility is changed to a host facility, the accesses to the facility are added to the users as a newly inserted host facility Facility ID segmentation is set in the System Profile module (System Profile Listing screen, Access Commander System Parameters profile, Force CageCode Segmentation parameter). See Table 6-3 in Chapter 6, System Profile, for more information. For more information about facility configuration, see: Chapter 3, Facility Info Facility View/Update Access Listing Screen The Facility View/Update Access Listing screen displays when you click the: Assign Facility Code command after selecting a user on the User Listing screen Cancel, Done or Exit button on the Facility View/Update Access Info screen The Facility View/Update Access Listing screen: Displays the facilities to which the user has access Displays, for each facility, the Facility Code, Organization, Division, City, State, and Access Type, Facility Status and DOD (yes or no) Provides the + Add New, View, Update and Delete buttons Figure The Facility View/Update Access Listing screen. Command on the Facility View/Update Access Listing Screen There is one command on the Facility View/Update Access Listing screen, as shown in Figure User Profile 9-49

425 Facility Access Back to this Figure The command on the Facility View/Update Access Listing screen. Table 9-25 describes the command. Table Command on the Facility View/Update Access Listing screen. Command Screen Accessed Use the command to User Listing User Listing return to the User Listing screen. Accessing Facility View/Update Access Listing Screen To access the Facility View/Update Access Listing screen: User Listing screen, Assign Facility command Facility View/Update Access Info screen, Cancel or Exit button Facility View/Update Access Info screen, Done button To use the Assign Facility command: 1. Access the User Listing screen. (Need help? See Accessing User Listing Screen in this chapter.) 2. Click the Select checkbox for the desired user. The screen refreshes and the record displays highlighted (in black) with a checkmark in its checkbox. 3. Place the cursor on the Commands link. The commands display. 4. Click the Assign Facility command. The Facility View/Update Access Listing screen displays. To use the Cancel or Exit button: 1. On the Facility View/Update Access Info screen, click the Cancel or Exit button. (Need help? See Accessing Facility View/Update Access Info Screen in this chapter.) The Facility View/Update Access Listing screen displays. The selected facility displays in the list highlighted (in black) and its checkbox is checked User Profile

426 Back to this Facility Access To use the Done button: 1. On the Facility View/Update Access Info screen, click the Add or Update button. (Need help? See Accessing Facility View/Update Access Info Screen in this chapter.) The message, The information has been added. or The information has been updated. and the Done button display. 2. Click the Done button. The Facility View/Update Access Listing screen displays. The added or updated facility displays in the list highlighted (in black) and its checkbox is checked. Facility View/Update Access Info Screen The Facility View/Update Access Info screen displays when you click the: + Add New link, View button, or Update button on the Facility View/Update Access Listing screen The Facility View/Update Access Info screen is used to: Add facility access for a user when in Add New mode Modify a user s Update/View access to a facility when in Update mode View the facility access data elements when in View (read-only) mode Figure The Facility View/Update Access Info screen in Add New mode. When in Add New mode, the Facility View/Update Access Info screen, as shown in Figure 9-35, displays: Add and Cancel buttons Facility Code button Organization, Division, City, and State fields (populate after the facility is chosen on the Facility Listing screen) Update checkbox User Profile 9-51

427 Facility Access Back to this Figure The Facility View/Update Access Info screen in Update mode. When in Update mode, the Facility View/Update Access Info screen, as shown in Figure 9-37, displays: Update and Cancel buttons Facility Code, Organization, Division, City, and State fields in view (read-only) mode Update checkbox Figure The Facility View/Update Access Info screen in View mode. When in View mode, the Facility View/Update Access Info screen displays the Exit button and all fields are read-only, as shown in Figure Accessing Facility View/Update Access Info Screen - Add New To access the Facility View/Update Access Info screen in Add New mode: Facility View/Update Access Listing screen, + Add New link 9-52 User Profile

428 Back to this Facility Access To use the + Add New link: 1. Access the Facility View/Update Access Listing screen. (Need help? See Accessing Facility View/ Update Access Listing Screen in this chapter.) 2. Click the + Add New link. The Facility View/Update Access Info screen displays in Add New mode. Accessing Facility View/Update Access Info Screen - Update To access the Facility View/Update Access Info screen in Update mode: Facility View/Update Access Listing screen, Update button To use the Update button: 1. Access the Facility View/Update Access Listing screen. (Need help? See Accessing Facility View/ Update Access Listing Screen in this chapter.) 2. Click the Update button in the column next to the facility code. The Facility View/Update Access Info screen displays in Update mode. Accessing Facility View/Update Access Info Screen - View To access the Facility View/Update Access Info screen in View mode: Facility View/Update Access Listing screen, View button To use the View button: 1. Access the Facility View/Update Access Listing screen. (Need help? See Accessing Facility View/ Update Access Listing Screen in this chapter.) 2. Click the View button in the column next to the facility code. The Facility View/Update Access Info screen displays in View (read-only) mode. Facility View/Update Access Info Screen - Data Fields The data fields on the Facility View/Update Access Info screen are listed in Table Table Facility View/Update Access Info screen data fields. Field Name Facility Code REQUIRED. Explanation Enter *ALL to give access to all host facilities. Organization Click the Facility Code button to search for and select a facility. Populates with the organization name of the selected facility. User Profile 9-53

429 Facility Access Back to this Field Name Division City State Update Explanation Populates with the division name of the selected facility. Populates with the city of the selected facility s location. Populates with the state of the selected facility s location. When checked, the user is given Update access to the facility s records. When not checked, the user is given only View access to the facility s records. Facility Update/View Access Search Screen The Facility Update/View Access Search screen displays when you click the: Facility Code button on the Facility View/Update Access Info screen in Update mode The search criteria for the facility to which the user needs access are entered on this screen. Figure The Facility Update/View Access Search screen User Profile

430 Back to this Facility Access Facility Listing Screen The Facility Listing screen displays when you click the: Find Facility button on the Facility Update/View Access Search screen Search command on the Facility Listing screen The facility to which the user needs access is selected on this screen. Figure The Facility Listing screen. Add a Facility Access To add a facility access: Facility View/Update Access Listing screen, + Add New link g g User s for whom the System Admin checkbox was checked on the User Info screen will automatically be given Update access to all facilities. To use the + Add New link: Figure The + Add New link. 1. Access the User Listing screen. (Need help? See Accessing User Listing Screen in this chapter.) 2. Click the Select checkbox for the desired user. The screen refreshes and the record displays highlighted (in black) with a checkmark in the checkbox. 3. Place the cursor on the Commands link. A pop-up menu displays. 4. Click the Assign Facility Code command. The Facility View/Update Access Listing screen for the user displays. 5. Click the + Add New link. The Facility View/Update Access Info screen displays in Add New mode. User Profile 9-55

431 Facility Access Back to this 6. Complete the Facility Code field (it is required as indicated in red): Type in the facility code, if known, or Click the Facility Code button, search for the code, and select the code, or Type in ALL (this gives the user access to all host facilities) 7. Ensure that the Update checkbox is correctly checked or unchecked. If checked, the user will have Update access to the facility (if *ALL was entered in the Facility Code field, he/she will have Update access to all host facilities) If the checkbox is not checked, the user will have View access to the facility (if *ALL was entered in the Facility Code field, he/she will have Update access to all host facilities) 8. Click the Add button. The message, The information has been added. displays. 9. Click the Done button. The Facility View/Update Access Listing screen displays. The new facility access displays highlighted (in black) and its checkbox is checked. 10. To give the user access to another facility, repeat from step 5 above. 11. To return to the User Listing screen, place the cursor on the Commands link. The commands display. 12. Click the User Listing command. The User Listing screen displays. The user for whom you added the new facility access displays highlighted (in black) with a checkmark in its checkbox. 13. To add a facility access for another user, repeat from step 2 above. Update a User s Facility Access (Update/View) To update a user s facility access (Update access or View access): Facility View/Update Access Listing screen, Update button To use the Update button: Figure The Update button. 1. Access the User Listing screen. (Need help? See Accessing User Listing Screen in this chapter.) 2. Check the Select checkbox for the desired user. The screen refreshes and the record displays highlighted (in black) with a checkmark in the checkbox. 3. Place the cursor on the Commands link. A pop-up menu displays User Profile

432 Back to this Facility Access 4. Click the Assign Facility Code command. The Facility View/Update Access Listing screen for the user displays. 5. Click the Update button next to the desired facility. The Facility View/Update Access Info screen displays. 6. Click the Update checkbox, as needed. If checked, the user will have Update access to the facility (if *ALL was entered in the Facility Code field, he/she will have Update access to all host facilities) If the checkbox is not checked, the user will have View access to the facility (if *ALL was entered in the Facility Code field, he/she will have Update access to all host facilities) 7. Click the Update button. The message, The information has been updated. displays. 8. Click the Done button. The Facility View/Update Access Listing screen displays. The updated facility access displays highlighted (in black) and its checkbox is checked. 9. To update another facility access, repeat from step 5 above. 10. To return to the User Listing screen, place the cursor on the Commands link. The commands display. 11. Click the User Listing command. The User Listing screen displays. The user for whom you updated a facility access(s) displays highlighted (in black) with a checkmark in its checkbox. 12. To update facility access for another user, repeat from step 2 above. Delete a Facility Access from a User To delete a facility access: Facility View/Update Access Listing screen, Delete button To use the Delete button: Figure The Delete button. 1. Access the User Listing screen. (Need help? See Accessing User Listing Screen in this chapter.) 2. Check the Select checkbox for the desired user. The screen refreshes and the record displays highlighted (in black) with a checkmark in the checkbox. 3. Place the cursor on the Commands link. A pop-up menu displays. User Profile 9-57

433 Facility Access Back to this 4. Click the Assign Facility Code command. The Facility View/Update Access Listing screen for the user displays. 5. Click the Delete button next to the desired facility. The Facility View/Update Access Listing - Delete Confirmation screen displays. 6. Click the Go button (the Yes, delete command is the default). A pop-up window with the message, The selected record(s) was/were successfully deleted. displays. 7. Click the OK button. The Facility View/Update Access Listing screen displays. The facility access no longer displays. 8. To delete another facility access, repeat from step 5 above. 9. To return to the User Listing screen, place the cursor on the Commands link. The commands display. 10. Click the User Listing command. The User Listing screen displays. The user from whom you deleted a facility access(s) displays highlighted (in black) with a checkmark in the checkbox. 11. To delete a facility access from another user, repeat from step 2 above. View (Read-Only) a Facility Access All of the data fields for a facility access display in the columns on the Facility View/Update Access Listing screen. You can also view them on the Facility View/Update Access Info screen by following the steps below. To view a facility access on the Facility View/Update Access Info screen: Facility View/Update Access Listing screen, View button To use the View button: Figure The View button. 1. Access the User Listing screen. (Need help? See Accessing User Listing Screen in this chapter.) 2. Check the Select checkbox for the desired user. The screen refreshes and the record displays highlighted (in black) with a checkmark in the checkbox. 3. Place the cursor on the Commands link. A pop-up menu displays. 4. Click the Assign Facility command. The Facility View/Update Access Listing screen for the user displays User Profile

434 Back to this Facility Access 5. Click the View button next to the desired facility. The Facility View/Update Access Info screen displays. 6. View the information. 7. Click the Exit button. The Facility View/Update Access Listing screen displays. The viewed facility access displays highlighted (in black) and its checkbox is checked. 8. To view another facility access, repeat from step 5 above. 9. To return to the User Listing screen, place the cursor on the Commands link. The commands display. 10. Click the User Listing command. The User Listing screen displays. The user record for which you viewed a facility access(s) displays highlighted (in black) with a checkmark in its checkbox. 11. To view a facility access for another user, repeat from step 2 above. User Profile 9-59

435 User Activities Back to this User Activities How To In This Section 99 View (Read-Only) a User s Session Activities Overview For the selected login session, the User s Sessions Activities Listing screen displays the: Activity that took place during the session (e.g., Login, Logout) Time at which the Action occurred File Record# Web Session ID User s Login Sessions Listing Screen The User s Login Sessions Listing screen displays when you click the: User Activities command after selecting a user on the User Listing screen User Activities command on the User Info screen Return to Login Sessions Listing command on the User s Session Activities Listing screen The User s Login Sessions Listing screen displays: The user s login sessions Detail button Figure The User s Login Sessions Listing screen User Profile

436 Back to this User Activities Columns on the User s Login Sessions Listing Screen Five columns display on the User s Login Sessions Listing screen, as listed and described in Table Table Columns on the User s Login Sessions Listing screen. Column Row # Detail Login User Login Time Session ID Description The number of the record in the list. Button that displays the User s Session Activities Listing screen for the selected session. The user s name. The date and time at which the session began. Displays the session id for that login. Accessing User s Login Sessions Listing Screen To access the User s Login Sessions Listing screen: User Listing screen, User Activities command User Info screen, User Activities command User s Session Activities Listing screen, Return to Login Sessions Listing command To use the User Activities command on the User Listing screen: 1. Access the User Listing screen. (Need help? See Accessing User Listing Screen in this chapter.) 2. Click the Select checkbox for the desired user. The screen refreshes and the record displays highlighted (in black) with a checkmark in its checkbox. 3. Place the cursor on the Commands link. The options display. 4. Click the User Activities command. The User s Login Sessions Listing screen displays. To use the User Activities command from the User Info screen: 1. Access the User Info screen. (Need help? See Accessing User Info Screen in this chapter.) 2. Place the cursor on the Commands link. The options display. g g If you have made any changes on the User Info screen, click the Update button before selecting the User Activities command or the changes will not be saved. 3. Click the User Activities command. The User s Login Sessions Listing screen displays. User Profile 9-61

437 User Activities Back to this To use the Return to Login Sessions Listing command: 1. On the User s Sessions Activities Listing screen, click the Go button (the default command is Return to Login Sessions Listing). The User s Login Sessions Listing screen displays. User s Session Activities Listing Screen The User s Sessions Activities Listing screen displays when you click the: Detail button on the User s Login Sessions Listing screen The User s Login Sessions Listing screen displays: The user s actions during the selected login session Figure The User s Sessions Activities Listing screen. Columns on the User s Sessions Activities Listing Screen Five columns display on the User s Sessions Activities Listing screen, as listed and described in Table Table Columns on the User s Sessions Activities Listing screen. Column Time Action File Record # Web Session ID Description The time at which the Action occurred. The activity that took place during the session. E.g., Login, Logout. Displays the accessing file. Displays the record number. Displays the web session id User Profile

438 Back to this User Activities Accessing User s Sessions Activities Listing Screen To access the User s Sessions Activities Listing screen: User s Login Sessions Listing screen, Detail button To use the Detail button: 1. Access the User s Login Sessions Listing screen. (Need help? See Accessing User s Login Sessions Listing Screen in this chapter.) 2. Click the Detail button for the desired login session. The User s Sessions Activities Listing screen displays. View (Read-Only) a User s Session Activities To view a user s activities during a session: User s Login Sessions Listing screen, Detail button To use the Detail button: 1. Access the User s Login Sessions Listing screen. (Need help? See Accessing User s Login Sessions Listing Screen in this chapter.) 2. Click the Detail button for the desired login session. The User s Sessions Activities Listing screen displays. 3. After viewing the desired information, click the Go button (the default command is Return to Login Sessions Listing). The User s Login Sessions Listing screen displays. 4. To view the details for another login session, repeat from step 2 above. User Profile 9-63

439

440 Appendix A Main Menu Joint Personnel Adjudication System (JPAS) Data Import/Refresh Configuration JPAS Import Utility Version 2.0 Contents Overview...A-2 Generation of the JPAS File...A-3 JPAS to Access Commander Column Mappings...A-4 A/C Customizations to Run JPAS Import...A-5 JPAS to Access Commander Data Mappings.... A-5 Sample JPASImport.exe.config File...A-10 Modify a User s Security Profile for JPAS Permission...A-10 User Facility Access...A-12 JPAS Data Import/Refresh Configuration A-1

441 Overview Back to this Overview The JPAS Import utility allows the Access Commander (A/C) user to import new and/or update existing Joint Personnel Adjudication System (JPAS) data to A/C. The imported data includes employee information, clearances, and special accesses. Facility Security Officers (FSOs) and Special Security Officers (SSOs), who have permission to the JPAS system, use the report command to export the JPAS data into a Microsoft Excel spreadsheet. The data in this file is then imported, previewed, approved, and imported into the A/C database. Users who have been granted persmission to the utility see the JPAS Import/Refresh option on the System Admin link on the Main Menu screen, as shown in Figure A-1. g g For customers with 30+ concurrent Access Commander users, it is highly recommended that this utility be used during low traffic periods. This process can import a large amount of employees, clearances, and special accesses data to A/C. As a result, it can slow down the system significantly or even lock the system if other users are running the A/C Personnel Management module at the same time. Figure A-1. The JPAS Import/Refresh option on a user s Main Menu. There is one parameter for JPAS Import that is set up within Access Commander (A/C): JPAS to A/C data mappings In addition, the System Administrator must grant the user: Permission to the JPAS Import/Refresh utility Update access to all the facilities for which he or she will import/refresh JPAS data A-2 JPAS Data Import/Refresh Configuration

442 Back to this Generation of the JPAS File Generation of the JPAS File The JPAS system is administered by the Defense Security Service (DSS) to track clearances of cleared personnel in the industrial security program. Facility Security Officers (FSOs) and Special Security Officers (SSOs) must be registered with DSS to have permission to use the JPAS system. Upon successful login to the JPAS system, users must use the report command to export the JPAS data into a Microsoft Excel spreadsheet. Figure A-2. Sample JPAS file. JPAS Data Import/Refresh Configuration A-3

443 JPAS to Access Commander Column Mappings Back to this JPAS to Access Commander Column Mappings The column mappings from JPAS data to A/C are shown in Table 1. Table A-1. JPAS to Access Commander column mappings. JPAS Column A/C Employee A/C Clearance A/C Special Access Office Symbol SSN SSN Name Last, First, Middle Names Eligibility Eligibility Date Granted Date Granted Date Invest. Type Investigation Type Investigation Type Ongoing Investigation Open Date Previous Investigation Close Date Initial Investigation Date Initial Investigation Date Person Category Grade Position Code Position Sensitivity Non-SCI Clearance Level Special Accesses SCI SCI Special Accesses Place of Birth The data will be parsed to Birth City, Birth State and Birth Country. Depending on the way the data entered, it may not be parsed correctly, and required users to correct. The formats should be: Country 2-Letter State Full State Name City, State City, Country City, State, Country NDA Date NDA Date NDA Date A-4 JPAS Data Import/Refresh Configuration

444 Back to this A/C Customizations to Run JPAS Import A/C Customizations to Run JPAS Import There is one parameter for JPAS Import that is set up within Access Commander (A/C): JPAS to A/C data mappings JPAS to Access Commander Data Mappings The mappings between JPAS and A/C clearance/access levels need to be set up prior to running the utility. The setup is completed within the A/C System Profile module. A sample clearance mapping setup for Interim Secret: JPAS Mapping profile for Interim S has PDVALUE=DDBZ ClearClassifications profile for Interim Secret has PDVALUE=DDBZ Since the value for both clearances is the same, the JPAS Interim S is mapped to Access Commander Interim Secret. A sample access mapping setup for NATO Secret: JPAS Mapping profile for NATO S has PDVALUE=NAT2 AccessType profile for NATO Secret has PDVALUE=NAT2 Since the value for both accesses is the same, the JPAS NATO S is mapped to Access Commander NATO Secret. To complete the clearance mappings: 1. Log in to Access Commander. 2. Click the System Admin link. The System Administration menu screen displays. 3. Click the System Profile icon. The Profile Header Listing screen displays. JPAS Data Import/Refresh Configuration A-5

445 A/C Customizations to Run JPAS Import Back to this Figure A-3. The Profile Header Listing screen with ClearClassifications selected. 4. Click the Select checkbox for the ClearClassifications profile group header. The Profile Detail Listing screen displays. Figure A-4. The Profile Detail Listing screen with the Interim Secret clearance selected. 5. Review the classifications for accuracy and completeness. 6. Make revisions and/or additions, as applicable. (Need help? See Chapter 6, System Profile.) A-6 JPAS Data Import/Refresh Configuration

446 Back to this A/C Customizations to Run JPAS Import 7. Print the screen to refer to when completing the JPAS mappings. 8. Select the Back to Profile Listing command. The Profile Header Listing screen displays. 9. Click the Select checkbox for the JPAS Mapping profile group header. The Profile Detail Listing screen displays. Figure A-5. The Profile Header Listing screen with JPAS Mapping selected. Figure A-6. The Profile Detail Listing screen with the Interim S clearance selected. 10. Compare the values for the classifications in this list with those on the Profile Detail Listing screen for the ClearClassifications profile. The values must be the same in order for the data to import correctly. 11. Make revisions and/or additions, as applicable. (Need help? See Chapter 6, System Profile.) 12. Click the Commands link. The command(s) displays. 13. Click the Back to Profile Listing command. JPAS Data Import/Refresh Configuration A-7

447 A/C Customizations to Run JPAS Import Back to this The Profile Header Listing screen displays. To complete the access mappings: 1. Click the Select checkbox for the AccessType profile group header. The Profile Detail Listing screen displays. Figure A-7. The Profile Header Listing screen with AccessType selected. Figure A-8. The Profile Detail Listing screen with the NATO Secret access selected. A-8 JPAS Data Import/Refresh Configuration

448 Back to this A/C Customizations to Run JPAS Import 2. Review the accesses for accuracy and completeness. 3. Make revisions and/or additions, as applicable. (Need help? See Chapter 6, System Profile.) 4. Print the screen to refer to when completing the JPAS mappings. 5. Select the Back to Profile Listing command. The Profile Header Listing screen displays. 6. Click the Select checkbox for the JPAS Mapping profile group header. The Profile Detail Listing screen displays. Figure A-9. The Profile Header Listing screen with JPAS Mapping selected. Figure A-10. The Profile Detail Listing screen with the NATO S access selected. 7. Compare the values for the accesses in this list with those on the Profile Detail Listing screen for the AccessType profile. The values must be the same in order for the data to import correctly. 8. Make revisions and/or additions, as applicable. (Need help? See Chapter 6, System Profile.) JPAS Data Import/Refresh Configuration A-9

449 A/C Customizations to Run JPAS Import Back to this Sample JPASImport.exe.config File Figure A-11. Sample JPASImport.exe.config file. All the keys are reserved for MathCraft, except when <add key= server_is_valid value= 0 />. If this is the case, the system asks the user to validate the SQL server and set the default system password. If the database portion of Access Commander was not installed with the default password, the user may be asked to enter the server name and the password. Please check with your System Administrator/DBA for this password. This is the password he/she entered when installing the database portion of Access Commander. Modify a User s Security Profile for JPAS Permission When a user is given permission to import and refresh JPAS data to Access Commander, the JPAS - Import/Refresh command displays on the Main Menu. A-10 JPAS Data Import/Refresh Configuration

450 Back to this A/C Customizations to Run JPAS Import Figure A-12. The JPAS Import/Refresh option on a user s Main Menu. To give a user JPAS permission: User Profile module, Assign User s Security screen, JPAS - Import/Refresh checkbox To use the JPAS - Import/Refresh checkbox: 1. Access the User Profile module. (Need help? See User Listing Screen in this chapter.) The User Selection screen displays. 2. Enter search criteria for the user. 3. Click the Find button. The User Listing screen displays the results of the search. 4. Click the Select checkbox next to the user s profile. 5. Place the cursor on the Commands link. The commands display. 6. Click the Assign Security command. The Assign User s Security screen displays. 7. Scroll down to the System Administration section. 8. Click the JPAS Import/Refresh checkbox. A checkmark displays in the checkbox. JPAS Data Import/Refresh Configuration A-11

451 A/C Customizations to Run JPAS Import Back to this Figure A-13. The JPAS Import/Refresh checkbox on the Assign User s Security screen. 9. Click the Save & Return button. The User Listing screen displays. The updated user profile displays highlighted (in black) and its checkbox is checked. User Facility Access In addition to giving a user permission to import and refresh JPAS data to Access Commander, he or she will also need Update access to all facilities for which JPAS data is being imported/refreshed. For step-by-step instructions for granting users facility accesses, see the Facility Access section in Chapter 9, User Profile. A-12 JPAS Data Import/Refresh Configuration

452 Appendix B Main Menu Notification Configuration Contents Overview... B-2 Step 1: Set up the Reminder/ Notification Job... B-3 Reminder Setup Screen - Data Fields B-3 Sample Notification B-5 Step 2: Set up the Facility(ies) for Reminder/ Notification... B-9 Step 3: Set up the Recipients for Reminder/ Notification...B-11 Testing Reminder/ Notification...B-13 Notification Configuration B-1

453 Overview Back to this Overview Two reminder events in Access Commander TM can be configured for notification: 1. Personnel - Clearance - Next ReInvestigate Due (Row #40 on the Reminder Setup Listing screen). The corresponding reminder fields are the Next Reinvestigation Date reminder fields on the DOD Clearance Info and Non-DOD Clearance Info screens. 2. Visit Request - Visit Request End Date Due (Row #70 on the Reminder Setup Listing screen). The corresponding reminder field is the End Date field on the Outgoing Visit Request Info screen. Only users with System Administrator access to the Access Commander system can configure reminder events for notification. To activate these events, the System Admin must set up the: 1. Reminder/ Notification job on the Reminder Setup Info screen 2. Facilities which will have the events activated to receive notifications 3. Security Officers to be carbon copied on the notifications B-2 Notification Configuration

454 Back to this Step 1: Set Up Reminder Job Step 1: Set up the Reminder/ Notification Job The first step when setting up reminder notification is to select the task and: Activate the task Specify the notification period (minimum number of days before the due date) Specify the format of the (i.e., HTML or Text) Select how often the job will run (i.e., once, daily, weekly, monthly) Specify the day of the month or week the job will run, when applicable Specify the start and end date of the job, when applicable These settings are designated on the Reminder Setup Info screen, an example of which is shown in Figure B-1. Figure B-1. The Reminder Setup Info screen for the Next Reinvestigation Date reminder task. Reminder Setup Screen - Data Fields The data fields on the Reminder Setup Info screen are listed in Table B-1. Notification Configuration B-3

455 Step 1: Set Up Reminder Job Back to this Table B-1. Reminder Setup Info screen data fields. Field Name Reminder Task Active checkbox Min # Days Before Event Due/Occurred Notification Enable checkbox HTML format? checkbox HTML format template Text format template Frequency occurs Day of the month Day of the week At (HHMMSS) Start Date End Date Explanation READ ONLY. Displays the name of the reminder task. Users see this description on the Reminder Listing screen and/or in the notification . Click the checkbox to activate an inactive reminder task. Uncheck the checkbox to make an active reminder task inactive. When checked, the reminder task displayed in the Reminder Task field will display on the Reminder Listing screen according to the settings on this screen. REQUIRED. Enter the desired notification period in number of days. For example, if users should be notified of an event due date one week prior to the date, enter 7 in this field. Click the checkbox to activate an inactive reminder task for notification. Uncheck the checkbox to make an active reminder task inactive for notification. When checked, the reminder task displayed in the Reminder Task field will send an notification according to the settings on this screen. Check to send the notifications for this reminder task in HTML format. Displays the default HTML coding for the text of the notification when the HTML format? checkbox is checked. The text may be edited, if needed. Displays the default text of the notification when the HTML format? checkbox is not checked. The text may be edited, if needed. Select how often the reminder job runs: 1-Once 2-Daily 3-Weekly 4-Monthly This field is active only when the Frequency occurs is 4-Monthly. The default is 28. Change the day of the month, 1 through 28, on which the reminder job runs, if applicable. This field is active only when the Frequency occurs is 3-Weekly. The default is 1-Sunday. Change the day of the week on which the reminder job runs, if applicable. Enter the time at which the reminder job runs in HourMinuteSecond format. For example, to run the job at 11:45 pm, enter Enter/select the date on which the reminder job runs. Enter/select the last date on which the reminder job runs, if applicable. Leave blank to continue running the job at the designated frequency. B-4 Notification Configuration

456 Back to this Step 1: Set Up Reminder Job Sample Notification Figure B-2. Default HTML format template for the VAL End Date reminder task. Figure B-3. Sample notification for the VAL End Date reminder task. Notification Configuration B-5

457 Step 1: Set Up Reminder Job Back to this Figure B-4. Default Text notification for the VAL End Date reminder task. To configure the notification job: 1. Log in to Access Commander. The Main Menu displays. 2. Place the cursor on the System Admin link. The options display. Figure B-5. The Reminder/ Notification option. B-6 Notification Configuration

458 Back to this Step 1: Set Up Reminder Job 3. Click the Reminder/ Notification option. The Reminder Setup Listing screen displays. Figure B-6. The Reminder Setup Listing screen. 4. Scroll down or navigate to one of the following reminder tasks: Row #40 for Personnel - Clearance - Next ReInvestigate Due Row #70 for Visit Request - Visit Request End Date Due 5. Click the Select check box for the event. In Figure B-2, row #70 for Visit Request - Visit Request End Date Due events is selected. The Reminder Setup Info screen for the selected task displays. Notification Configuration B-7

459 Step 1: Set Up Reminder Job Back to this Figure B-7. The Reminder Setup Info screen. 6. Complete the fields as needed. (Need help? See Table B-1. Reminder Setup Info screen data fields.) In Figure B-7, selected users will be notified by of all the visits which will expire from the 1st until the 30th of next month: The job is activated for notification ( Notification Enable is checked) The job will run monthly on the 23 rd at 1AM starting on 12/22/2008 (Frequency is Monthly, Day of the month is 23, At (HHMMSS) is , Start Date is 12/22/08) s will be sent using HTML format ( HTML format? is checked) The reminder will also be generated and display on the Reminder Listing screen (Active checkbox is checked) 7. Click the Update button. The message, The Information has been updated. displays. 8. Click the Done button. The Reminder Setup Listing screen displays. B-8 Notification Configuration

460 Back to this Step 2: Set Up Facility(ies) For Notification Step 2: Set up the Facility(ies) for Reminder/ Notification After a reminder task(s) has been set up for notification on the Reminder Setup Info screen, the facility(ies) to receive the notifications must be activated. Table B-2. Facility Info screen, Notification Info tab data fields. Field Name Address Display Name User Name Password Explanation Enter the address to which the notifications will be sent for the facility. Enter the name to display in the From field in the receivers In Box. Enter the userid of the account to be used to login into the SMTP server if the server requires authentication. If authentication is not needed, leave the field blank. Enter the password of the account to be used to login into the SMTP server. Password Again SMTP Server Name/ IP If authentication is not needed, leave the field blank. If a password was entered in the Password field, enter the same password again in this field. for confirmation. Enter the DNS SMTP server name or server IP address. Server Port Enter the SMTP port to be used by the server (typically 25). Enable SSL Check if your server requires secured SSL protocol. Enable Notification Check to activate notification for this facility. Notify Employee(s) Check to send the corresponding notification to the employee(s) involved in the notification. For example, Sam Smith s VAL to visit Company XYZ expires in 20 days. If this checkbox is checked, Sam Smith will receive the notification. To set up the facility for notification: 1. Access the Facility Search screen. 2. Enter the search criterion for the desired facility. 3. Click the Find Facilities button. The Facility Listing screen displays. 4. Click the Update button for the facility. The facility s Facility Info screen, Physical Address tab displays. 5. Click the Notification Info tab. The screen refreshes and the notification fields display. Notification Configuration B-9

461 Step 2: Set Up Facility(ies) For Notification Back to this Figure B-8. The Notification Info tab on the Facility Info screen. g g 6. Complete the fields as applicable. (Need help? See Table B-2. Facility Info screen, notification Info tab data fields.) Please check with your Admin or check in your program s sending account for the actual smtp server name. In this example, the notifications will be sent for facility code FAC : Using cindyjones@abcd.com ( Address field) Without authentication to sign on to the account (no Password entry) To server smtp.abcd.com (SMTP Server Name/IP field) The notification feature is enabled (Enable Notification is checked) No notification will be sent to the employees (Notify Employee(s) is unchecked) 7. Click the Update button. The message, The Information has been updated. displays. 8. Click the Done button. The Facility Listing screen displays. B-10 Notification Configuration

462 Back to this Step 3: Set Up Recipients For Notification Step 3: Set up the Recipients for Reminder/ Notification After the reminder task(s) has been set up on the Reminder Setup Info screen and the facility(ies) to receive the notifications are activated, the users who should receive a carbon copy of the notifications must be set up. The users to receive the reminder are selected on the Setup Reminder Notified User(s) screen. This screen is accessed by clicking the Reminder icon next to the corresponding reminder field on the Info screen on which the reminder field is located: Outgoing Visit Request Info screen, End Date reminder field DOD Clearance Info and Non-DOD Clearance Info screens (accessed from the Personnel Info screen, Employee tab), Next Reinvestigation Date reminder fields To set up notification recipients: g g 1. Access the Info screen on which the reminder field is located: Outgoing Visit Request Info screen in Add New or Update mode (Outgoing Visit Request module) DOD Clearance Info screen in Update mode (Personnel Management module, Personnel Info screen, Employee tab) Non-DOD Clearance Info screen in Update mode (Personnel Management module, Personnel Info screen, Employee tab) It does not matter which record is selected on the Listing screen. The Reminder icon displays for the field on the Info screen for all records. Figure B-9. The reminder icon for the End Date field on the Outgoing Visit Request Info screen. Figure B-9 shows the Outgoing Visit Request Info screen in Update mode. The cursor is on the Reminder Setup button next to the End Date field. Notification Configuration B-11

463 Step 3: Set Up Recipients For Notification Back to this 2. Click on the Reminder button next to the reminder field. The corresponding Setup Reminder Notified User(s) screen displays. The users, if any, who are set up to receive the reminder display at the top of the screen. If no users are assigned, the message No user currently assigned to this reminder notification. displays. Figure B-10. The Setup Reminder Notified User(s) - End Date screen. Figure B-10 shows the Setup Reminder Notified User(s) - End Date screen that displays when the reminder setup button for the End Date reminder field is clicked. 3. From the User drop down list box, select the user to receive notifications for the reminder. To narrow down the list of names in the User drop down list, enter his or her last and/or first name in the corresponding fields, then click Find. 4. From the Facility Code drop down list box, select the user s facility. 5. Click the Add button. A pop-up box with the message, Successfully Added displays. Click the OK button. The box closes. The screen refreshes and the user s name, facility code, and display in the table above. 6. Repeat steps 3, 4, and 5 to add additional users. 7. Click the Cancel button. The Info screen displays. B-12 Notification Configuration